E4526 GOVERNMENT OF KHYBER PAKHTUNKHWA PAKHTUNKHWA HIGHWAYS AUTHORITY PESHAWAR UPGRADATION / REHABILITATION OF ROAD FROM CHAKDARA TO SHAMOZAI ON THE RIGHT BANK OF RIVER SWAT UNDER KHYBER PAKHTUNKHWA EMERGENCY ROAD RECOVERY PROJECT (KP-ERRP) FROM KM.0+000 TO KM.10+700 (LENGTH: 10.70 KM.) ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA) REPORT APRIL 2014 PAKHTUNKHWA HIGHWAYS AUTHORITY Attached Departments Complex, Near Treasury Office, Khyber Road, Peshawar – Pakistan. Phone: 0092–91–9213927, Fax: 0092–91–9210434, Email: pdmdtf@gmail.com GOVERNMENT OF KHYBER PAKHTUNKHWA PAKHTUNKHWA HIGHWAYS AUTHORITY PESHAWAR UPGRADATION / REHABILITATION OF ROAD FROM CHAKDARA TO SHAMOZAI ON THE RIGHT BANK OF RIVER SWAT UNDER KHYBER PAKHTUNKHWA EMERGENCY ROAD RECOVERY PROJECT (KP-ERRP) FROM KM. 0+000 TO KM. 10+700 (LENGTH: 10.70 KM.) ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA) REPORT APRIL 2014 PAKHTUNKHWA HIGHWAYS AUTHORITY Attached Departments Complex, Near Treasury Office, Khyber Road, Peshawar – Pakistan. Phone: 0092–91–9213927, Fax: 0092–91–9210434, Email: pdmdtf@gmail.com TABLE OF CONTENTS LIST OF ACRONYMS ................................................................................................................ x EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ......................................................................................................... xii Contents 1.0 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................. 1 1.1 Project Overview.................................................................................................. 1 1.2 Environmental and Social Screening and Assessment Framework ...................... 6 1.3 Basic Features of the Proposed Project ............................................................... 6 1.4 Study Methodology .............................................................................................. 6 1.4.1 Environmental Assessment Process ........................................................ 7 1.4.2 Field Surveys ........................................................................................... 8 1.4.3 Women Consultations .............................................................................. 9 1.5 The Study Objectives ........................................................................................... 9 1.6 Project Classification ......................................................................................... 10 1.7 LESSONS LEARNED ........................................................................................ 10 1.8 The Report Structure ......................................................................................... 11 2.0 INTERNATIONAL AND NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK ................................................................................ 13 2.1 Applicable International Environmental Laws and Regulations .......................... 13 2.1.1 International Framework ......................................................................... 13 2.1.2 The World Bank Operational Policies ..................................................... 13 2.1.3 Environmental Assessment (OP 4.01) .................................................... 13 2.2 National Environmental Regulatory / Legal Requirements ................................. 17 2.2.1 Institutional Arrangements ...................................................................... 18 2.2.2 National Conservation Strategy (NCS) – Pakistan .................................. 18 2.2.3 Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997 ......................................... 18 2.2.4 Regulations for Environmental Assessment ........................................... 19 2.2.5 Guidelines for Public Consultations ........................................................ 19 2.2.6 National Environmental Quality Standards for Ambient Air – November, 2010..................................................................................... 20 2.2.7 National Standards for Drinking Water Quality – November, 2010 ......... 21 2.2.8 National Environmental Quality Standards for Noise – November, 2010 ....................................................................................................... 23 2.3 International Federation of Consulting Engineers (FIDIC) Clauses .................... 27 2.4 Guidelines for Sensitive and Critical Areas ........................................................ 27 2.5 Forest Act, 1927 ................................................................................................ 27 2.6 The Khyber Pakhtunkhwa Wildlife Act, 1974...................................................... 28 2.7 The Antiquities Act, 1975 ................................................................................... 28 3.0 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT .............................................................................. 29 3.1 Location ............................................................................................................. 29 3.2 Road Length ...................................................................................................... 30 3.3 Existing Road Dimensions ................................................................................. 30 3.4 Drainage Structures ........................................................................................... 30 (iii) 3.5 Scope of work .................................................................................................... 30 3.6 Existing Road Condition..................................................................................... 30 3.7 Design Criteria ................................................................................................... 32 3.8 Work and Material.............................................................................................. 32 3.8.1 Estimated Work / Major Work Items ....................................................... 32 3.9 Raw Material Availability .................................................................................... 33 3.10 Machinery to be Used ........................................................................................ 34 3.11 Equipment and Installations ............................................................................... 34 3.12 Construction Schedule ....................................................................................... 35 3.13 Construction Logistics ........................................................................................ 35 3.13.1 Work Base ............................................................................................. 35 3.13.2 Labour Supply ........................................................................................ 35 3.13.3 Labour Camps........................................................................................ 36 3.13.4 Machinery Maintenance and Equipment Yards ...................................... 36 3.13.5 Material Depots ...................................................................................... 36 3.13.6 Approach to Work Bases ........................................................................ 36 3.13.7 Camp Office ........................................................................................... 37 3.13.8 Security Arrangements ........................................................................... 37 3.13.9 Healthcare.............................................................................................. 37 3.13.10 Labour Reporting Office ...................................................................... 37 3.13.11 Labour Transport................................................................................. 37 3.13.12 Work Uniform and Health Safety Equipment ....................................... 37 3.13.13 Signage and Diversion Roads ............................................................. 38 3.13.14 Lighting and Illumination ...................................................................... 38 3.14 Safe Design Criteria ........................................................................................... 38 4.0 BASELINE STUDY OF PROJECT AREA ...................................................................... 39 4.1 The Project Area of Impact ................................................................................ 39 4.2 Physical Environment ........................................................................................ 39 4.2.1 Geography ............................................................................................. 39 4.2.2 Geology.................................................................................................. 40 4.2.3 Seismicity ............................................................................................... 40 4.2.4 Land Use................................................................................................ 42 4.3 Climate .............................................................................................................. 42 4.3.1 Temperature .......................................................................................... 43 4.3.2 Precipitation ........................................................................................... 43 4.3.3 Relative Humidity ................................................................................... 43 4.3.4 Wind....................................................................................................... 43 4.3.5 Water Resources ................................................................................... 44 4.3.6 Ambient Air Quality ................................................................................ 46 4.3.7 Noise Levels .......................................................................................... 46 4.3.8 Sensitive Receptors ............................................................................... 47 4.3.9 Solid Waste ............................................................................................ 48 4.3.10 Traffic Count .......................................................................................... 48 4.3.11 Natural Event History ............................................................................. 50 4.3.12 Cultural Heritage and Archaeology ......................................................... 50 (iv) 4.4 Biological Environment ...................................................................................... 51 4.4.1 Fauna ..................................................................................................... 51 4.4.2 Mammals ............................................................................................... 51 4.4.3 Flora ....................................................................................................... 53 4.4.4 Fish ........................................................................................................ 54 4.4.5 Rangelands ............................................................................................ 55 4.4.6 Protected Areas ..................................................................................... 55 4.4.7 Endangered Species .............................................................................. 55 4.4.8 Forest ..................................................................................................... 55 4.5 Social Environment ............................................................................................ 55 4.5.1 Administrative and Socio–Political Setup................................................ 55 4.5.2 Economic Base and Development Opportunities.................................... 58 4.5.3 Characteristics of the Project Corridor .................................................... 61 4.5.4 Socioeconomic Profile of the Population along the Project Corridor ....... 64 5.0 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES ................................................................................... 69 5.1 Road Alternatives .............................................................................................. 69 5.1.1 No Project Option / Worst Scenario Option ............................................ 69 5.1.2 Project Road to Follow Exactly the Existing Route with No Alteration ................................................................................................ 70 5.1.3 For the Double Carriageway Altogether a New Route is Surveyed on another Site ....................................................................................... 70 5.1.4 Project is Restricted to a Single Carriageway as Before ......................... 71 5.1.5 Project as Proposed in Feasibility, Double Lane Road with Alterations where Necessary .................................................................. 72 5.2 Logistic Sites ..................................................................................................... 72 5.2.1 Siting of Contractor‟s Facilities on State Land ........................................ 72 5.2.2 Siting of Contractor‟s Facilities on Private Lands .................................... 73 5.2.3 Sitting the Contractor‟s Facilities at Appropriate Site, Be it Public Land or Private Land .............................................................................. 74 5.3 LaboUr ............................................................................................................... 74 5.3.1 All Labour Local ..................................................................................... 74 5.3.2 All Labour from Outside.......................................................................... 75 5.3.3 An Admixture of Local and Outside Labour as per Skill Required ........... 75 5.4 Design Alternatives ............................................................................................ 76 5.4.1 Change Number of Sections Onwards to Route Alternatives .................. 76 5.4.2 Alignment Alternatives and Construction Material .................................. 76 5.4.3 Alternatives for Public Amenities ............................................................ 76 5.4.4 Alternative Transport Options ................................................................. 76 Conclusion ......................................................................................................... 76 5.4.5 Alternative Option for Minimizing the Socio-Environmental Impacts ....... 77 Conclusions................................................................................................................... 77 6.0 STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATION ............................................................................... 78 6.1 General .............................................................................................................. 78 6.1.1 Consultation Process ............................................................................. 78 6.1.2 Points Discussed.................................................................................... 79 (v) 6.1.3 Stakeholder Consultation Technique ...................................................... 79 6.1.4 Government Representatives ................................................................. 80 6.2 Outcome of Stakeholders Consultation .............................................................. 81 6.2.1 Highway Design ..................................................................................... 82 6.2.2 Highway Construction ............................................................................ 82 6.2.3 Highway Operation ................................................................................. 82 6.3 Land Acquisition and Resettlement–Related Concerns...................................... 83 6.4 Redress of Stakeholders Concerns.................................................................... 83 6.5 Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) ........................................................................ 85 6.5.1 Resettlement Principles and Objectives ................................................. 85 7.0 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION MEASURES ............. 88 7.1 Potential Impact Sources ................................................................................... 88 7.2 details of Impacts ............................................................................................... 93 7.2.1 Impact of Construction Material and Debris ............................................ 93 7.2.2 Landslides, Unstable Soil or Similar Unforeseen Conditions .................. 94 7.2.3 Location of Labour Camps and Equipment Yards .................................. 94 7.2.4 Natural Disasters such as Heavy Rains, Floods and Earthquakes ......... 94 7.2.5 Contamination from Diesel and Other Oil Spills from Construction Machinery .............................................................................................. 95 7.2.6 Damage to Roads, Cross Drainages ...................................................... 96 7.2.7 Earthen Embankments or Concrete Work, Edge Scouring ..................... 96 7.2.8 Release of Construction Water and Dumping of Soil .............................. 96 7.2.9 Any Discharge, Spill or Dumping in Graveyards ..................................... 97 7.2.10 Impact of Taking Borrow Material from Earth Borrow Site ...................... 97 7.2.11 Impact on Roads / Infrastructure Used for Transport of Construction Materials............................................................................ 98 7.2.12 Physical Loss of Agricultural Land .......................................................... 98 7.2.13 Soil Compaction due to Labour Camps and Machinery Yards ................ 98 7.2.14 Traffic Impact ......................................................................................... 99 7.2.15 Impact of Sourcing of Construction Water .............................................. 99 7.2.16 Impacts on Surface Water ...................................................................... 99 7.2.17 Impacts on Drinking Water Sources ....................................................... 99 7.2.18 Obstruction of the Flow of Water for Stream Crossing the Road .......... 100 7.2.19 Effect on Surface Flow Conditions........................................................ 100 7.2.20 Dust and Smoke and Other Pollutants from Construction Machinery ............................................................................................ 100 7.2.21 Dust / Pollutions from Stored Material and Spoil Keeps ........................ 100 7.2.22 Smoke from Burning of Waste Material or Burning Firewood ............... 101 7.2.23 Noise from Construction Works ............................................................ 101 7.2.24 Damage to Biological Resources Flora, Fauna..................................... 101 7.2.25 Damage to Fish .................................................................................... 102 7.2.26 Impact on Physical Cultural Resources ................................................ 102 7.3 Social Negative Impacts .................................................................................. 102 7.3.1 Project Affected Persons ...................................................................... 102 7.3.2 Impact on Income / Livelihood .............................................................. 103 (vi) 7.4 Operational and Management Phase............................................................... 103 7.4.1 Regular maintenance of engineering worksPositive Socio– Economic Impacts on the Overall Project Area..................................... 103 7.4.2 Increase in Trade Opportunities ........................................................... 103 7.4.3 Economic Boost ................................................................................... 103 7.4.4 Tourism development ........................................................................... 104 7.4.5 Employment Generation ....................................................................... 104 7.4.6 Health Awareness ................................................................................ 104 7.4.7 Improvement in Livelihood.................................................................... 104 8.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND MONITORING PLAN................................. 105 8.1 General ............................................................................................................ 105 8.2 Mitigation through Avoidance of Adverse Impacts by Suitable Design ............. 105 8.3 Tender and Construction Phase ...................................................................... 105 8.3.1 Impact Reduction Measures ................................................................. 105 8.3.2 Pre–Tender Conference ....................................................................... 106 8.3.3 Pre–Construction Coordination Meeting ............................................... 106 8.4 Operational Phase – Management of Operational Impact ................................ 106 8.5 Management of Social Impacts ........................................................................ 107 8.6 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS ............................................................... 107 8.7 Environmental management and monitoring plan ............................................ 108 8.7.1 Visits / Inspection Authorization ............................................................ 109 8.8 Roles and Responsibilities ............................................................................... 109 8.8.1 EMMP Implementation Responsibility .................................................. 109 8.9 Checklists for Environmental Monitoring .......................................................... 112 8.9.1 Campsite Checklist .............................................................................. 112 8.9.2 Borrow Area Quarries Checklist (for each site) ..................................... 112 8.9.3 Waste Material Disposal ....................................................................... 112 8.9.4 Construction Site Checklist................................................................... 112 8.9.5 Water Extraction Point Checklist .......................................................... 113 8.9.6 Road Checklist ..................................................................................... 113 8.9.7 Operational Checklist ........................................................................... 113 8.10 Environmental Management Plan .................................................................... 114 8.11 Archaeological Chance Find Procedure ........................................................... 125 8.12 Environmental Monitoring ................................................................................ 126 8.12.1 Effects Monitoring ................................................................................ 126 8.12.2 Compliance Monitoring ......................................................................... 130 8.12.3 Third Party Monitoring .......................................................................... 130 8.12.4 Training Need....................................................................................... 130 8.13 EMMP Budget ................................................................................................. 130 8.13.1 Social Frame Work Agreement ............................................................ 132 8.13.2 Operational Manual .............................................................................. 134 (vii) ANNEXES Annex– A: Details of the Right of Way (ROW) Annex– B : Ambient Air, Water & Noise Monitoring Report Annex – C : WBG Environment, Health, and Safety Guidelines LIST OF TABLES Table–1.1 : Environmental and Social Assessment Process ....................................................... 8 Table–2.1 : National Environmental Quality Standards for Ambient Air ..................................... 20 Table – 2.2 : National Standards for Drinking Water Quality ..................................................... 21 Table – 2.3 : National Environmental Quality Standards for Noise ............................................ 24 Table – 2.4 : Selected NEQs for Waste Effluents ...................................................................... 24 Table – 2.5 : NEQs for Motor Vehicles Exhaust and Noise ....................................................... 25 Table – 3.1 : Key Project Features / Structures ......................................................................... 30 Table – 3.2 : Design Criteria ..................................................................................................... 32 Table – 3.3 : Estimated Work .................................................................................................... 33 Table – 3.4 : Raw Material Availability ...................................................................................... 33 Table – 3.5 : Machinery Requirement ....................................................................................... 34 Table – 3.6 : Equipment and Installation ................................................................................... 35 Table – 3.7 : Illustrative Distribution of Labor ............................................................................ 36 Table – 4.1 : Monthly Temperature, Rainfall and Relative Humidity inSwat ............................... 43 Table – 4.2 : List of Sensitive Receptors on Road Section of Chakdara – Shamozai ................ 47 Table – 4.3 : Traffic Count......................................................................................................... 50 Table – 4.4 : Mammals in Swat & Lower Dir ............................................................................. 52 Table – 4.5 : Flora in the Project Area ....................................................................................... 54 Table – 4.6 : Land Utilization Statistics of District Swat, 2007–2008 ......................................... 59 Table – 4.7 : Literacy Ratios for Swat, by Rural / Urban and Sex .............................................. 60 Table – 4.8 : Main Features along the Alignment ...................................................................... 61 Table – 4.9 : Land Use Statistics of Barikot Tehsil .................................................................... 62 Table – 4.10 : Average Household Expenditures ...................................................................... 65 Table – 4.11 : Possession of Household Items ......................................................................... 66 Table – 4.12 : Women Role in Socio–Economic Activities ........................................................ 68 Table – 5.1 : Comparison between the Initial and Final Design Impacts.................................... 77 Table – 6.1 : Summary of Public Consultations ......................................................................... 80 Table – 6.2 : Summary of Consultations with Government Official ............................................ 81 Table – 7.1 : Evaluation of Environmental and Social Impacts .................................................. 89 Table – 8.1 : Monitoring Plan .................................................................................................. 108 Table – 8.2 : Summary of Finance .......................................................................................... 111 Table – 8.3 : Environmental management Plan....................................................................... 114 Table – 8.4: Operational Phase .............................................................................................. 124 Table – 8.5 : Environmental Effects Monitoring Plan for the Construction and the Operation Stages ............................................................................................. 127 Table – 8.6 : Cost Estimates EMMP Implementation .............................................................. 131 (viii) LIST OF FIGURES Figure – 1.1 : Location of Pakistan .............................................................................................. 3 Figure – 1.2 : Project Area Location ............................................................................................ 4 Figure–1.3 : Project Location Map .............................................................................................. 5 Figure – 3.1 : Project Location (Source Google Maps) .............................................................. 29 Figure – 3.2 : Different Views of the Proposed Road................................................................. 32 Figure – 3.3 : Proposed Area for Work Base and Labor Camp, etc. at 06+850 Km. .................. 35 Figure – 4.1 : Project Location Map .......................................................................................... 41 Figure – 4.2 : Pakistan Earthquake Zoning Map ....................................................................... 42 Figure – 4.3 : Water Channel in the Project Area (RD. 6+850) .................................................. 45 Figure – 4.4 : Hand Pumps in the Project Area (RD. 0+100) ..................................................... 45 Figure – 4.5 : Collection of Water Samples at RD. 0+100 ......................................................... 46 Figure – 4.6 : Ambient Air Quality Monitoring of the Project Area .............................................. 47 Figure – 4.7 : Traffic Volume ..................................................................................................... 49 Figure – 4.8 : Flora in Project Area ........................................................................................... 54 Figure – 6.1 : Stakeholders Consultations ................................................................................. 87 (ix) LIST OF ACRONYMS AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ACE Associated Consulting Engineers ACI American Concrete Institute ADB Asian Development Bank AIDS Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome ASTM American Society for Testing and Material BHU Basic Health Unit BOD Biochemical Oxygen Demand BOQ Bill of Quantities COD Chemical Oxygen Demand COI Corridor of Impact DDE Deputy Director Environment EA Environmental Assessment EHS Environmental, Health, and Safety EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EMMP Environment Management and Monitoring Plan ERRP Emergency Road Recovery Project ESC Engineering and Supervision Consultant FIDIC Fédération Internationale Des Ingénieurs-Conseils (International Federation of Consulting Engineers) GoKP Government of Khyber Pakhtunkhwa GoP Government of Pakistan GRM Grievance Redress Mechanism HIV Human Immunodeficiency Virus IEE Initial Environmental Examination IEM Independent External Monitor KP Khyber Pakhtunkhwa KP-EPA Khyber Pakhtunkhwa Environmental Protection Agency M&E Monitoring and Evaluation MBT Main Boundary Thrust MDTF Multi Donor Trust Fund MMT Main Mantle Thrust NCS National Conservation Strategy NEQS National Environment Quality Standards NGOs Non–Governmental Organizations NHA National Highway Authority NOC No Objection Certificate NWFP North West Frontier Province (Now KP) O&M Operation and Maintenance OP Operational Policy Pak–EPA Pakistan Environment Protection Agency PCO Public Call Office PEPA Pakistan Environmental Protection Act PEPC Pakistan Environment Protection Council PHED Public Health Engineering Department (x) PKR Pak Rupee PkHA Pakhtunkhwa Highways Authority PM Project Manager PPC Pakistan Penal Code PPE Personal Protective Equipment PSDP Public Sector Development Project PSQCA Pakistan Standards Quality Control Authority PTCL Pakistan Telecommunication Company Limited PTV Pakistan Television RE Resident Engineer ROW Right of Way SFA Social Framework Agreement SPM Suspended Particulate Matter UBC Uniform Building Code US$ US Dollar VOCs Volatile Organic Compounds WAPDA Water and Power Development Authority WB World Bank WHO World Health Organization (xi) EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Due to the insurgency, the 95 km section of the provincial highway S-3B from Chakdara to Madyan was completely destroyed. The "Friends of Pakistan" agreed to finance the upgradation and rehabilitation of about 10.50 km long segment of this road from Sharifabad to Kanju (km 30+424 - 40+924) through Multi Donors Trust Fund (MDTF). The grant was given to the Pakhtunkhwa Highways Authority under the Khyber Pakhtunkhwa Emergency Road Recovery Project (KP-ERRP) through World Bank. Total completion time for the assignment was 24 months commencing from September 15, 2011. Due to savings in the project cost, an additional five km stretch from Dadahara to Sharif Abad (km. 25+424 - 30+424) was also successfully completed within stipulated completion time for the Sharifabad to Kanju section. The 15.50 km long section of S-3B, from Dadahara to Kanju (km 25+424 - 40+924) is operational with all the contractual obligations observed. Due to good performance, additional financing has been provided through World Bank for upgradation and rehabilitation of about 14.10 km road from Shamozai to Dadahara which is in construction phase. To connect the Shamozai - Kanju road with the National Highway N-95, MDTF is further providing financial support to complete the 10.70 km long road from Chakdara to Shamozai. The above is explained through the following table; Total EIA Project Project Project Name of Section Package length Status Initiation Completion Status (km) date date Sharifabad – Kanju I 10.50 Approved 15.10.2011 14.10.2013 Completed Dadahara - Sharif Abad 5.00 Approved -do- -do- Completed (Additional length) Shamozai- Dadahara II 14.10 Approved 01.01.2014 30.06.2015 In progress Chakdara- Shamozai III 10.70 Not yet 01.03.2014 30.06.2015 To be Approved (Expected) started The design, execution and supervision of this road have been entrusted to Pakhtunkhwa Highways Authority (PkHA) which has engaged M/s Associated Consulting Engineers (ACE) as their design and engineering consultants. This road will run on the right bank of River Swat and the immediate beneficiaries of this road will be the towns of Chakdara and Shamozai, having numerous settlements of varying sizes. This will provide relief and safe travelling opportunities to a large part of the war affected communities. The present EIA has been conducted in response to the national environmental protection laws and the WB environmental safeguard policies. Separate EIAs have been conducted for Package-I and Package-II of the road segments and approved by World Bank (see table given above). . (xii) Figure ES-1: Project Location Map (xiii) As a part of this EIA study primary as well as secondary data have been collected through field surveys, public consultations and library research. Consultations have also been carried out with the communities and related government departments. Screening and scoping of the study has been carried out before preparing the Environment Management and Monitoring Plan (EMMP). Additionally women consultations have been carried out through elderly village leaders and women to create a gender balance. The project area is a linear corridor through which the Chakdara – Shamozai road passes on the right bank of the River Swat. The road segment is located in Tehsil Adanzai of District Lower Dir, and Tehsil Barikot of District Swat. The existing road traverses through small towns and cultivated lands and is quite narrow and in poor condition especially in urban areas. The Right of Way (ROW) of the road is 15 m. Presently, this road section carries little passenger and freight traffic. The potential environmental impacts of the proposed project include air and water contamination, noise generation, traffic congestion, and health and safety risks for the communities as well as construction workforce. As the proposed project comprises rehabilitation and widening of existing road, hence no major socio-environmental impacts are anticipated during construction. This EIA has shown that potentially negative impacts associated with the proposed project are mostly moderate and reversible in nature, and can be easily addressed with the help of appropriately designed and effectively implemented mitigation measures proposed in this report. A comprehensive EMMP has been prepared accompanied by an effective Environment Management and Monitoring Plan (EMMP) and supported by an institutional arrangement. It is mandatory that EMMP are made an integral part of the contract documents. A system of contractor‟s non–compliances / violations has been prescribed and linked with contractor‟s bill payments. The project is likely to affect crops over area of 1.0 kanal of PkHA land encroached by the locals, 86 (non-fruit) firewood trees and to address these impacts a resettlement action plan (RAP) has been prepared. The RAP is presented under a separate cover. PkHA has the overall responsibility for the environmental management of the project and implementation of Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan (EMMP). Contractor and supervision consultant are same for both road segments hence, implementation arrangements will also remain same. The contractor‟s Environment Specialist deputed at the construction site for the currently on-going works will ensure the EMMP implementation for the works under the proposed project as well. Similarly the Environment Specialist of the Engineering Supervision Consultants (ESC) currently supervising the EMMP implementation at the site will also cover the works under the proposed project as well. The result of the EMMP implementation activities will be included in the progress reports prepared by the PkHA. The EMMP implementation cost has been estimated as PKR 5,449,788 (see Table ES-3). (xiv) TABLE ES-1: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Mitigation Responsibility Contract and Impact Social Mitigation Measure Framework Implementation Supervision Monitoring Agreement (SFA) Clauses 1. Land Resource 1.1 Impact of Controlled disposal of Contractor’s Contractor Engineering (i) Deputy disposal of the waste construction obligation as Supervision Director waste / material on agreed site defined in the Consultants Environment construction per agreed method. The Tender and (ESC) (DDE) material and area to be leveled and Contract (ii) independent debris contoured after Documents External disposing excess Monitor (IEM) material. No waste or debris will be thrown in the river or other water bodies. 1.2 Impacts due Local readjustments in Contractor’s Contractor ESC (i) DDE of to Landslides, foundation treatment or obligation as PkHA or unstable soil any other small changes defined in (ii) IEM will be allowed to the contract and the contractor with the Tender consultation of Resident document Engineer (RE). Alarm activation, stoppage of work etc will be undertaken in case of any such slide. The precautionary measure like construction of side wall and proper warning system may be introduced to avoid the problem. 1.3 Impacts due The contractor has Contractor’s Contractor ESC (i) DDE of to the Location occupied some rented obligations to PkHA of camps, houses in the previous locate these (ii) IEM materials, project; that will be sites in equipment and employed during the agreement with special present project. RE as per approach routes However, the conditions contract and and roads of the site (houses) will community be monitor on regular obligation as per basis to refrain any SFA social conflict during construction phase. 1.4 Impacts due An Emergency response Contactor’s Contractor ESC (i) DDE of to any natural plan will be prepared by obligation PkHA disasters such the Contractor in defined in the (ii) IEM as heavy rains, consultation with RE and Tender and floods and local community contract data earthquakes and SFA with community 1.5 Stabilization Appropriate design for Preferably Contractor ESC (i) DDE of of slopes on protection and whole of PkHA earth fill works minimizing effects of problem ought (ii) IEM (xv) Mitigation Responsibility Contract and Impact Social Mitigation Measure Framework Implementation Supervision Monitoring Agreement (SFA) Clauses cross flow of streams. to be mitigated Contractor to take all through design necessary measures for For any further stabilization of slopes eventuality, it is during construction. contractor’s obligation to minimize the impact 1.6 Crop on About 1.0-kanal of land All PAPs, who Contractor ESC (i) DDE of Encroached which is cultivated by the have PkHA Land community will be encroached (ii) IEM impacted by the Project PkHA ROW for activities by status they agriculture, will are encroacher; be given one- encroached on PkHA time cash land. compensation for the loss of crops at current market rates 1.7 Impact due Cuts, fills, digging and Contractor’s Contractor ESC (i) DDE of to agriculture borrow operations to be obligations PkHA land destruction controlled. Disposal of refrain from (ii) IEM waste material in the entering into water channel to be unauthorized controlled. Damage to agricultural land the agriculture land and / to be defined in or crops to be the contract compensated. document clearly. Also clause in SFA 1.8 Contractor will apply Contractor’s Contractor ESC (i) DDE of Contamination strict rules on his obligation PkHA from diesel and workers and labor to defined in the (ii) IEM other spills from ensure that no spill or Tender and construction leakages are caused. All contract data machinery fuels, oils and bitumen will be stored appropriately, with concrete padding and bunding for containment in case of leakage. The contractor will employ the general criteria for oil and leakage at construction sites, as per standards set forth by “Guide Lines for Oil Spill Waste Minimization and Management” issued by International Petroleum Industry Environmental Conservation Associate 1.9 Impact due Contractor will prepare Contract Contractor ESC (i) DDE of to damage of standard operating document and PkHA Cross procedures and impose drawings to (ii) IEM Drainages/Irriga strict control over clearly spot (xvi) Mitigation Responsibility Contract and Impact Social Mitigation Measure Framework Implementation Supervision Monitoring Agreement (SFA) Clauses tion Channels operators and drivers of such points and all types of vehicles to contract minimize any damage to document may roads or structures. make it Should any damage take contractor’s place, the contractor will obligations to carry out repairs make temporary immediately. An effective arrangements. sings and a good traffic plan can reinforce the instructions to drivers. 1.10 Release of The contractor will make Provision in the Contractor ESC (i) DDE of Construction adequate arrangements Tender and PkHA(ii) IEM Water and to avoid such leakages, contract Dumping of Soil uncontrolled releases, documents and and dumping of soil / drawings rubbles. Should such leakage develop, the contractor must remain fully prepared to immediately control the discharge. The contractor will be liable to pay for or repair such damages. 1.11 Impact due It must be protected by a Contract Contractor ESC (i) DDE of to discharge wall, retaining walls or document and PkHA spill or dumping rip–rap works as the drawing (ii) IEM onto any case may be. building or house on the bank of the road 1.12 Impact on The contractor will be Contract Contractor ESC (i) DDE of Roads / responsible to repair any document and PkHA Infrastructure damage caused to the drawing (ii) IEM like water local infrastructure by the channel etc construction activities. Water sprinkling will be carried out where necessary to minimize dust emissions. 2. WATER RESOURCES 2.1 Impact of The contractor will Contract Contractor ESC (i) DDE of Sourcing of procure water from a Documents and PkHA Construction source approved by the Contractor’s (ii) IEM Water RE, and if necessary, obligations after obtaining the community consent. It will be ensured that this procurement of water does not negatively affect the communities or other water users. 2.2 Diesel and The contractor will make Contractor’s Contractor ESC (i) DDE of other fluids all necessary obligations to be PkHA (xvii) Mitigation Responsibility Contract and Impact Social Mitigation Measure Framework Implementation Supervision Monitoring Agreement (SFA) Clauses spilling over to arrangement to avoid clearly defined (ii) IEM water channel any leakages or spills of in contract from fuels, oils and chemicals. document construction In case of any accidental machinery leakages, the procedures presented in Section 7.2.5 will be applied 2.3 Obstruction The contractor will Contractor’s Contract ESC (i) DDE of of flow of water ensure that these water obligation and PkHA across road bodies / water courses coordination. (ii) IEM are not blocked during Provisions in the construction phase SFA to prepare communities. 2.4. Impacts on No untreated effluents Contractor’s Contractor ESC (i) DDE of Surface Water will be released to the obligations to be PkHA environment. For the clearly defined (ii) IEM toilet waste, the in contract contractor will establish / document install appropriate waste treatment system (such as septic tanks and soaking pits– appropriately sized and located) at the site facilities (offices, camps, others). The waste water from kitchen and toilets can be released in soaking pits or used for plantation / water sprinkling. Oily water must be passed through a settling tank. The contractor will prepare a waste management plan and have it approved by the RE. The waste water should comply the NEQS. 2.5. Impact on It will be ensured that the Contractor’s Contractor ESC (i) DDE of Source of drinking water sources of obligations to be PkHA Drinking Water the communities are not clearly defined (ii) IEM affected. The contractor in contract will repair / replace / document compensate for any damages caused by the Construction activities to the drinking water source/s. 2.6 Effect on Design Engineer will Contractor’s Design Engineer ESC (i) DDE of Surface Flow ensure provision of obligations to be PkHA Conditions appropriately sized side clearly defined (ii) IEM drains, to avoid negative in contract impacts on the local document drainage pattern. Contractor will follow the (xviii) Mitigation Responsibility Contract and Impact Social Mitigation Measure Framework Implementation Supervision Monitoring Agreement (SFA) Clauses design specifications meticulously. During the construction phase, the contractor will make temporary drains and embankments where necessary to channel the runoff appropriately. 3. AIR QUALITY AND NOISE POLLUTION 3.1 Impacts due The contractor will Contractor’s Contractor ESC (i) DDE of to dust and ensure that its vehicles, obligation PkHA smoke and machinery, and defined in the (ii) IEM other potential generators are properly Tender and pollutants from maintained, and comply contract construction with the applicable documents machinery NEQS. The asphalt plant will not be operated without properly functioning dust control system such as wet scrubber. Water will be sprinkled where necessary to control the dust emissions. 3.2 Dust or The material being Contractor’s Contractor ESC (i) DDE of other pollutants transported or stored at obligation PkHA from stored the stockpiles will be defined in the (ii) IEM materials and kept covered where Tender and spoil heaps necessary to avoid dust contract emissions. documents 3.3 Smoke from The contractor will use Contractor’s Contractor ESC (i) DDE of burning of clean and smoke free obligation PkHA waste materials fuel in the labor camp. defined in (ii) IEM or burning of Cutting and burning contract and firewood in the trees / shrubs for fuel will Tender labor camp. be prohibited. Instead documents to gas cylinders should be refrain from used in the labor camp burning waste for cooking purposes. material and Similarly waste burning fuel wood and to will not be allowed. The provide contractor will prepare substitute for waste management plan fuel wood e.g. and have it approved by gas cylinders the RE. 3.4 Noise The contractor will Contractor’s Contractor ESC (i) DDE of control from use strictly follow the NEQS obligation PkHA of old or for ambient noise. All defined in the (ii) IEM outdated necessary measures Tender and machinery (such as noise barriers) contract will be taken to reduce documents the noise particularly near the communities. (xix) Mitigation Responsibility Contract and Impact Social Mitigation Measure Framework Implementation Supervision Monitoring Agreement (SFA) Clauses The personal protective equipment (PPE) will be provided to the construction workers and its usage will be made mandatory. Proper tuning of the vehicles will also be take place. 3.5 26 sensitive Asphalt and concrete Contractor’s Contractor ESC (i) DDE of receptors are batching plants will be obligation PkHA identified at equipped with dust control defined in the (ii) IEM various equipment such as fabric Tender and chainages filters or wet scrubbers to contract which includes reduce the level of documents graveyards, particulate emissions. mosques, university, Vehicles and other schools, construction machinery culverts, should be properly tuned intersecting and maintained, to avoid streets, roads hazardous level of and tracks and emissions. so forth. List of sensitive Where dust emissions receptors is are high, katcha tracks given in Table – built by the contractor 4.2. will be overlain with shingle or surface treated. Where necessary, dust emissions will be reduced by a regular sprinkling of water for keeping the dust settled, at least twice a day. Consideration may be given for students (school going children) and patients, etc The Contractor will so programme and carry out his work in such a manner that pedestrian and vehicle access to premises is maintained at all times, except with the written agreement of the owner/occupier of the premises. In case of schools and university, thick tree plantation / any other measure agreed with the (xx) Mitigation Responsibility Contract and Impact Social Mitigation Measure Framework Implementation Supervision Monitoring Agreement (SFA) Clauses school, university, museum and mosques management should be carried out as noise barrier. As schools and hospitals are damaged, PkHA will coordinate with their management to provide boundary walls as noise barrier. 4. Biological Resources 4.1 Damage to No killing, hunting, or Contractor’s Contractor ESC (i) DDE of Biological trapping of wild animal obligation in the PkHA resources will be allowed. contract to (ii) IEM during Vegetation clearing will respect wildlife, construction be minimized. Forest and Compensation will be Fisheries Laws. paid for any tree cutting A special clause on the private land. incorporated in Compensatory tree the contract plantation will be carried documents to out and for each tree respect and removed, five saplings conserve will be planted. The biodiversity and Project will ensure conserve its appropriate care and terrestrial as monitoring of this well as aquatic plantation. Camps and habitat. To other temporary facilities provide will be established in a necessary Sign manner that minimizes Boards to make loss of natural vegetation labor, visitors including trees. Borrow and all material will be obtained concerned without causing any aware of their damage to the natural obligations Vegetation. towards Biota. 5. Socio–economic and cultural issues 5.1 Socio– Social consultation was Contractor’s Contractor, ESC and (i) DDE of economic and done and all impacts obligation Community PkHA cultural issues, influencing the defined in (ii) IEM e.g., existing communities were contract data service facilities defined, and all those and community like education factors were added into obligation in health, and incorporated in the Social electricity, contract document of the Framework drinking water contractor and SFA of Agreement supply, public the communities (SFA) gathering, religious congregation. 5.2 Impact on No significant site, of Contract Contractor ESC (i) DDE of known historical /archaeological Document and PkHA archaeological importance exists on the SFA (ii) IEM and religious road alignment which is (xxi) Mitigation Responsibility Contract and Impact Social Mitigation Measure Framework Implementation Supervision Monitoring Agreement (SFA) Clauses Site/s and to be protected during Chance Finds the construction. However, Archeological chance find procedure and Community SFA is mentioned at Serial 8.9 and 8.12 respectively to deal these resources encountered during project construction. Ten graveyards Contractor will take care are located out of religious sites of RoW but /graveyards by adopting along the road Good engineering side. practices. 5.3 Public Proper temporary signs Defined in the Contractor, ESC (i) DDE of Safety at and marking and manual Tender and PkHA Construction regulations of traffic and Contract (ii) IEM Sites public movement Documents and SFA with Communities Access to Dispensary should be made available to local residents too 5.4 Health and Use of proper Contractor’s Contractor ESC (i) DDE of Safety on equipment, proper obligation PkHA Construction operation of equipment, defined in the (ii) IEM Sites minimizing risks to all Tender and parties e.g. helmets, contract data, masks overall and and community presence of First Aid. obligations in WBG Environment, SFA Health, and Safety Guidelines will be implemented (Annex C) 5.5 Employment During construction the As far as Contractor, ESC (i) DDE of employment will be possible, the PkHA generated and local local labor (ii) IEM labor will be preferred, especially for whichever skill unskilled should available be employed as specified in SFA 5.6 Social The contractor will Contractor’s Contractor ESC (i) DDE of disruption ensure that the mobility obligation PkHA of the local communities, defined in the (ii) IEM particularly women and Tender and children and their contract data, livestock is not hindered and community by the construction obligations in activities SFA 6. Gender Issues (xxii) Mitigation Responsibility Contract and Impact Social Mitigation Measure Framework Implementation Supervision Monitoring Agreement (SFA) Clauses 6.1 The rural The Contractor will have Contractor’s Contractor ESC (i) DDE of women actively to select specific timings obligation PkHA participate in for the construction defined in the (ii) IEM outdoor socio- activities particularly Tender and economic near the settlements, so contract data, activities such as to cause least and community as livestock disturbance to the local obligations in rearing, bringing population particularly SFA of potable women. water, etc which may also be During construction affected by the activities, if privacy of the project nearby households is activities. affected, the Contractor will inform the house owner to make some parda arrangements. 6.2 The Similarly, Contractor will induction of have to take care as outside labor much as possible that may create the construction activities social and should not affect the gender issues privacy particularly with due to the reference to women unawareness of local customs and norms Contractor will warn the staff strictly not to involve in any un-ethical activities and to obey the local norms and cultural restrictions particularly with reference to women 6. Impacts Related with Design Road Design The road design will Design Design ESC (i) DDE of include adequately Consultant Consultant PkHA designed bridges and (ii) IEM culverts at the appropriate Locations. The design engineer will ensure also the provision of appropriately sized side drains. All streams running across the road will have culverts or causeways. 7. Workers Health & Safety During Personnel Protective Contract Contractor ESC (i) DDE of Construction Equipment as per the Document PkHA possibility of requirements will be (ii) IEM any work site provided to worker at the accident /impact work site. A first aid box on worker’s shall be provided at work health site to provide the (xxiii) Mitigation Responsibility Contract and Impact Social Mitigation Measure Framework Implementation Supervision Monitoring Agreement (SFA) Clauses emergency treatment 8. Sensitive Receptors Museum (dust  Additional water Contract Contractor ESC (i) DDE of and smoke) sprinkling near the Document PkHA Museum; (ii) IEM  Protection from dust will be achieved with the help of fixing plastic or cane-cloth curtains (chiq) at the doors and windows exposed to dust generated by the construction activities.  Additional measures as advised by the Museum officials Hospital and  Additional water Contract Contractor ESC DDE of PkHA University (dust, sprinkling near the Document (ii) IEM smoke, and hospital and university; noise)  Protection from dust will be achieved with the help of fixing plastic or cane-cloth curtains (chiq) at the doors and windows exposed to dust generated by the construction activities.  Additional measures as advised by the facility officials.  Portable noise barriers made of soft board fixed in a wooden frame to be placed at required locations (eg, in front of doors and windows)  Ensuring that access to these facilities is not blocked Graveyards Fencing around the graveyards to restrict entry into them. Mosques (dust  Additional water and noise) sprinkling  Stop noise generation during azan and prayers.  Ensuring that access to the mosques is not (xxiv) Mitigation Responsibility Contract and Impact Social Mitigation Measure Framework Implementation Supervision Monitoring Agreement (SFA) Clauses blocked. TABLE ES-2: MITIGATION AND MONITORING PLAN DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE At operational stage effective monitoring and evaluation plan is as under : RESPONSIBLE EFFECTIVE PARAMETER ACTION RESPONSIBILITY ORGANIZATION 1. Strict application of Works done through Resident Engineer / XEN Officer(s), authorized by PkHA prescribed Monitoring & contractor to according In charge of Highway and Government of Khyber Engineering plan to strict specification and Pakhtunkhwa in commutation with communities 2. Monitoring of Works done through Resident Engineer / XEN PkHA or Government of environmental parameters contractor to according In charge of the dual Khyber Pakhtunkhwa for ambient air and noise strict specification and in Highway communication with communities 3. Continuous evaluation of Works done through Resident Engineer / XEN PkHA or Government of design efficiency contractor to according In charge of the dual Khyber Pakhtunkhwa strict specification and in Highway communication with communities 4. Environmental Annual Works done through Resident Engineer / XEN PkHA or Government of Audit maintenance contractor In charge of the dual Khyber Pakhtunkhwa to according to strict Highway whichever is i/c of the road specification and in communication with communities 5. Regular Maintenance Works done through Resident Engineer / XEN PkHA or Government of maintenance contractor In charge dual Highway Khyber Pakhtunkhwa to according to strict with the assistance of whosever is i/c of the road specification and in maintenance communication with communities 6. Staff welfare Works done through Resident Engineer / XEN PkHA or Government of (xxv) RESPONSIBLE EFFECTIVE PARAMETER ACTION RESPONSIBILITY ORGANIZATION 1. Strict application of Works done through Resident Engineer / XEN Officer(s), authorized by PkHA prescribed Monitoring & contractor to according In charge of Highway and Government of Khyber Engineering plan to strict specification and Pakhtunkhwa in commutation with communities contractor to according In charge with the Khyber Pakhtunkhwa to strict specification and assistance of contractor whosever takes over as i/c of in communication with the road communities 7. Continued Public Works done through Resident Engineer / XEN PkHA or Government of Consultant contractor to according In charge of the Highway Khyber Pakhtunkhwa to strict specification and with the assistance of whosever is i/c of the road in communication with contractor communities TABLE – ES-3 : COST ESTIMATES EMMP IMPLEMENTATION Environmental Amount Quantity Details Remarks Component PKR A. Environmental Management Cost (i) Compensatory Tree 344 172,000 Cost is calculated with Amount to be included Plantation (no,) 1:4 trees ratio (mean in Project Budget against 86 uprooted trees 344 trees will be planted). Cost includes plantation and maintenance up to three years @ Rs 500/tree. Land or lease of land will be responsibility of Forest Department. (ii) Crops compensation Unit rate is 5,788/ kanal Amount to be included 1.0 5,788 (kanal) in Project Budget (iv) Compensation for fire Unit rate for fire wood 86 172,000 wood trees trees is Rs. 2,000 (iv) Health and Safety L.S. 800,000 Amount to be included Measures and Provision of in Project Budget PPEs (v) Miscellaneous Cost L.S. 100,000 Amount to be included in Project Budget (xxvi) Environmental Amount Quantity Details Remarks Component PKR B. Environmental Monitoring Cost (Effects Monitoring) IEMC L.S. 3,200,000 Amount to be included in Project Budget C. Environmental Monitoring- Third 1,000,000 Amount to be included Party Monitoring in Project Budget Contractor‟s Technical Staff 0 Will be included in (environmentalist) for EMMP the contractor's bid implementation and allied (see Table 8.2) logistics. Supervision Consultants‟ 0 Cost will be Environmental Expert, the Included as support staff and allied logistics. Consultants Fees (see Table 8.2) Environmental staff of PkHA 0 Included in the staff consisting of Deputy PMU Cost (see Director Environment and Table 8.2) Deputy Director Sociology, the support staff and allied Logistics. 0 Total Environmental Management 5,449,788 and Monitoring Cost (A+B+C) Note: Cost for compensation for crops, fruit and fire wood trees and relocation of public amenities is also covered under Resettlement Action Plan as an independent Report. (xxvii) 1.0 INTRODUCTION This document depicts the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of rehabilitation and upgradation of 10.7Km. long segment of Chakdara – Shamozai road, which runs almost parallel to River Swat on its right bank, in Districts of Lower Dir and Swat of Khyber Pakhtunkhwa (KP), Province of Pakistan. 1.1 PROJECT OVERVIEW Due to the insurgency, the 95 km section of the provincial highway S-3B from Chakdara to Madyan was completely destroyed. The "Friends of Pakistan" agreed to finance the upgradation and rehabilitation of about 10.50 km long segment of this road from Sharifabad to Kanju (km 30+424 - 40+924) through Multi Donors Trust Fund (MDTF). The grant was given to the Pakhtunkhwa Highways Authority under the Khyber Pakhtunkhwa Emergency Road Recovery Project (KP-ERRP) through World Bank. Total completion time for the assignment was 24 months commencing from September 15, 2011. Due to savings in the project cost, an additional five km stretch from Dadahara to Sharif Abad (km. 25+424 - 30+424) was also successfully completed within stipulated completion time for the Sharifabad to Kanju section. The 15.50 km long section of S-3B, from Dadahara to Kanju (km 25+424 - 40+924) is operational with all the contractual obligations observed. Due to good performance, additional financing has been provided through World Bank for upgradation and rehabilitation of about 14.10 km road from Shamozai to Dadahara which is in construction phase. To connect the Shamozai - Kanju road with the National Highway N-95, MDTF is further providing financial support to complete the 10.70 km long road from Chakdara to Shamozai. The above is explained through the following table; Total Project Project Project Name of Package length EIA Status Initiation Completion Status T Section (km) date date h Sharifabad – I 10.50 Approved 15.10.2011 14.10.2013 Completed eKanju Dadahara - 5.00 Approved -do- -do- Completed pSharif Abad r (Additional e length) s Shamozai- II 14.10 Approved 01.01.2014 30.06.2015 In progress e Dadahara n Chakdara- III 10.70 Not yet 01.03.2014 30.06.2015 To be t Shamozai Approved (Expected) started EIA has been conducted in response to the national environmental protection laws and the WB environmental safeguard policies. Separate EIAs have been conducted for Package-I and Package-II of the road segments and approved by World Bank (see table given above). The design, execution and supervision of this road have been entrusted to 1 Pakhtunkhwa Highways Authority (PkHA) which has engaged M/s. Associated Consulting Engineers (ACE) as their design and engineering consultants. This road will run on the right bank of River Swat and the immediate beneficiaries of this road will be the towns of Chakdara and Shamozai, having numerous settlements of varying sizes. This will provide relief and safe travelling opportunities to a large part of the war affected communities (see location maps of the project in Figure – 1.1, Figure – 1.2 and Figure– 1.3). The proposed project focuses on early recovery priorities agreed between the Government of Khyber Pakhtunkhwa (GoKP) and the World Bank to be funded under Multi Donor Trust Fund (MDTF). The World Bank is the Administrator of this MDTF. The Project Development Objective (PDO) is to enable the population along the project corridor to benefit from year round improved access and mobility through reconstruction of priority damaged roads and bridges in the conflict hit areas. The expected outcome is improved traffic flow resulting in reduced vehicle operating costs and travel time for beneficiaries using the road. The Multi Donor Trust Fund (MDTF) is one of the key instruments to support the reconstruction, rehabilitation, reforms and other interventions needed to build peace and create the conditions for sustainable development in Khyber Pakhtunkhwa in the aftermath of the 2009 crisis. The MDTF is governed by: (a) Administration Agreements between the World Bank and Donors; and (b) Grant Agreements between the Bank and Grant Recipients. 2 PAKISTAN FIGURE – 1.1 : LOCATION OF PAKISTAN 3 Renamed as Khyber Pakhtunkhwa Province in recent past SWATV ALLEY Tribal Area FIGURE – 1.2 : PROJECT AREA LOCATION 4 SHARIF ABAD KANJU Package-III DADAHARA SHAMOZAI CHAKDARA FIGURE–1.3 : PROJECT LOCATION MAP 5 1.2 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL SCREENING AND ASSESSMENT FRAMEWORK The Bank has prepared an Environmental and Social Screening and Assessment Framework (ESSAF), in accordance with the OP 8.0 for emergency operations– applicable to all interventions under the KP/FATA/Baluchistan MDTF. It specifies the environmental and social assessment requirements that the implementing agency(ies) will need to fulfill before any Project component under the MDTF can be implemented. The Framework also describes the generic environmental/social monitoring and reporting requirements to be fulfilled during Project implementation, in addition to defining the broad institutional arrangements required for environmental and social safeguard aspects associated with the individual projects under the MDTF. Procedures for screening of all possible environmental and social impacts will be described in detail in the project ESMP. The ESSAF has been shared with the FATA Secretariat and disclosed locally by the FATA Secretariat on its website on 15 December 2010. The present EIA has been carried out in pursuance of the environmental and social assessment requirements defined in the ESSAF. 1.3 BASIC FEATURES OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT The scope of Chakdara – Shamozai Road Upgradation / Rehabilitation Project has following major features:  Road Reconstruction / Rehabilitation over 10.7Km. Section  Side drain on hill side along the alignment  Side Drain in Built–Up area  Guardrail for embankments higher than 3 meters  Appropriate signs and road guidelines  Pedestrian and bridal paths to be accommodated  Infrastructure of a highway e.g. drainage, crossing stream culverts or causeways and other facilities will be rehabilitated. 1.4 STUDY METHODOLOGY As a part of EIA Study, primary and secondary data were collected through field surveys, public consultations and library research. Consulted were the PkHA Sources, the World Bank Literature, Meteorological Department, Soil Survey of Pakistan, Integrated Environment Laboratory, Statistical Survey of Pakistan, Departments of Forestry, Wildlife and Fisheries and Communication and Works Department of GoKP. Major data which became available from these sources were land use, soil and physiographic, traffic and noise level, surface and ground water quality, and biodiversity. Above all the data on social and economic factors prevailing in Swat in general and in the project area in particular were available from Pakistan Statistical Year Book, District Gazetteer and Economic Survey of Pakistan. 6 For social data of nearby communities, a structured survey was conducted. For Rapid Rural Survey of the area another questionnaire was used. For information on any resettlement issues, a separate stand-alone study was carried out and its data has been incorporated in this EIA. 1.4.1 Environmental Assessment Process The methodology adopted to carry out the EIA Study of the proposed project was as follow:  Orientation  Planning of Data Collection  Data Collection  Site Reconnaissance  Analysis of Maps  Literature Review  Desk Top Research  Public Consultations  Field Studies  Laboratory Analysis  Evaluation of Impacts and their analysis  Categorization of impacts based on their potential environmental significance and prescription of preventive / mitigation measures In addition to the evaluation and review of the available records, data and the facts for the previous project, detailed discussions were held with the concerned members of the project management as well as other project stakeholders. Notes and proposals for measures to be taken to mitigate and compensate for any determined / detrimental environmental impacts are contained in the Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan (EMMP), including all parameters that need to be measured, and the frequency of monitoring actions. A comprehensive qualitative and quantitative methodology was adopted to conduct this study inter–alia in due compliance with the EIA requirements. The study included collection of both primary and secondary data regarding environmental status and other relevant factors. This EIA report has been accomplished after carrying out thorough visit to the proposed site and detailed investigation to identify the following environmental areas of concern:  To achieve the desired environmental compliance standards; as per the World Bank and national requirements; as applicable to the project.  Plans and activities to prevent / mitigate any potential impacts and the gaps that could probably remain after implementation.  Any other points / steps to be taken which could be beneficial to mitigate environmental adverse impacts that may accrue both during construction and regular operation of the project. The methodology for environmental assessment is given in Table–1.1below: 7 TABLE–1.1 : ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL ASSESSMENT PROCESS PHASE ACTIVITIES STATUS RESPONSIBILITY Reconnaissance and initial site visit and consultations, identification of Carried out Screening and environmental and social Project Management during the Scoping issues & applicable (PM) Consultants present EIA safeguard policy, categorization and working out an action plan. Identification of potential environmental and social Impact impacts through site visits, during the PM Consultants Assessment stakeholders consultations, present EIA review of drawings, alternatives etc. The significant potential Impact impacts were tabulated and during the PM Consultants categorization mitigation / preventive present EIA measures were prescribed Women consultation Carried out EMMP Draft EMMP during / prepared PM Consultants Preparation as part of the Draft Social Framework present EIA Agreement (SFA) Pending till final PkHA and Disclosure of Draft EMMP approval of communities assisted Disclosure and and SFA project. Draft by PM Disclosure and Consultant SFA SFA ready Consultant Agreement Pending till the PkHA and Signing of SFA commencement communities assisted of the project. by PM Consultant Final version of EMMP Included in the Final EMMP PM Consultants produced present EIA. 1.4.2 Field Surveys A well trained team including environmentalist, sociologist, and ecologist carried out field survey. They undertook two–fold consultation / survey program. Phase – I: This phase comprised of the meetings and discussions with the official. Meetings with officials facilitated achieving multiple and diverse objectives such as: 8  To evaluate the site suitability in view of social acceptance and environmental soundness.  To provide the maximum information to stakeholders about the significant environmental impacts and the implication of the proposed project.  Confirmation of the suitability of initial list of communities selected for consultation. Phase – II: This phase involved the discussion with the local communities in the project area of influence. The program included both community discussion and discussion with women only by women organization. 1.4.3 Women Consultations Rural society in Chakdara–Shamozai tract of Lower Dir and Swat Districts is highly conservative where direct access to women for social surveys, even with a female sociologist, is not possible. The community elders and aged women in selected localities hesitated to get their names recorded during the women consultation process which was carried out according to “Gender Issue Study”, commissioned by Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and Asian Development Bank (ADB) and is considered to be an essential part of project preparation. The ADB studies certainly overlap those required out of the current study, which also include the “Gender Impact Assessment”. Accordingly, seven meetings were held with women in different parts of the project, four through village elders and three through women teachers and a non–governmental organization. 1.5 THE STUDY OBJECTIVES The ultimate objective of the study is to make the project environmentally sustainable and socially acceptable. The specific objectives of this study can be identified as follows:  To carryout environmental and social assessment including the supporting administrative and legal framework of the proposed highway.  To identify the potential environmental issues pertaining to the proposed highway.  To evaluate the site‟s social acceptance and environmental soundness.  To collect the baseline data on physical biological and socio–economic conditions of the project area.  To identify preventive / remedial measures of the potential environmental impacts.  To propose institutional responsibilities and methods of monitoring the preventive measures and monitoring procedures.  Development of well-resourced environmental management and monitoring plans to identify preventive strategies targeted towards avoidance, minimization and rehabilitation of the impacts. 9 1.6 PROJECT CLASSIFICATION The project only involves up gradation and rehabilitation of an existing road segment 10.70 km long within the Right of Way (ROW) of road with little environmental and / or social sensitivity. Moreover, none of the potential impacts of the project are likely to be large scale, unprecedented and / or irreversible. Therefore, the project falls in Category “B” according to the World Bank‟s Operational Policies. 1.7 LESSONS LEARNED Capacity and Input of Consultants Vigilant endeavors demand all time availability of environmental expert of the consultants with in-hand availability of substitutes during the implementation of ESMP. These arrangements have been properly addressed now. The expert will not only help in Monitoring & Evaluation but also conduct periodic trainings and interact with road users and APs and line agencies. Coordination between PkHA and other Line Departments The project has coordinated with a number of public utility organizations and with some private service providers mainly for relocation of utility lines from the road alignment/right of way; such as, PESCO (Pakistan Electric Supply Co), PTCL (Pakistan Telecommunication Co. Ltd), and SNGPL (Sui Northern Gas Pipelines Ltd). As all the above service providers are the domain of federal Government Departments, PkHA was unable to exert enough pressure on them. Resultantly, even after payment for shifting of utilities two and a half years back, the task has yet to be taken in hand. It is worth mentioning that although payments were made in time to these agencies, inflated estimates are received for the same task. The Project Directorate has recommended to form high level committee to bring PkHA and other Line Departments together for efficient relocation of utility lines. Problems associated with compensation disbursement to APs The World Bank‟s policy of compensation disbursement to APs prior to shifting of structures or other assets within the Right of Way (ROW) results in APs refusal to move out after payment. It was also observed that some APs filed cases in the court of law after receiving compensation for the damages. Such court cases though being invalid, results in wastage of time and other resources. The higher authorities instructed the district administration to help us in removal of structures for which payments were already made. It was also observed that the policy of payment to encroachers helped in ribbon development and conversion of agrarian zones into commercial zones. 10 Recommendations provided by the Environmental Auditor 1. Appointment of an environment engineer by the contractor on full time basis. 2. Provision of training to contractor‟s and resident engineer by the environmental expert either from ACE or IEMC. 3. Increasing the person months of environmental expert of ACE. 4. Training of contractor‟s staff as required in contract documents and keeping the documentary records of the same. 5. Plan of trainings for residents in project area towards impacts and safety measures related to implementation activities and post completion operational activities need to be submitted to PKHA, immediately. 6. Record keeping of measures other than normal project management activities requires 1. improvement and proper documentation. 7. During and post construction, setting up speed limits, in close consultation with the local community is recommended. 8. The movement of vehicles carrying construction materials should be restricted during daytime to reduce traffic load and inconvenience to the local people. 9. The health, safety and hygiene practices are primitive. Awareness campaigns and trainings should be conducted and documented. 10. Regular biannual independent third party environmental and social audits. 11. Approval of EIA for the operational part of the project is also needed. 12. Contract specifications should clearly say for compensation of tree cutting and a program for implementation. Adjacent Communities or relevant department could be engaged till the trees are strong enough to grow. 13. Quarterly meetings of PKHA, ACE, IEMC and communities should be held to monitor and comply the provisions of contract related with environment and social safeguards. 14. BOQs, Cost Estimates and Specifications should include environmental works as separate items 1.8 THE REPORT STRUCTURE This EIA document is structured as follows: Chapter – 1: Introduction: Containing general information about the project and process of carrying out the study. Chapter – 2: International and National Environmental Policy, Legal And Administrative Framework: Describes the international and national policy, laws and regulations governing this EIA. Chapter – 3: The Project Description: Describes an overall detail of the works to be done. 11 Chapter–4: The Baseline Study: Gives information on Physical, Biological and Social conditions collected through survey of the Project Area. Chapter – 5: Analysis of Alternatives: Describes and analyses various alternatives to establish the feasibility of the modernization and construction of road. Chapter – 6: Stakeholders Consultation and Disclosure: Explains the process of public consultation and disclosure of the report at District Council Office as well as important public library(s). It makes this document a legal public document. Chapter – 7: Environmental Impact Assessment: Identifies various environmental impacts and their preventive actions. This makes the basis of the Environment Management and Monitoring Plan. Chapter – 8: Environment Management and Monitoring Plan (EMMP): Contains comprehensive prescriptions regarding environmental impacts and their mitigation measures. This also includes institutional arrangements and Environmental Management & Monitoring Plan. 12 2.0 INTERNATIONAL AND NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK This chapter provides an overview of the policy framework, national legislation and international protocols applicable to the project. The project is required to comply with the national legislation relating to environment in Pakistan and to obtain all regulatory clearances in accordance to the environmental law. The project at the same time conforms to the operational manuals of the donor agency i.e., the World Bank and the environmental safeguards provided therein. 2.1 APPLICABLE INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS 2.1.1 International Framework For the assessment of the environmental impacts of the proposed project on air, water and noise according to the international legal framework, this report has also incorporated the requirements of the “Pollution Prevention and Abatement Handbook” by the World Bank Group – effective July, 1998. 2.1.2 The World Bank Operational Policies The World Bank is the donor for this project. Therefore, it is obligatory for Pakhtunkhwa Highway Authority (PkHA) to abide by the World Bank safeguard policies for environment, which are discussed below: 2.1.3 Environmental Assessment (OP 4.01) The World Bank requires Environmental Assessment (EA) of projects proposed for Bank financing to ensure that they are environmentally sound and sustainable, and thus to improve decision making.1 The OP defines the EA process and various types of the EA instruments to satisfy the assessment process. 2.1.3.1 Category of the Project The proposed project consists of activities which have environmental and social impacts, including: (a) Deterioration of air quality, (b) Water contamination and consumption, (c) Damage to top soil, land erosion, (d) Safety hazard (e) Short time social flux Since none of the potential impacts of the project are likely to be large scale, unprecedented and / or irreversible, the project has been classified as Category B, in accordance with OP 4.01. 1. Excerpt from WB OP 4.12, WB Operational Manual, January 1999. 13 The present environmental assessment has been carried out in accordance with this OP, to identify the extent and consequences of these impacts, and to develop an EMMP for their mitigation. 2.1.3.2 Involuntary Resettlement (OP 4.12) The WB‟s experience indicates that involuntary resettlement under development projects, if unmitigated, often give rise to severe economic, social, and environmental risks: production systems are dismantled; people face impoverishment when their productive assets or income sources are lost; people are relocated to environments where their productive skills may be less applicable and the competition for resources greater; community institutions and social networks are weakened; kin groups are dispersed; and cultural identity, traditional authority, and the potential for mutual help are diminished or lost. This policy includes safeguards to address and mitigate this impoverishment risks.2 The overall objectives of the Policy are given below:  Involuntary resettlement should be avoided where feasible, or minimized, exploring all viable alternative project designs.  Where it is not feasible to avoid resettlement, resettlement activities should be conceived and executed as sustainable development programs, providing sufficient investment resources to enable the persons displaced by the project to share in project benefits. Displaced persons should be meaningfully consulted and should have opportunities to participate in planning and implementing resettlement programs.  Displaced persons should be assisted in their efforts to improve their livelihoods and standards of living or at least to restore them, in real terms, to pre– displacement levels or to levels prevailing prior to the beginning of project implementation, whichever is higher. None of the structure will be impacted or relocated. Along the road alignment 86 trees will be removed. A Resettlement Action Plan has been recommended to address all the issues in accordance to OP 4.12. A separate Resettlement Action Plan has been prepared to address resettlement issues in accordance with OP 4.12. 2.1.3.3 Forestry (OP 4.36) The objective of this Policy is to assist the WB‟s borrowers to harness the potential of forests to reduce poverty in a sustainable manner, integrate forests effectively into sustainable economic development, and protect the vital local and global environmental services and values of forests. 2. Excerpt from WB OP 4.12, WB Operational Manual, December 2001. 14 None of the project components would be located inside any forested areas and no project activity will have any impact on the forest. Hence the OP 4.36 is not applicable. 2.1.3.4 Natural Habitat (OP 4.04) The conservation of natural habitats, like other measures that protect and enhance the environment, is essential for long–term sustainable development. The Bank therefore supports the protection, maintenance, and rehabilitation of natural habitats and their functions.3 All of the proposed project components would be located in areas where the natural habitat has already been significantly modified, as a result of road construction and associated activities. Therefore the OP 4.04 is not triggered. 2.1.3.5 Pest Management (OP 4.09) Through this OP, the WB supports a strategy that promotes the use of biological or environmental control methods and reduces reliance on synthetic chemical pesticides. This OP is not relevant since the Project does not involve purchase or use of pesticides or fertilizers. 2.1.3.6 Safety of Dams (OP 4.37) The Policy seeks to ensure that appropriate measures are taken and sufficient resources provided for the safety of dams the WB finances. However this OP is not relevant since the proposed project does not involve construction of dams. 2.1.3.7 Projects on International Waterways (OP 7.50) This OP defines the procedure to be followed for the WB financed projects that are located on any water body that forms a boundary between, or flows through two or more states. However, no project components will be located on any such waterways; hence, this OP is not triggered. 2.1.3.8 Cultural Property (OP 4.11) The World Bank‟s general policy regarding cultural properties is to assist in their preservation and to seek to avoid their elimination. The specific aspects of the Policy are given below :4  The Bank normally declines to finance projects that will significantly damage nonreplicable cultural property and will assist only those projects that are sited or designed so as to prevent such damage. 3. Excerpt from WB OP 4.04, WB Operational Manual, June 2001. 4. Excerpt from WB OP 11.03, WB Operational Manual, September 1986. 15  The Bank will assist in the protection and enhancement of cultural properties encountered in Bank–financed projects, rather than leaving that protection to chance. In some cases, the project is best relocated in order that sites and structures can be preserved, studied, and restored intact in situ. In other cases, structures can be relocated, preserved, studied, and restored on alternate sites. Often, scientific study, selective salvage, and museum preservation before destruction is all that is necessary. Most such projects should include the training and strengthening of institutions entrusted with safeguarding a nation‟s cultural patrimony.  Such activities should be directly included in the scope of the project, rather than being postponed for some possible future action, and the costs are to be internalized in computing overall project costs.  Deviations from this policy may be justified only where expected project benefits are great and the loss of or damage to cultural property is judged by competent authorities to be unavoidable, minor, or otherwise acceptable. Specific details of the justification should be discussed in project documents.  This policy pertains to any project in which the Bank is involved, irrespective of whether the Bank is itself financing the part of the project that may affect cultural property. Since the project activities will be carried out along an existing road, it is unlikely that any sites of cultural, archeological, historical, or religious significance will be affected. However, in case of discovery of any such sites or artifacts during the project implementation, the work will be stopped at that site. The provisions of this Policy will be followed. Additionally, the provincial and federal archeological departments will be notified immediately, and their advice sought before resumption of the construction activities at such sites. 2.1.3.9 Indigenous People (OP 4.10) For purposes of this policy, the term “Indigenous Peoples” is used in a generic sense to refer to a distinct, vulnerable, social and cultural group possessing the following characteristics in varying degrees :5  self–identification as members of a distinct indigenous cultural group and recognition of this identity by others;  collective attachment to geographically distinct habitats or ancestral territories in the project area and to the natural resources in these habitats and territories;  customary cultural, economic, social, or political institutions that are separate from those of the dominant society and culture; and  an indigenous language, often different from the official language of the country or region. 5. Excerpt from WB OP 4.04, WB Operational Manual, June 2001. 16 The OP defines the process to be followed if the project affects the indigenous people. No indigenous people – with a social and cultural identity distinct from the dominant society that makes them vulnerable to being disadvantaged in the development process are known to exist in the District. Therefore this OP is not triggered. 2.1.3.10 Projects in Disputed Areas (OP 7.60) Projects in disputed areas may raise a number of delicate problems affecting relations not only between the Bank and its member countries, but also between the borrower and one or more neighboring countries. In order not to prejudice the position of either the Bank or the countries concerned, any dispute over an area in which a proposed project is located is dealt with at the earliest possible stage. The Bank may proceed with a project in a disputed area if the governments concerned agree that, pending the settlement of the dispute, the project proposed for country A should go forward without prejudice to the claims of country B.6 This OP is not triggered since no part of the Project Province is located in any disputed territory. 2.2 NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATORY / LEGAL REQUIREMENTS After the 18th Amendment to the Constitution of The Islamic Republic of Pakistan – 1973, the Regulation & Management of Environment has largely been delegated to the provinces. The Federal Ministry of Environment has been abolished and instead the Climate Change Division has been created and the Environmental Protection Agency is working as a wing of this division. The Pakistan Environmental Protection Act 1997 (PEPA–1997) and the rules, regulations, standards made there under have been adopted as such by all the provincial Environmental Protection Agencies (EPAs). Every provincial EPA is working now with the same law, rules, regulations and standards that were promulgated by the Federal Environmental Protection Agency (Federal EPA) before 18th amendment. Now every EPA is independent and responsible for prevention of pollution and to formulate the rules, regulations related with environmental protection and sustainable development. Each EPA is now working with the same powers as Federal EPA had governed before the 18th amendment. These EPAs are now in process to publish their sectoral regulations, rules, standards. Their governing approach and method is the same as it was with the Federal EPA. 6. Excerpt from WB OP 7.60, WB Operational Manual, November 1994. 17 2.2.1 Institutional Arrangements The Khyber Pakhtunkhwa Environmental Protection Agency (KP-EPA) is the provincial agency responsible for the environmental protection and pollution control in the province of Khyber Pakhtunkhwa. Accordingly, the proposed project of rehabilitation and upgradation of Chakdara – Shamozai road falls under the jurisdiction of KP-EPA. 2.2.2 National Conservation Strategy (NCS) – Pakistan The National Conservation Strategy (NCS) – Pakistan, as approved by the Federal Cabinet in March 1992 is the guiding document on the environmental issues in the country (Ref. EUAD / IUCN, 1992). The NCS outlines the country‟s primary approach towards encouraging sustainable development, conserving natural resources, and improving efficiency in the use and management of resources. The NCS has 68 specific programs in 14 core areas in which policy intervention is considered crucial for the preservation of Pakistan‟s natural and physical environment. The core areas that are relevant in the context of the envisaged project are pollution prevention and abatement, restoration of supporting forestry and plantations, and preservation of cultural heritage. 2.2.3 Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997 The promulgation of the Environmental Protection Ordinance, 1983 was the first codifying legislation to the issue of environmental protection. Later, the Government passed the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act (PEPA), 1997 (amended 2012), which is the basis of IEE/EIA studies carried out for the projects in Pakistan. PEPA, 1997 (and its subsequent amendments) is a fairly comprehensive legislation and provides protection, conservation, rehabilitation and improvement of the environment. It contains concrete action plans and programs for the prevention of pollution and promotes sustainable development. The salient features of the law are :  It covers the air, water, soil, marine and noise pollution including pollution caused by motor vehicles.  The Act provides National Environmental Quality Standards (NEQS) for wastewater, air emissions and noise.  Law provides clear cut guidelines for IEE / EIA for various projects as per their magnitude and anticipated impacts.  Law also empowers Federal Government to issue notices and to enforce them for the protection of the environment. For the effective implementation of the provisions of PEPA, 1997, Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency, headed by a Director General was constituted. On the same pattern, Provincial Environmental Protection Agencies (EPA‟s) were created in all the provinces. 18 Environmental Tribunals were also constituted according to PEPA, 1997. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) of each province of Pakistan is now required to ensure compliance with the National Environmental Quality Standards (NEQS) and to establish monitoring and evaluation systems. They are also responsible for identifying the legislation needs, as well as initiating the legislation, whenever necessary after the 18th Amendments in the Constitution. As described above each EPA is working as autonomous body with the same powers as governed by the Federal EPA (Pak-EPA) and is responsible for prevention of pollution and to formulate the rules, regulations related with environmental protection and sustainable development. The provincial EPAs are in process to announce the amendments in the adopted act i.e. PEPA–1997. As like, the Punjab EPA, by taking the lead, has officially announced the formulation of Environmental Protection Council, and the amendments in the adopted act. Now the adopted act is known in Punjab as Punjab Environmental Protection Act 2012 (amended act). Similarly, the KP-EPA has formulated the amended act and has presented it in the provincial assembly for its official announcement. 2.2.4 Regulations for Environmental Assessment Under Section 12 (and subsequent amendments) of Environmental Protection Act 1997, a project falling under any category specified in Schedule I (SRO 339, 10/2000) requires proponent to file an Initial Environment Examination (IEE) report with concerned provincial or federal agency (Pak–EPA). Projects falling under any category specified in schedule the proponent will submit an EIA with the Provincial Agency. Within 10 working days of IEE or EIA having been deposited, the empowered agency will confirm that the document submitted is complete for the purpose of review. During this time should the empowered agency require the proponent for revision, clearly citing those aspects that need further discussion the proponent will carry out necessary revision. Subsequently, the federal agency will make every effort to complete process for an IEE review within 40 days and an EIA within 90 days of filing. Pak – EPA regulation (SRO 339(1)/2000) states that an IEE is required for federal or provincial projects (except in case of maintenance, rebuilding or reconstruction case) with a total cost of less than 45 million. An EIA on the other hand is required for federal or provincial project (except in the cases of maintenance, rebuilding or reconstruction) with a total cost of 50 million or more. EIAs are also required where projects are to be implemented in environmentally sensitive areas, or are likely to cause adverse environmental effects. 2.2.5 Guidelines for Public Consultations These guidelines deal with possible approaches to public consultation (PC) and techniques for designing an effective program of consultation that reaches out to all major stakeholders and ensures the incorporation of their legitimate concerns in any impact assessment study. These guidelines cover 19  Consultation, involvement and participation of Stakeholders  Techniques for public consultation (principles, levels of involvements, tools, building trust)  Effective public consultation (planning, stages of EIA where consultation is appropriate)  Consensus building and dispute resolution  Facilitation involvement (including the poor, women, building community and NGO capacity 2.2.6 National Environmental Quality Standards for Ambient Air – November, 2010 The Ministry of Environment, Government of Pakistan vide its Notification, Islamabad, the 18th October, 2010 under S.R.O. 102 (1)/2010 established standards which provide the maximum allowable limits, in the ambient air, of Sulphur Dioxide (SO 2), Oxides of Nitrogen as (NOx) and as (NO), Suspended Particulate Matter–(SPM), Reparable Particulate Matter–PM10, Repairable Particulate Matter–PM2.5, Lead and Carbon Monoxide (CO). Full text of the standards is available at Pak-EPA web site. (http://www.environment.gov.pk/NEQS/SRO-2010-NEQS%20Air-Water-Noise.pdf). TABLE–2.1 : NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY STANDARDS FOR AMBIENT AIR Concentration in Ambient Air Time– Pollutants Weighted Effective Effective from Method of Measurement st Average from 1 July 1st January 2010 2013 Annual Sulfur Dioxide 80 µg/m3 80 µg/m3 Average* Ultraviolet Fluorescence (SO2) 3 3 24 hours** 120 µg/m 120 µg/m Oxides of Annual 40 µg/m3 40 µg/m3 Gas Phase Nitrogen as Average* Chemiluminescence (NO) 24 hours** 40 µg/m3 40 µg/m3 Oxides of Annual 40 µg/m3 40 µg/m3 Gas Phase Nitrogen as Average* Chemiluminescence (NO2) 24 hours** 80 µg/m3 80 µg/m3 Ozone (O3) 1 hour 180 µg/m3 130 µg/m3 Non dispersive UV absorption Suspended Annual High Volume 400 µg/m3 360 µg/m3 Particulate Average* Sampling,(Average flow rate Matter (SPM) 24 hours** 550 µg/m3 500 µg/m3 not less than 1.1m3/minute). 20 Concentration in Ambient Air Time– Pollutants Weighted Effective Effective from Method of Measurement st Average from 1 July 1st January 2010 2013 Reparable Annual 200 µg/m3 120 µg/m3 Particulate Average* βRay absorption Matter.PM10 24 hours** 250 µg/m3 150 µg/m3 Annual 25 µg/m3 15 µg/m3 Reparable Average* Particulate βRay absorption 24 hours** 40 µg/m3 35 µg/m3 Matter.PM2.5 25 µg/m3 15 µg/m3 Annual ASS Method after sampling 1.5 µg/m3 1.0 µg/m3 Lead (Pb) Average* using EPM 2000 or equivalent 24 hours** 2.0 µg/m3 1.5 µg/m3 Filter paper Carbon 8 hour 5 µg/m3 5 µg/m3 Non Dispersive Infra-Red Monoxide(CO) 1 hour 10 µg/m3 10 µg/m3 (NDIR) * Annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year taken twice a week 24 hourly at uniform interval. ** 24 hourly /8 hourly values should be met 98% of the in a year. 2% of the time, it may exceed but not on two consecutive days. 2.2.7 National Standards for Drinking Water Quality – November, 2010 The Ministry of Climate Change, Government of Pakistan vide its Notification, Islamabad, the 18th October, 2010 under S.R.O. 102(1)/2010 established standards for Drinking Water Quality. The major quality parameters fixed depend upon Bacterial, Physical and Chemical ones. Full text of the standards is available at Pak-EPA web site (http://www.environment.gov.pk/NEQS/SRO-2010-NEQS%20Air-Water-Noise.pdf). TABLE – 2.2 : NATIONAL STANDARDS FOR DRINKING WATER QUALITY PROPERTIES / PARAMETERS STANDARD VALUES FOR PAKISTAN All water intended for drinking (E.Coli or Must not be detectable in any 100 ml Thermo tolerant Coliform bacteria) samples Treated water entering the distribution Must not be detectable in any 100 ml system(E.Coli or thermotolerant coliform samples and total coliform bacteria) 21 PROPERTIES / PARAMETERS STANDARD VALUES FOR PAKISTAN Treated water in the distribution system Must not be detectable in any 100 ml (E.Coli or thermo tolerant coliform and samples In case of large supplies, where total coliform bacteria) sufficient samples are examined, must not be present in 95% of the samples taken throughout any 12– month period. Physical Color Non objectionable/Acceptable Taste Non objectionable/Acceptable Odor Non objectionable/Accept able Turbidity < 5 NTU Total hardness as CaCO3 < 500 mg/l TDS < 1000 pH 6.5 – 8.5 Chemical Essential Inorganic mg/Litre Aluminum (Al) ≤0.2 Antimony (Sb) ≤0.005 (P) Arsenic (As) ≤0.05 (P) Barium (Ba) 0.7 Boron (B) 0.3 Cadmium (Cd) 0.01 Chloride (Cl) <250 Chromium (Cr) ≤0.05 Copper (Cu) 2 Toxic Inorganic mg/Litre Fluoride (F)* ≤1.5 Lead (Pb) ≤0.05 Manganese (Mn) ≤0.5 Mercury (Hg) ≤0.001 22 PROPERTIES / PARAMETERS STANDARD VALUES FOR PAKISTAN Nickel (Ni) ≤0.02 Nitrate (NO3)* ≤50 Nitrite (NO2)* ≤3 (P) Selenium (Se) 0.01 (P) Residual chlorine 0.2–0.5 at consumer end; 0.5–1.5 at source Zinc (Zn) 5.0 Organic Pesticides mg/l PSQCA No. 4639–2004, Page No. 4 Table No. 3 Sr. No. 20– 58 may be consulted. Phenolic compound (as phenols) mg/l WHO standards: ≤0.002 Polynuclear Aromatic hydrocarbon WHO standards: ≤0.01v (as PAH) g/L (by GC/MS method) Radioactive Alpha Emitters bq/L or pCi 0.1 Beta Emitters 1 2.2.8 National Environmental Quality Standards for Noise – November, 2010 The Ministry of Climate Change, Government of Pakistan vide its Notification, Islamabad, and the 18th October, 2010 under S.R.O. 102(1)/2010 established standards for Noise. These standards are based on Category / zone i.e., Residential area, Commercial area, Industrial area and Silence zone. The limiting values for day and night have also been fixed for all categories / zones. Full text of the standards is available at Pak-EPA web site (http://www.environment.gov.pk/NEQS/SRO-2010-NEQS%20Air- Water-Noise.pdf). 23 TABLE – 2.3 : NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY STANDARDS FOR NOISE EFFECTIVE FROM 1ST JULY 2012 CATEGORY OF AREA / ZONE DAY TIME NIGHT TIME Residential Area 55 45 Commercial Area 65 55 Industrial Area 75 65 Silence Zone 50 45 Limit in dB(A) Leq* Notes : 1. Day time hours: 6:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. 2. Night time hours: 10:00 p.m. to 6:00 a.m. 3. Silence zone::Zones that are declared as such by the competent authority. An area comprising not less than 100 m around the hospitals, educational institutions and courts. 4. Mixed categories of areas may be declared as one of the four above–listed categories by the competent authority. * dB(A) Leq: Time weighted average of the level of sound in decibels on Scale A which is relatable to human hearing. TABLE – 2.4 : SELECTED NEQS FOR WASTE EFFLUENTS STANDARDS PARAMETER PARAMETER (Maximum Allowable Limit) Temperature Increase °C <3 pH value (acidity/basicity) pH 6–9 5–day biochemical oxygen demand mg/l 80 (BOD) at 20°C Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) mg/l 150 Total suspended solids mg/l 200 Total dissolved solids mg/l 3,500 Grease and oil mg/l 10 Phenolic compounds (as phenol) mg/l 0.1 Chloride (as Cl) mg/l 1,000 Fluoride (as F) mg/l 10 Sulfate (SO4) mg/l 600 Sulfide (S) mg/l 1.0 Ammonia (NH3) mg/l 40 Cadmium mg/l 0.1 24 STANDARDS PARAMETER PARAMETER (Maximum Allowable Limit) Chromium mg/l 0.1 (trivalent and hexavalent) Copper mg/l 1.0 Lead mg/l 0.5 Mercury mg/l 0.01 Selenium mg/l 0.5 Nickel mg/l 1.0 Silver mg/l 1.0 Total toxic metals mg/l 2.0 Zinc mg/l 5 Arsenic mg/l 1.0 Barium mg/l 1.5 Iron mg/l 8.0 Manganese mg/l 1.5 Boron mg/l 6.0 Chlorine mg/l 1.0 Source Pak-EPA Website (http://www.environment.gov.pk/NEQS/SRO549%20I2000-NEQS.pdf TABLE – 2.5 : NEQS FOR MOTOR VEHICLES EXHAUST AND NOISE (A) For In–Use Vehicles For Passenger Cars and Light Commercial Vehicles (g/km) Type of HC Measuring Category/Class Tiers CO PM Applicability Vehicle NOx Method M 1: with reference Pak–II 1.00 0.70 0.08 mass(RW) upto 2500 IDA NED Passenger Kg. Cars with RW over (ECE15+ Cars (I) All imported and 2500 Kg. to meet NI Pak–II 1.00 0.90 0.10 EDUCE) IDI local manufactured category standards. diesel vehicles with Pak–II effect from Light 1.00 0.70 0.08 IDI 01.07.2012 Commercial NI–I (RW<1250 Kg.) Vehicles Pak–II 1.00 0.90 0.10 IDI 25 Type of HC Measuring Category/Class Tiers CO PM Applicability Vehicle NOx Method Pak–II 1.25 1.00 0.12 NI–II (1250 Kg. 1700 Kg.) Pak–II 1.50 1.60 0.20 IDI Parameter Standard (maximum permissible limit) Measuring Method Sound meter at 7.5 meters from the Noise 85 db (A) Source. (B) For Heavy Duty Diesel Engines and Large Goods Vehicles (g/Kwh) Type of Category / Measuring Tiers CO HC NOx PM Applicability Vehicle Class Method All Imported and Heavy Duty local manufactured Trucks and Diesel Pak–II 4.0 1.1 7.0 0.15 ECE–R–49 diesel vehicles with Buses Engines the effect 01.07.2012 Large Goods N2(2000 Pak–II 4.0 7.0 1.10 0.15 EDC Vehicles and up Standard Parameter Measuring Method (Maximum Permissible Limit) Sound meter at 7.5 meters from the Noise 85 db (A) source. (C) Emission Standards for Petrol Vehicles (g/km) Type of HC+ Measuring Category / Class Tiers CO Applicability Vehicle NOx Method M 1 : With reference mass (RW) upto 2500 All imported and Pak– Passenger Kg. Cars with RW over 2.20 0.50 II new models 2500 Kg. to meet N1 NEDC locally category standards (ECE 15 + manufactured Pak– EUDCL) petrol vehicles Light N1–I(RW < 1250 Kg.) 2.20 0.50 II with effect from Commercial 1st July, 2009 Vehicles N1–II (1250 Kg. > RW < Pak– 4.00 0.65 1700 Kg.) II 26 Type of HC+ Measuring Category / Class Tiers CO Applicability Vehicle NOx Method Pak– N1–III (RW > 1700 Kg.) 5.00 0.80 II Motor Pak– 2.4 strokes <150 cc 5.50 1.50 Rickshaws& II ECER 40 Motor Pak– Cycles 2.4 strokes>150 cc 5.50 1.30 II Parameters Standard (Maximum Permissible Limit) Measuring Method Sound meter at 7.5 meters Noise 85 db (A) from the source Source Pak-EPA Website (http://www.environment.gov.pk/NEQS/SRO%2072(KE)2009%20vehicle.pdf) 2.3 INTERNATIONAL FEDERATION OF CONSULTING ENGINEERS (FIDIC) CLAUSES Keeping in view the national laws and international obligations, specific steps are taken to mitigate the adverse impacts while processing the detailed design, tender document and carrying out the monitoring and evaluation of the work of the contractor. Following FIDIC clauses are invariably provided in a standard construction contract like this project.  Clause 8.2 : Site operation and methods of construction.  Clause 19.1 : Safety, Security of Environment in general (including biota).  Clause 27.1 : Fossils  Clause 42.1 : Possession of site and access thereto (for life forms)  Clause 42.3 : Right of ways and facilities in the project area The PkHA will ensure that the above FIDIC clauses are appropriately reflected in the Tender Document(s), Bid Documents and the Contract Document(s). 2.4 GUIDELINES FOR SENSITIVE AND CRITICAL AREAS These guidelines identify sensitive and critical areas in Pakistan, in relation both to the natural environment and the cultural aspects. 2.5 FOREST ACT, 1927 All India Forest Act, 1927 was adopted by the Government of Pakistan, which was subsequently implemented by the respective provinces. Basically, the law was enacted to conserve and protect the forest resources of the country for sustainable development. It lays down Rules and Regulations for exploitation of various categories of forests such as reserved, protected or unclassified. Further, the Act spells out the licensing method for timber cutting, grazing, hunting etc. It also gives the details of magisterial powers of 27 Forest Department officers and penalties for offences committed with regard to forest resources and products. 2.6 THE KHYBER PAKHTUNKHWA WILDLIFE ACT, 1974 This law was enacted to protect the province‟s wildlife resources directly and other natural resources indirectly. It classifies wildlife by degree of protection, i.e., animals that may be hunted on a permit or special license, and species that are protected and cannot be hunted under any circumstances. The Act specifies restrictions on hunting and trade in animals, trophies, or meat. The Act also defines various categories of wildlife protected areas, i.e., National Parks, Wildlife Sanctuaries, and Game Reserve. The project activities will have to be carried out in accordance with this Act. In particular, no activities will be carried out inside any protected areas defined under the Act. 2.7 THE ANTIQUITIES ACT, 1975 The Antiquities Act, 1975, protects the country‟s national and cultural heritage. The Act defines „antiquities‟ as ancient products of human activity, historical site, or site of anthropological or cultural interest, national monuments etc. The Act was formulated to protect such antiquities from destruction, theft, negligence, unlawful excavation, trade and export. It prohibits new construction in proximity of a protected antiquity and excavation in any area that may contain articles of archaeological significance. The Act restrains activity within sixty–one meters or two hundred feet of a protected antiquity. 28 3.0 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT 3.1 LOCATION The proposed road is located on the right bank of River Swat, in Tehsil Adanzai and Barikot in the Lower Dir and Swat districts respectively of KP, province of Pakistan (see maps in Figure – 1.1, Figure – 1.2and Figure–1.3). The project road's eastern tip is located at a distance of 3 km from Chakdara Bridge while its western tip at 2.5 Km. from Shamozai Bridge. It traverses through small towns and cultivated lands and feeds settlements/villages of varying size namely Chakdara, Remora, Choungai and Shamozai. Annex-A provides maps showing details of various structures and environmental features along the right of way (ROW). FIGURE – 3.1 : PROJECT LOCATION (SOURCE GOOGLE MAPS) 29 3.2 ROAD LENGTH The section of road covered under the proposed project is 10.70 km. long, from Chakdara (Km. 0+000) to Shamozai (Km. 10+700). 3.3 EXISTING ROAD DIMENSIONS The existing black topped width in the first 5 km of the road is about 4.0 – 4.5 m and afterwards it is as narrow as 3.5 m or less. In consideration of proposed widening of the road and envisaged protection works both for hillside and valley side slopes, the width has been proposed to extend up to 10 – 12 m. However, to avoid the resettlement issues, available width will be utilized within towns, and road‟s cross–section will be accommodated within the available space. 3.4 DRAINAGE STRUCTURES Key structures included in the project are given in Table – 3.1: TABLE – 3.1 : KEY PROJECT FEATURES / STRUCTURES FEATURE / STRUCTURE NO / DESCRIPTION 1. No. of Culverts 25 2. Covered Side Drain On both sides of road in built up area 3. Foot Path RCC Cover of drain will be used as foot path 3.5 SCOPE OF WORK The scope of work and proposed improvements of the selected reach under the Rehabilitation / Upgradation of Chakdara –Shamozai road is described below.  Reconstruction and widening of about 10.70 km road from Chakdara (km0+000) to Shamozai (km10+700)  A longitudinal drain has been proposed throughout the length of the section on hill side.  Provision of culverts at suitable locations will be made in the design to carry the load of the hill side drain for their outfalls at the valley side.  A guard rail will be provided for embankment heights greater than 3 m.  Road furniture and signage.  Intersection of earthen / paved tracks will be improved. 3.6 EXISTING ROAD CONDITION The existing road traverses through small towns and cultivated lands through plain and rolling terrain on the Right Bank of River Swat. The existing road from Chakdara – Shamozai is about 10.70 km in length and carries little passenger and freight traffic. 30 Overall condition of the road is generally poor. Major distresses includes: raveling, cracking and patching. Width of road is about 2 – 2.5 m at most location. This section is single lane and because of its condition recommended for upgradation and rehabilitation. See site photographs below : 31 FIGURE – 3.2 : DIFFERENT VIEWS OF THE PROPOSED ROAD 3.7 DESIGN CRITERIA Design Criteria for horizontal and vertical alignment of project is given in Table – 3.2: TABLE – 3.2 : DESIGN CRITERIA FOR PLAIN & FOR ELEMENT / DESIGN FOR HILLY UNIT ROLLING MOUNTAINOUS PARAMETER TERRAIN TERRAIN TERRAIN Design Speed km/h 80 55 40 Width of Travel Way M 7.3 7.3 7.3 Out Shoulder Width M 2.0 2.0 2.0 Inner Shoulder Width M 2.0 2.0 2.0 Cross–Slop Carriageway % 2 2 2 Cross–Slope Shoulders % 4 4 4 Maximum Gradient % 4 7 9 Super-elevation Run–off M 43 33 30 3.8 WORK AND MATERIAL 3.8.1 Estimated Work / Major Work Items 32 Estimated quantum of work involved in project is given in Table – 3.3: TABLE – 3.3 : ESTIMATED WORK SR. WORKS QUANTITY / VALUE NO. 1. Road Length 10.70 (km) 2. Average Embankment Height 1.5 (m) 3. Culverts 25 (in No.) 3.9 RAW MATERIAL AVAILABILITY Sources of different raw materials required for construction are given in Table – 3.4: TABLE – 3.4 : RAW MATERIAL AVAILABILITY SR. APPROXIMATE RAW MATERIAL AVAILABILITY NO. QUANTITY 1. Borrow material Along the Road 2,000 cubic meter Stones for retaining 2. At Chainage31+000 27,578 cubic meter walls and rip rap. River Pit Run Gravel for sub– Stone for sub–base, base, Dayar Shah Crushing 3. aggregate base course, plant located near 36+000 for 56,743 cubic meter asphalt courses aggregate base courses and asphalt courses Refineries in Karachi or 4. Bitumen 80 Ton Rawalpindi Refineries in Karachi or 5. Asphalt 12,937 cubic meter Rawalpindi 6. Sand Sand of River Swat flood plain 11,000 cubic meter Other water for Seasonal nullahs crossing the 7. compaction and road sprinkling. 8. Reinforcement Steel Nearby Market 281.32 Ton 9. Galvanized Iron Pipes Nearby Market Nil 33 SR. APPROXIMATE RAW MATERIAL AVAILABILITY NO. QUANTITY 10. Cement Nearby Market 760 Ton 3.10 MACHINERY TO BE USED An estimate of machinery of different types like graders, batching plants, asphalt mixing plants and others is given in Table – 3.5: TABLE – 3.5 : MACHINERY REQUIREMENT SR. NO. DESCRIPTION QUANTITY 1 Graders 1 2 Tractors 3 3 Vibratory Rollers 2 4 Asphalt Mixing Plants 1 5 Stone Crushers 1 6 Batching Plants 1 7 Water Browsers 2 8 Oil Tankers 1 9 Water Sprinkling Water Carcass 4 10 Haulage Trucks 4 11 Excavators / Loaders 2 12 Small Vehicles 3 13 Dozer D–9, D–10 01+01 1 +1 14 Shift Roller 3 15 Asphalt Machine 2 3.11 EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATIONS The No. of equipment and installation required for project is given in 34 Table – 3.6: 35 TABLE – 3.6 : EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION SR. NO. EQUIPMENT / INSTALLATION QUANTITY 1 Fire Extinguishing Equipment 3 2 Electricity Generator 3 3 Water Pumping Equipment 2 4 Telephone System 3 3.12 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE The upgradation and rehabilitation of Chakdara–Shamozai will be completed in fifteen months starting in April 2014 and ending in June 2015. 3.13 CONSTRUCTION LOGISTICS 3.13.1 Work Base Since it is linear work, the ideal would be to set up the work base somewhere in the middle. But a good spot is available near village Remora, Chakdara as shown in Picture below, which has low population density . Ample space is available for all contractor facility including the work base. FIGURE – 3.3 : PROPOSED AREA FOR WORK BASE AND LABOR CAMP, ETC. AT 06+850 KM. 3.13.2 Labour Supply 36 The contractor is contractually bound to employ maximum local people except for those jobs where the local expertise is not available. Table – 3.7gives an illustrative picture of the labor employment. TABLE – 3.7 : ILLUSTRATIVE DISTRIBUTION OF LABOR SR. NO. TYPE OF LABOR LOCAL NON–LOCAL 1 Skilled 25 45 2 Semiskilled 35 35 3 Unskilled 65 0 By and large the daily wage rates fixed by the local commissioner will be in vogue. 3.13.3 Labour Camps Since contractor has already established camp site at 06+850 Km which is being used for the construction of Shamozai-Dadahara section and previously used for Dadahara- Kanju Section, it is feasible for the contractor to utilize same camp office for Chakdara- Shamozai section too. The camp site is rented house and is away from the population. As majority of the labor force comes from local sources, they will get picked up and dropped by contractor transport. Some skilled workers are housed in the camp and the same practice will continue in the proposed project. 3.13.4 Machinery Maintenance and Equipment Yards Next to the existing contractor‟s camp site a space was available of an abandoned petrol pump. Contractor used this space as machinery and equipment yard during the construction of Dadahara-Kanju Road Section. The same space will be used for the proposed project. The area has enough storage and haulage space with ample moving and working space. The area has been walled and has a gate provided with ample security staff. 3.13.5 Material Depots As stated in previous paragraph the yard area has ample space and been used for material depot. The same area will be used as material depots. 3.13.6 Approach to Work Bases The work base needs to be established close to the road under construction, to ensure quick access to material. Ample land is available on both sides of the road at different locations, so this land will be used as work base. Existing road though deteriorated to a large extent but still is functional and will be used as an approach to work base. 37 3.13.7 Camp Office Since contractor has already established camp office at 06+850 Km which is being used for the construction of Shamozai-Dadahara section and previously used for Dadahara- Kanju Section, it is feasible for the contractor to utilize same camp office for Chakdara- Shamozai Section too. 3.13.8 Security Arrangements Given the prevailing condition in the area where project is to be implemented, necessary security staff is necessary. Enough security will be required at Work Base, Labor Camp, Material Store, Equipment Yards and location of the work in progress on the work site. Coordination will be necessary with nearby Police, Army and Levy Units. 3.13.9 Healthcare With a large number of labor and employees working in the project of road construction, small accidents are expected to take place on all construction sites. A first aid treatment facility will be set by the contractor at the work site assisted by a doctor. For major cases the patients will be shifted to nearest District Hospital under a pre–coordinated arrangement. 3.13.10 Labour Reporting Office Along the road and in work bases special areas will be marked where the labor can gather at the time of pick and drop, emergency or briefing and places will be clearly marked and kept open and clean and as per requirement equipped with public address system. 3.13.11 Labour Transport Almost entire lot of the unskilled labor will be employed from local sources. Contractor will provide vehicle/s, preferably a bus to pick and drop local labor every day. That will help them to spend nights of their households and render some services at home. This will also keep the camps less pressurized and manageable. 3.13.12 Work Uniform and Health Safety Equipment Road construction is a special job and the labor working on such work requires special protective uniforms and special Environmental, Health, and Safety (EHS) measures. It will be ensured that the labor engaged in breaking of stones, handling bricks, mixing concrete or mixing and laying asphalt will have long safety boots, overall dresses, goggles and safety helmets. As an overall EHS measure anyone going into the construction area will also wear safety hat and safety boots. The training on basic First Aid will be provided to the workers in order to help the onsite injuries. Work safety measures and good workmanship practices are to be followed by the contractor to ensure no health risks for laborers. Personal Protective Equipment (PPEs) will be provided to the workers operating in the vicinity of high risk area. Provision will be made 38 for adequate sanitation, washing, cooking and dormitory facilities including light up to satisfaction. The contractor will ensure the use of wearing these protective clothing during work activities. 3.13.13 Signage and Diversion Roads During construction on construction site in particular and on the entire road length in general, suitable signboards and traffic signs will be displayed at all along the length of the project road. This will help in forestalling any possible accidents. During the construction or where the construction will under process the diversion paths will also be provided, if required, for continuous flow of the traffic. 3.13.14 Lighting and Illumination Suitable lighting arrangement will be made by the contractor over all work basis, work sites, camp sites machinery yard and material depots. This can help the contractor for extended working hours as well as security. If PESCO supply is not available, electricity generators will have to be arranged on all spots where lighting is required. 3.14 SAFE DESIGN CRITERIA To meet international standards envisaged by the World Bank, the following design criteria have been adopted in the project:  Geometric Design : American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO)  Material Testing : American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)  Structure : American Concrete Institute (ACI)  Structure Loads : Class A – AA as per PkHA approval  Seismic Design : UBC 97 and Sarhad Interim Seismic Building Code : Building Code 2006  Curve Widening : 0.6 to 1.6 depending upon length 39 4.0 BASELINE STUDY OF PROJECT AREA 4.1 THE PROJECT AREA OF IMPACT The Project Area is a linear corridor through which Chakdara–Shamozai Road passes (see also Annex-A). This corridor of impact consists of the roadway over a length of 10.70 km section of main Chakdara – Madyan Road. Immediate area of influence for the purpose of this study includes the width of the road, old and the new, a corridor of 500 m width on either side. The extended area of influence of the project road would extend over entire district of Swat and part of Lower Dir district. This base line study includes physical, biological and socioeconomic environment of the project. For the purpose of physical and biological baseline study, a 500–m corridor of impact on either side has been taken as the Project Area. For socio–cultural study, essentially the entire district of Swat and part of Lower Dir district have been included. Project is likely to have minor impacts on physical, biological and socio-economic environment of project area of impact. Physical baseline like Ambient Air Quality shows that the pollutants (CO, NOx, SOx and PM10) are very well below the prescribed standards of USEPA and Pak-NEQS. Also, Average Noise levels of the area are very low ranging from 44.7 to a maximum of 68.4 dB A. Water quality is very good and parameters do not exceed any allowable concentration as prescribed by WHO Guidelines. Similarly the surface water i.e.; River Swat and Irrigation Chanel quality is very good and contains no hazardous substances. Baseline of flora and fauna also reflects presence of no endangered or special valued specie in the project area. The project is not likely to have significant impact on the people of the area. No houses or shops will need to be relocated. Similarly, no squatters or vendors will be affected by the project nor will there be any impact on public utilities. No vulnerable PAPs have been identified such as elderly, women headed household, orphans or disabled. 4.2 PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT 4.2.1 Geography The Swat District lies at 34°–40′ to 35°–55′ North Latitude and 72°–08′ to 74°–6′ East Longitude bounded on the north by Chiral district and Ghizer district of northern areas, on the east by Kohistan and Shangla districts, on the south by Buner district and on the west by Lower Dir and Upper Dir districts. The total area of the district is 5,337 square kilometers. The district is part of the Malakand division. The twin cities of Mingora and Saidu Sharif are the district as well as the divisional headquarters. Topographically, Swat is a mountainous region, located among the foothills of the Hindukush mountain range. The area can be divided into two regions i.e., Swat– Kohistan and Swat Proper. Swat–Kohistan is the mountain country on the upper reaches of the Swat River up to Ain in the south. The whole area south of Ain is Swat proper which can be further subdivided into bar (upper Swat) and kuz (lower Swat). The elevation of Swat river valley, at the southern boundaries of the district, is over 600 m 40 and rises rapidly towards the north. There are several mountain peaks ranging from 4500 to over 6000 m above sea level. The Swat region, containing the meandering Swat River, is also home to lush green valleys, snow–covered glaciers, forests, meadows and plains.7 The project site is located at 3Km. from Chakdara Bridge and 2.5 Km. from Shamozai Bridge. Chakdara Road Interchange at Shamozai the start of the project site (see Project Location in Figure 4.1). 4.2.2 Geology The Project Area lies in Peshawar Basin which is wide basin located between Main Boundary Thrust (MBT) and Main Mantle Thrust (MMT). The sediments of Peshawar Basin are predominantly lacustrine silt with interbedded fluvial sand and gravel containing the clasts of Kohistan, including deposition by the ancestral Kabul and Indus rivers. The Project corridor navigates through the uneven mountains, rolling lands and few flat lands. The present topography is due to fluvial tectonic activities. The geology of the Project Area is mainly comprises granitic gneiss, schist and alluvium (unconsolidated material). Gneisses are the product of high grade regional metamorphism. Schists are mainly composed of quartz as granular aggregates, muscovite (appearing) as colorless to light green and where associated with biotite tone produce schistose texture. The alluvial deposits are composed of slightly reworked and weathered material with silt clay / clayey silt, gravels and boulders occur at some places and are covered with vegetation. The group of rocks consists of Indus Suture Melange Zone (ISMZ). Swat Granite, Mangalore Crystalline Schists, and quaternary deposits.8 4.2.3 Seismicity The project area is located in the Seismic Zone "2A - 2B" i.e. with minor to moderate damage as per maps drawn by Geological Survey of Pakistan (see Figure – 4.2) because it is located close to fault line between Indian and Eurasian Tectonic Plates. 7. Topographical Survey of Pakistan. 8. Geological Survey Report of Pakistan. 41 FIGURE – 4.1 : PROJECT LOCATION MAP 42 4.2.4 Land Use The total land area of district Swat is 5,337 Square Kilometers (sq. km) (2,060.6 Square Miles or 1,251,653 Acres). This total area is divided in two Tehsils, namely Matta and Kabal, having areas of 683 Sq. Km. and 4654 Sq. Km, respectively. Main agricultural crops are maize, wheat, vegetables, fodder and orchards. Another major land use is grazing. Residential units also cover a small fraction of the area. Cultivated land is mainly found in the south–lying regions of Mingora, Barikot, Matta, Kabal, Kanju and Khwazakhela, as the northern part of the district is mostly mountainous terrain. The Swat River is the main source of irrigation, funneling water to most regions through community and government–built channels. SWAT VALLEY Source : Google Maps FIGURE – 4.2 : PAKISTAN EARTHQUAKE ZONING MAP 4.3 CLIMATE The Project area falls in very cold, humid climatic zone of Pakistan. The temperature generally falls below 0oC during the winter months of January and February. Winter is extremely cold and much of the area remains under snow during months of January and February. However with the arrival of spring, from the middle of March, a pleasant change in weather starts. The spring months from middle of March to early May receive substantial rains. With the arrival of summer from middle of May to end of August, 43 temperature rises. Summer is also marked with monsoon rains, which occur usually from middle of July to end of September. 4.3.1 Temperature The closest meteorological station in the vicinity of the road section is at Dir. According to 30 year data at this station, the annual average minimum temperature of the project area is -2oC and the annual average maximum is 32oC. 4.3.2 Precipitation The average annual precipitation is 1,415mm, which is not evenly distributed the year round. There are normally two spells of rains, one is associated with monsoonal winds from mid of July to end of September, when average monthly rainfall ranges between 150 mm to 250mm, and the second spell with the western winds from December to April, when average monthly rainfall ranges between 50 mm to 100 mm. However, more than half of the rain is received during the monsoon months. The area also receives precipitation in the form of snow. Regular snowfall starts at the end of December and may occur up to the end of February. 4.3.3 Relative Humidity The relative humidity is fairly high in the tract. It is highest in January and lowest in June. With the advent of monsoon the humidity increases during July and August and declines from September onwards. The average annual humidity recorded as 65 %. 4.3.4 Wind The predominant directions of winds are normally from northeast in winter at morning time (at 8:00 am) and from the southeast in the evening (at 5:00 pm). During summer the predominant wind direction in both morning and evening is from the southeast. TABLE – 4.1 : MONTHLY TEMPERATURE, RAINFALL AND RELATIVE HUMIDITY INSWAT MEAN MONTHLY MONTHLY RELATIVE MONTH TEMPERATURE °C RAINFALL HUMIDITY MAXIMUM MINIMUM (MM) (%) January 11.22 – 2.39 111.37 69.7 February 12.07 –1.28 172.56 69.2 March 16.23 3.09 242.22 66.4 April 22.41 7.67 167.86 57.4 May 27.59 11.56 88.05 47.9 44 MEAN MONTHLY MONTHLY RELATIVE MONTH TEMPERATURE °C RAINFALL HUMIDITY MAXIMUM MINIMUM (MM) (%) June 32.52 15.67 51.26 41.7 July 31.38 19.29 145.75 60.3 August 30.24 18.54 159.79 69.2 September 29.04 13.60 81.84 64.1 October 25.05 7.62 53.73 59.5 November 19.94 2.55 50.70 59.5 December 13.83 –0.86 90.75 67.4 ANNUAL MEAN 22.63 7.90 1415.87 65.9 Source : 1998 District Census Report of Swat 4.3.5 Water Resources Main source of surface water is the Swat River which flows along entire length of the selected section and finally joins Indus River. The project is located in the catchment area of the Swat River. There are many hill torrents and streams which collect the rain water run–off or seepage water in the form of springs that ultimately drain into the Swat River, which flows almost all along the project corridor and ultimately meets the Kabul River. People of the project area uses the hand pump water for drinking purpose (see Figure – 4.4). These hand pumps are installed by the district government at the site where ground water is available in addition to this some small channels also originate from hills and joins Swat River. Village communities have designed irrigation channels and the river water is diverted to these channels for irrigation purposes. A water channel exists along the project in Choungai and Shamozai, at Chainage 06+800 to 07+250.This water channel is being used for the irrigations as well as for domestic purposes. Main ground water recharge takes place through infiltration during rains. Springs waters have been tapped in big villages for household consumption. 45 FIGURE – 4.3 : WATER CHANNEL IN THE PROJECT AREA (RD. 6+850) FIGURE – 4.4 : HAND PUMPS IN THE PROJECT AREA (RD. 0+100) To establish baseline information on water quality, two sample of surface water were collected from a Chakdara and Shamozai and for groundwater, two samples were 46 collected from a hand pump at Chakdara near Dir Museum, RD. 0+100 and a hand pump in Mosque near Shamozai RD. 6+832. The results of water quality monitoring are presented in Annex-B. The surface water results show that with the exception of an elevated iron level, most of the chemical parameters are within the permissible limit for human consumption. However the water is unfit for drinking without treatment on the grounds of total bacterial count, particularly with total coliforms. Even the groundwater is unfit for drinking purposes on the ground of its total bacterial count. The water sampling was carried out during January, 2014, which is close to the river‟s low flow period. FIGURE – 4.5 : COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES AT RD. 0+100 4.3.6 Ambient Air Quality At present, the ambient air is relatively pollution free. No major point and non-point sources could be identified at the site except some house chimneys emitting smoke due to the combustion of wood for cooking purpose and traffic plying on the road. The air pollution is generally insignificant due to rather moderate vehicular traffic and the absence of industry. Ambient air quality was monitored for the purpose of this study at near Chakdara (RD 0+200) in selected section. The parameters monitored include Carbon mono-oxide (CO), Nitrogen dioxide (NO2), Sulphur dioxide (SO2) and Particulate Matter (PM10). Monitoring was carried out for continuous 8hrs and average values recorded for CO, NO2, SO2 were 0.05, 0.77 and 6.1 ppm, respectively. Average maximum value of PM10 was observed as 34 µg/m3. Results of the ambient air quality monitoring are presented in Annex-B. The observed values for ambient air quality are generally within International Air Quality Standard (US EPA, WHO) given in Annex-B. 4.3.7 Noise Levels The noise level in the project area is generally below 85 dBA, the upper limit specified by EPA. This is mainly because of low traffic volume, less commercial activities and absence of industries. Table – 4.2 enlists details of sensitive receptors along the ROW. For the purpose of the study noise levels were monitored at starting point at selected section and results show hourly noise levels vary from 51 to 78 dBA. Results of noise level monitoring have been presented in Annex-B. In spite of the fact that the noise 47 levels are below upper limits specified by EPA (i.e. 85 dBA), it is on the higher side as per WHO guidelines which are presented in Annex-B. FIGURE – 4.6 : AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING OF THE PROJECT AREA 4.3.8 Sensitive Receptors Public transport amenities, such as crossing ramps, passenger sheds and signboards have been incorporated in the design where required especially near main settlements. About 75 sensitive receptors are identified at various chainages which includes graveyards, mosques, university, schools, culverts, intersecting streets, roads and tracks and so forth. List of sensitive receptors is given in Table – 4.2 below: TABLE – 4.2 : LIST OF SENSITIVE RECEPTORS ON ROAD SECTION OF CHAKDARA – SHAMOZAI Sr. Road Side Offset from Edge of Chainage Description No. L.S. R.S. Existing Road (m) 1 0+100 1 0 Road 2 0+100 1 3 Dir Museum Chakdara 3 0+310 1 6 Mosque 4 0+774 1 6.5 Mosque 5 1+080 1 4.5 Mosque 48 Sr. Road Side Offset from Edge of Chainage Description No. L.S. R.S. Existing Road (m) 6 1+323 1 3 Mosque 7 1+640 1 6 Mosque 8 1+660 1 3.5 Mosque 9 2+592 1 4 Graveyard 10 2+656 1 4 Graveyard 11 2+750 1 1 5 Malakand University 12 3+532 1 3 Graveyard 13 4+005 1 4 Graveyard 14 4+491 1 5.5 Graveyard 15 4+822 1 4 Graveyard 16 5+230 1 3 Graveyard 17 5+842 1 4.5 Police check post 18 6+932 1 4 Mosque 19 7+985 1 4 Army Check Post 20 8+772 1 8 Mosque 21 9+660 1 6 Graveyard 22 9+747 1 3 Graveyard 23 10+103 1 3.5 Mosque 24 10+238 1 3 Hospital 25 10+360 1 6.5 Graveyard 26 10+563 1 6 Mosque 4.3.9 Solid Waste No dumps of solid waste management were observed in the section during survey. Any how it must be kept in view that if these dumps are accumulated by the local population, these must immediately be shifted through local councils. PkHA is required to be very vigilant. 4.3.10 Traffic Count Along the project road the traffic count was carried out to ascertain the traffic volume. This will help to manage the diversion and signage pattern. See Figure – 4.7 and Table 4.3. 49 FIGURE – 4.7 : TRAFFIC VOLUME 50 TABLE – 4.3 : TRAFFIC COUNT TIME TRAFFIC FLOW TIME TRAFFIC FLOW 7.00 am-8.00 am 315 7.00 pm - 8.00 pm 585 8.00 am-9.00 am 618 8.00 pm - 9.00 pm 608 9.00 am-10.00 am 605 9.00 pm - 10.00 pm 450 10.00 am-11.00 am 600 10.00 pm - 11.00 pm 173 11.00 am-12.00 pm 581 11.00 pm - 12.00 am 30 12.00 pm -1.00 pm 518 12.00 am - 1.00 am 8 1.00 pm -2.00 pm 533 1.00 am - 2.00 am 0 2.00 pm -3.00 pm 510 2.00 am - 3.00 am 0 3.00 pm -4.00 pm 572 3.00 am - 4.00 am 0 4.00 pm -5.00 pm 518 4.00 am - 5.00 am 0 5.00 pm -6.00 pm 563 5.00 am - 6.00 am 0 6.00 pm -7.00 pm 578 6.00 am - 7.00 am 68 4.3.11 Natural Event History Swat River is perennial tributary of Kabul River. Its normal flow gives it a character of bluish water body. Less hydrological trends are known of the river however, the flood of July 2010 devastated vast area of district Swat including the destruction of houses, road bridges and erosion of vegetation in the flood plain. But during season it experiences flash floods. The flood causes damage to life, property, roads, bridges, culverts and causeways. It is therefore necessary that volume, velocity and timing of such flash flood may incorporate in the hydrological design of the project. The control and mitigation may include watershed management techniques, water storage at appropriate spots and providing good drainage system in the project road design. 4.3.12 Cultural Heritage and Archaeology During survey no site of physical cultural heritage could be seen along the route of the project road. However Dir Museum Chakdara and ten graveyards exist along the road as described in the matrix below 51 Sr. Road Side Offset from Edge of Chainage Description No. L.S. R.S. Existing Road (m) 1 0+100 1 3 Dir Museum Chakdara 2 2+592 1 4 Graveyard 3 2+656 1 4 Graveyard 4 3+532 1 3 Graveyard 5 4+005 1 4 Graveyard 6 4+491 1 5.5 Graveyard 7 4+822 1 4 Graveyard 8 5+230 1 3 Graveyard 9 9+660 1 6 Graveyard 10 9+747 1 3 Graveyard 11 10+360 1 6.5 Graveyard These sensitive receptors are located outside RoW. However in case of any threat or exploration of any such sites during excavation for road construction, procedures, as defined at Serial 8.9 of Chapter 8 of the EIA Report that may apply to handle the find(s). 4.4 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 4.4.1 Fauna The area is endowed with a rich variety of mammalian, avian and reptilian fauna. No endangered species are reported in the selected reach of the section. No game reserves and wildlife sanctuaries exist in the vicinity of Project Area. The following fauna exists in the project area : 4.4.2 Mammals The mammals found in the districts Swat & Lower Dir are Asiatic Ibex (Capra Ibex Sibrica), Red Fox (Vulpus Vulpus), Marmot (Marmota Caurdata) and Mouse hare (Ochotona Sp). Other mammals known to be found in these districts are listed in the following 52 Table – 4.4 : 53 TABLE – 4.4 : MAMMALS IN SWAT & LOWER DIR English Name Local Name Urdu Name Scientific Name Red fox Wah Lombrei Vulpes vulpes Lyns Soglo Seaa gosh Felis lynx 1. Spiangko Wolf Bharia or Bahdia Canis lupus 2. Shanko 1.Barfanichoha Maramot Phia 2.Tershoon(ter– Mara mota Candata shoon) Flying squirrel or Rhatong Gilhari Eupetauruscinercus wooly flying squirrel 1.Manthong Alpine weasel Gilhari Mustelaaltacia 2.MarphoApi Musk rat Pock pock Chachondar Mustelaaltacra Source = District Wild Life Department of Swat and Lower Dir Most of the wildlife species including the above listed mammals are expected to remain away from the project area and its vicinity primarily because of the presence of human settlements and vehicular traffic. 4.4.2.1 Reptiles and Amphibians Rana Tigrana (Rain Frog), Uromastix Hardwiki (Jungli Kirla) and Stripped Lizard have been reported in the area by the district wild life department. 4.4.2.2 Insects, Butterflies and Vectors Insect population includes Cabbage semilooper, Chromatomyiahorticola, Caterpillars, Painted Bug, Bagrada Cruciferarum, Pierisbrassicae, Leafminer, and Plusiaorichalcea (Noctuidae).Source: District Wildlife Department Swat. Information collected in meeting held on 16.09.2013.). There are many varieties of butterflies in the project area; particularly during the summer and spring months, in addition to praying mantis, bugs, cicadas, beetles, spiders, scorpions, glow–worms, centipedes, millipedes, snails, slugs and arrow worms. 4.4.2.3 Birds and Fowl (Avifauna) The avifauna of the project area and its vicinity included, Ferruginous Duck, Aythyanyroca; Lemmergeier or Bearded Vulture; Gyapeiusbarbatus; Hen Harrier, Circus cyaneus; Pallid Harrier, Circus Maccrourus; Aquila chrysaetus; Sparrow Hawk, Accipternisus; Kestrel, Falco tinnunculus, Lesses Kestrel; Falco naumanni; Chukar, Alectorischukar; Black–Winged stilt, Himantopushimantopus; Little–ringed Plover, 54 Charadriusdubius; Solitary Snipe, Gallinagosolitaria; Redshank, Tringa tetanus; Common sndpiper, Actitishypoleucos; Rock Pigeon, Columbia livia; Oriental Turtle Dove, Streptopeliaorientalis; Eurasian cuckoo, Cuculuscanorus; Northern eagl Owl, Bubo bubo; Tawny Owl, Strixaluco; European Nightjar, Capromulguseuropeus; Common Swift, Apusupus; Kashmir Roller, Caracias garrulous; Hoopoe, Upapaepops, Picidae; Eurasian wryneck, Jynxtorquilla; Small Skylark, Alaudagulgula; Northern Crag Martin, Ptyonoprognerupestris; Tree Pipit, Anthustrivialis; Yellow–headed or Citrine wagtail, Motacillacitreola; Yellow–headed Wagtail, Motacillaflavaleucocephala; Grey Wagtail, Motacillacinerea ; White wagtail, Motacilla alba alboides; Long–tailed Minivet, Pericrocotusethologus; Whit–cheeked Bulbul, Pycnonotusleucogenysleucogenys; Brown Dipper, Cincluspallasii; Alpine Accentor, Prunellacollaris; Blue Throat, Lusciniasvecica; Bloack–breatedRubythroat, Lusciniapectoralis; Orange–flanked Bush Robin, Tarseigercyanurus; Blue –headed Redstart, Phoenicuruscaeruleocephalus; Black Redstart, Phoenicurusochruros; Guldenstad‟s Redstart, Phoenicuruserythrogaster; Plumbeous Redstart, Rhyaccornisfuliginosus; Stonechat, Saxicolatorquata; Pied Wheatear, Oenathepleschanka; White–capped Redstart, Chaimarrornialeucocephalus; Blue Rock Thrush, Monticolasoliatarius; Little Forktail, Enicurusscoulrej; Large–billed Bush Warbler, Bradypterus major; Wester or Large–crowned Leaf, Warbler, Phylloscopusoccipitalis; Tytler‟s or Slender–billed Leaf, Warbler, Phylloscopustytleri‟s; Brook‟s Leaf Warbler, Phylloscopussubviridis; Yellow–browed Leaf Warbler, Phylloscopusinornatus; Tickel‟s Leaf Warbler, Phylloscopusaffinis; Mountain Chiffchaff, Phylloscopussindianus; Golcrest, Regulusregulus; White–browed Tit Warbler, Leptopoecilesophiae; Sooty or Dark–sided Flycatcher, Muscicapasibirica; Kashmir Flycatcher, Ficedulasubrubura; Spotted flycatcher, Muscicapastriata; Black Crested Tit, Parusrufonuchalis; White–cheeked Nuthatch, Sittaleucopsis; Common Tree creeper, Certhiafamilaris; Golden Oriole, Oriolusoriolus; Magpie, Pica pica; Nutcracker, Nucifragacaryocatactes; Red–billed Chough, Pyrrhocoraxpyrrhocorax; Jungle Crow, Corvusmacrorhynchosintermedius; Migratory House Sparrow, Passer Domesticus ; acterianus; Eurasian Goldfinch, Cardueliscarduelis; Mongolian Finch, Bucanetesmongolicus; Common Rosefinch or Scarlet, Grosbeak, Carpodacuscrythrinus; Red Poll, Carduelisflammea and Rock Bunting, Emberizacia. Source of this information is District Wildlife Department Swat. Source of this information is District Wildlife Department Swat. Information collected in meeting held on 16.09.2013.). 4.4.3 Flora Vegetation of the project area falls under humid–temperate latifoliate forest. Dominate tree species consists of Chir. Shisham, Mulberry, Bakain, Eucalyptus, Rubinea and Kao are the other varieties found in the project area. Fruit trees in Project Area include Apple, Pear, Peaches, Walnut and Guava. Grasses consist of Nari, Lavender, Deela, Trakla. Rich ground flora of many herbs including vibrunum, lonicera. A number of medicinal plants are found in the area including Tarkha (Artemizia species), Unab (Zizyphus Sativa), Althea (Althaca Officinalis), Banafsha (Viola serpens), Mushki Bala (Valerianaspecies) and Sufed (Aspargus species). No endangered floral species were reported in the Project Area.9. 9. District Forest Department, Swat. 55 TABLE – 4.5 : FLORA IN THE PROJECT AREA SR. COMMON NAME LOCAL NAME LOCAL USE NO. 1. Pine Cheer Bark is used for the curing of the injury at the local level. Firewood basically. 2. Willow 1 (Red) Ratta Beesa Firewood 3. Willow 2 (White) ChittoBeesa Firewood 4. Willow 3 (Blue) Nillo Beesa Firewood 5. Spruce Kail Firewood, and bark is used for the roofs and good for furniture 8. Bughnoo It is not good for burning and is not of any good use for commercial purposes 9. Phoot I its bark is used as medicine 10. Timirin Its fruit is used as essence, also used with rice and then taken as food, people in the pastures uses this way when the wood is burned then oil is produced which is later used as medicine for infections and injuries Source = District Forest Department Swat FIGURE – 4.8 : FLORA IN PROJECT AREA 4.4.4 Fish Recreational fishing was observed along the project corridor during the site survey. The common fish in the Swat River include Trout, Mahasheer, Lus and Chirak. Swat River is endowed with Brown Trout Fish which is allowed to be caught by angling under license from Fisheries Department of Swat. (Source: Fisheries Department Swat District. Information collected in meeting held with the department on 16.09.2013). 56 4.4.5 Rangelands Swat is generally a forest and grazing land. The flocks consist of goats, sheep, donkeys and mules. All area is overgrazed much beyond their carrying capacity. Since the grazers keep shifting from place to place, it is not possible to introduce a grazing control and proper range management in the area. 4.4.6 Protected Areas Fizaghat pheasantry was established in 1997 over an area of 2 kanal. It is situated at a distance of about 5 Km. from Mingora city and 27 Km. from the project site. The pheasantry plays an important role in promoting education, awareness, recreation, and captive breeding of important wildlife birds. The pheasantry houses 11 species including pheasants and partridge. Because of its location and easy accessibility, the pheasantry is visited by large number of visitors including students and general public for recreation and awareness. There are no protected areas, as per list of protected area defined in National Conservation Strategy in the Swat. In particular, no protected area is located along the right of way of the proposed project. 4.4.7 Endangered Species Aythyanyroca, Falco naumanni, Bradypterus major, Phylloscopustytleri are reported endangered species of avian fauna in the upper Swat and Kohistan valleys. Neither the area along and nearby the project road, nor the project road itself poses a challenge to any of the endangered species in other regions of Swat District. (Source: District Wildlife Department Swat. Information collected in meeting held on 16.09.2013). 4.4.8 Forest Forests cover about 27% of the total area of Swat District. According to data provided by the Forests officer, total forest cover in Swat was 136705 hectares as of 2007–2008, comprising mostly of pine varieties such as kail, fir, spruce and chir. This area is divided into resumed land (spread out over 92864 ha), private plantations (43746 ha) and miscellaneous categories (96 ha). Forestry is the major source of income of the area. An area, which is difficult to cultivate for agriculture, is normally under use of forests. These forests not only a source to reduce soil erosion and land sliding, but also a major source of income by producing timber and firewood. Swat hills and villages are generally green. But there is no Government or State reserved or protected forest along or near the project road. However, private people have their wood lots in their lands which add alternative aesthetics to the upper side of the road. (Source: District Forest Department Swat and Lower Dir. Information collected in meeting held on 30.12.2013). 4.5 SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT 4.5.1 Administrative and Socio–Political Setup After the 18th amendment in the constitution of Pakistan, Local Government subject has been devolved to the provinces. In previous regime (2008-2013) local bodies elections 57 were not held and administrators were appointed to look after affairs of tehsil and district councils. KPK government enacted Local Government Act 2012, by which district and union councils were to be formed. This local government set up is further being reviewed and a local government framework is being devised by which village councils will be formed in addition to union and district councils. Role of Jirga is also being recognized in this set up. This system would be in place after upcoming local government elections to be held in coming months. The administrative set up now consists of Deputy Commissioner (DC) who is also administrator of district council. District Swat is sub divided in 06 tehsils, Kabal, Charbagh, Barikot, Khwaz Khela, Behrain and Matta10. District Lower Dir I s divided into 06 tehsils namely Munda, Samarbagh, Adenzai, Balambat, Lalotla and Temergarah, Police and Revenue Departments are well in place in the districts to perform relevant administrative functions. 4.5.1.1 Ethnic Clans Citizens from a variety of ethnicities may be found in the project corridor. Pakhtuns (mainly of the Yousafzai clan), Kohistanis (of Dardic descent) and Gujjars inhabit in Swat District. These groups are widely known to be brave, independent, hospitable and generous. Mashwani, Saddat, Shah Khel, Mast Khel, Shinwari, Yousafzai, Umer Khel, Osa Khel, Dush Khel, Mayar, Ani Khel, Gujar, Sultan Khel, Lal Khan Khel, Aka Khel, Atrafi are the major tribes of Lower Dir District. 4.5.1.2 Religion The predominant religion in both Swat and Lower Dir Districts is Islam. In Swat 99.67% and in Lower Dir 99.75% of people belong to Islam. A negligible proportion of the population belongs to other religions, including Christianity, Hinduism, Qadiani / Ahmadi. 4.5.1.3 Language Pashto is the predominant language of the Project Area. In Swat District about 95% and in Lower Dir District 99.36% population use to talk in Pashto. Other language being spoken or understood is Hindko. Urdu and English are also used among the more educated segment of the local population. 4.5.1.4 Family Life People along the project corridor live in joint and shared families. Mostly people live with parents and brothers. The family life has the following forms: 4.5.1.5 Joint Families Families live in a shared house and share all productive resources such as land, crops, trees and cattle. The internal domestic management and arrangements are in the hands of the oldest woman of the family. She can be either a grandmother or wife of an elder 10 . DC Office, Swat. 58 brother. The external matters are dealt by the head of the household, a man either grandfather or elder brother. 4.5.1.6 Shared Families Families live in a compound or separate houses in a compound but share resources like utensils, furniture, guest room and arms. Usually this situation is a transition from a joint family to a nuclear family. 4.5.1.7 Marriages The marriages are arranged in very early age. The main reason explained by the respondents was the lack of education and strict bindings of the local people with their traditions. People get married within the family as first choice. Girls are rarely brought from outside the family but not given to other clans. Women are not given inheritance by parents and mostly in–laws pay an amount for the girl as dowry before marriage. Polygamy is common among male; there is no restriction for marrying a second woman if the couple does not have male child. Similarly, there is no restriction to marry a second woman even if she is widow of a brother. 4.5.1.8 Social Organization The social organization revolves around autonomous Khel (i.e. lineage which is now called caste) wherein all people are blood related and a link from ten to twelve generations makes one Khel. Organizationally up to this extent, the people physically or financially help each other much more and they stay united against any type of threats. Usually the elders constitute Jirga (council of elders) which decides the issues and keep the tribe unite. Khans (members of Jirga) are not nominated by government or state but the community recognizes a person as its Malik. Local people define a Malik as a person who dedicates himself for community services and gets recognized by the fellow community members and the government agencies. The main roles and responsibilities of a Malik are to resolve the conflicts and disputes within the community and representation of the community in a Jirga or at other social platforms. 4.5.1.9 Conflicts Resolution Mechanism and Laws The conflicts in Swat and Lower Dir District are resolved through following three mechanisms (a) Traditional Jirga (Customary Laws): Traditional Jirga system is effective in the area especially in the matters of disputes among the tribes. In such a case Khans of tribes constitute a Jirga to resolve the issues. If a dispute arises within the tribes or among the sub tribes, the elders of sub tribe get together under the leadership of a senior Malik and resolve the issues. (b) Sharia Laws (Islamic Jurisprudence): Islamic Jurisprudence or Shariah Laws have also been enforced in Malakand agency including Swat district since 1994 59 after the movement for imposition of sharia laws. A Qazi court is functional at Saidu Sharif which is dealing with the cases referred to it. Mostly the cases of inheritance, family laws and social disputes are settled according to Sharia Laws. (c) Statutory Laws: The project area is a “settled area” where provincial and federal statutory laws apply. Under this law, the cases are registered at police stations, if laws of the country are violated. Once a case is registered the legal course takes place through normal courts starting from civil court, District and Session court, a bench of Peshawar High Court in Abbottabad to Peshawar Registry of Supreme Court. 4.5.2 Economic Base and Development Opportunities 4.5.2.1 Economic Base An overview of the existing economic base and development opportunities in district Swat and Lowe Dir is provided as follows 4.5.2.2 Industries According to information obtained from the Directorate of Industries, Commerce and Labour, KP province, Peshawar, a declining trend of industrial development and commerce has been witnessed in Swat. This is due to the fact that the area has been under severe conflicts and law and order situation was not conducive for investment. There were 290 industrial units in Swat in 2006, which have reduced to 225 in 2008–09. Although Lower Dir is not having much industrial base, still the effects of conflicts hampered industrial growth in the area. Now, after the normalization, the situation of law and order in the valley has considerably improved and it is hoped that industrial development will take place at a faster rate. 4.5.2.3 Irrigation There is no prominent canal in the entire Swat District. However, the main sources of irrigation in the district are small civil water courses derived from Swat River and springs, water for irrigation is supplied through these small water courses. Part of Lower Dir falling in the project corridor also drains water out of River Swat for irrigation purposes. 4.5.2.4 Mining Resources The mountains and lands of Swat and Lower Dir are generously bestowed with natural resources such as china clay, dolomite, granite, marble and precious and semi–precious stones. Most of this, however, remains unharnessed due to politico–administrative reasons. People at local level are busy in the mining of these resources. Such mining activities provided sources of income in the Project area. Rehabilitation of proposed road will also enhance the possibilities of exploration of these mineral resources as good accessibility is the pre–requisite for development of mineral resources. 60 4.5.2.5 Land Use and Agriculture Swat district has reported area of 537 thousand ha, of which, 56 thousand ha are designated as cultivated area. The irrigated area is 92000 ha and comes to 94% of the cultivated area. Agriculture accounts for roughly 50% of the economic activities of district Swat, the major source of income for much of the rural population. The main agricultural crops are maize, wheat, vegetables, fodder and orchards. Another major land use is grazing. Residential units also cover a small fraction of the area. Cultivated land is mainly found in the south–lying regions of Mingora, Barikot, Matta, Kabal, Kanju and Khwazakhela, as the northern part of the district is mostly mountainous terrain. The Swat River is the main source of irrigation, funneling water to most regions through community and government–built channels. The land utilization statistics of District Swat for the year 2007–2008 is provided in Table – 4.6. TABLE – 4.6 : LAND UTILIZATION STATISTICS OF DISTRICT SWAT, 2007–2008 DESCRIPTION AREA (in Acres) AREA (in Hectares) Reported Area 1,251,653 506,528 Cultivated Area 242,296 98,054 Irrigated Area 227,336 92,000 Net Sown Area 232,046 93,906 Current Fallow Area 10,250 4,148 Total Cropped Area 467,153 189,051 Area Sown Repeatedly 160,976 65,145 Un–cultivated 1,009,357 408,474 Cultivable Waste 208,862 84,524 Forest Area 337,804 136,705 Unavailable for Cultivation 462,690 187,245 Source: (i) Directorate of Agriculture Statistics, Peshawar (ii) District Swat Socioeconomic Baseline and Displacement Impacts, Centre for Policy Research, Islamabad 2010. As most of the Lower Dir area is hilly, the agriculture is done on the hill slopes and in the valleys. Wheat, maize, rice is the main crops grown in the district. Fruits and vegetables of different kinds are also grown. 4.5.2.6 Forestry Forests cover about 27% of the total area of Swat District. According to data provided by the Chief Conservator of Forests, Peshawar, total forest cover in Swat was 136705 hectares as of 2007–2008, comprising mostly of pine varieties such as kail, fir, spruce 61 and chir. This area is divided into resumed land (spread out over 92864 ha), private plantations (43746 ha) and miscellaneous categories (96 ha). Forestry is the major source of income of the area. An area, which is difficult to cultivate for agriculture, is normally under use of forests. These forests not only a source to reduce soil erosion and land sliding, but also a major source of income by producing timber and firewood. In Lower Dir, hill tops are covered with natural forest. There are numerous men grown private nurseries of all kinds developed by people with the cooperation of forest department. Pine trees, poplar, apple, robenia, eucalyptus, ailanthus, pulai, oak, walnut, olive etc are the most common form of forestry in the Lower Dir District. 4.5.2.7 Trade and Trade Centres The biggest trading center of the Project area is at Mingora (about 15 Km. from the Project area). All edible and non–edible items are being brought from Punjab and districts of Mardan and Peshawar which are further supplied to the interior areas of this district. 4.5.2.8 Education As of 1998, Swat‟s literacy ratio was 28.75% of the population, 43.16% of which was represented by males and 13.45% by females. The literacy ratios for Swat by sex and by rural / urban regions, for the censuses of 1981 and 1998, are given in the Table – 4.7: TABLE – 4.7 : LITERACY RATIOS FOR SWAT, BY RURAL / URBAN AND SEX 1998 AREA MALE FEMALE OVERALL Rural 39.75 10.62 25.53 Urban 62.89 31.18 48.05 TOTAL 43.16 13.45 28.75 Source: District Census Report 1998, by Population Census Organization, Govt. of Pakistan, Islamabad. The literacy ratio of Lower Dir district among the population aged 10 years and above was 29.90 percent which has increased significantly since 1981 when it was just 10.16 percent. The male literacy ratio was higher i.e. 48.76 compared to 12.25 percent for females. 4.5.2.9 Electricity and Telephone Facilities WAPDA has provided electricity only at main towns. The other small towns / settlements along the project corridor have been provided electricity by installing small hydropower plants by private investors and they are provide electricity to locals at the rate of Rs. 30 62 per tube light per month. This electricity is mainly being used for lightening of houses. The landline telephone facility along the project corridor is not available at present as all the installations were destroyed in the conflict. The mobile phone facility from different companies is available in the project area. 4.5.2.10 Transportation and Accessibility Swat is easily accessible by road from Peshawar and Islamabad. The main road link to the district is via Mardan and Malakand Pass, while the main intra–district artery is Mingora – Kalam Road. The Works and Services Department (WSD) of the NWFP Government classify roads in high type (blacktopped) and low type (shingled road). According to the data from Chief Engineer, WSD Peshawar, total roads in district Swat were of 634.100 Km. length, out of which 582.510 Km. roads were high type roads and rest (51.490 Km.) were low type roads. In addition to this, a number of pacca and katcha tracks off take from this road and led to a number of villages and settlements. Major mode of transportation in the Project area includes Motorcycles, Minibuses, Cars, Vans, Jeeps, Tractor Trolleys, Passenger Buses and Trucks. Heavy traffic is nominal in the Project Area due to non–existence of reliable road. Out of all these transportation modes, mainly jeeps, cars and vans are used to travel along selected road section. 4.5.2.11 Fuel and Energy In rural areas 90% of the population uses fuel wood, agricultural waste or dried cow dung of the cattle. Eight percent of village inhabitants use gas cylinders while 2% use kerosene oil stoves. Petrol pumps exist along the road to fulfill the energy requirements of the area. 4.5.3 Characteristics of the Project Corridor 4.5.3.1 Description of the Project Corridor The project corridor starts from Chakdara village and ends at Shamozai village. Length wise description of features along the alignment is given in Table – 4.8. TABLE – 4.8 : MAIN FEATURES ALONG THE ALIGNMENT SR. CHAINAGE DESCRIPTION NO. Chakdara Town is located at both sides of road. 1. Km. 0+000 to Km. 3+980 There is a Malakand University on the left and right side of the road. 2. Km. 3+980 to Km 8+920 Agriculture land on both sides of the road. 63 SR. CHAINAGE DESCRIPTION NO. Shamozai Town is located at both sides of road. There is a Govt. High school on the right side of 3. Km. 8+920 to Km. 10+700 the road. The settlement of Trang Shamozai is part of Shamozai 4.5.3.2 Agriculture The Total Area of Barikot Tehsil is 102,386 acres. Among this area, 10,500 acres are not available for cultivation. The reported area works out to be 110,225 acres. About 44% (40,610 acres) of the reported area is cultivated whereas un–cultivated area works out to be about 56% (50,875 acres). The land use pattern of Tehsil Barikot is provided in Table – 4.9. TABLE – 4.9 : LAND USE STATISTICS OF BARIKOT TEHSIL DESCRIPTION AREA (ACRES) Total Gross Area 110,225 Not Available 10,500 Net Area 99,725 Un–cultivated 59345 Cultivated 40,380 Irrigated 10,500 Canals & Springs 98,306 Tube Wells 375 Rain Fed (Barani) 32,456 Source: Revenue Office (Tehsildar), Barikot. The table reveals that more than more than half of the reported area is uncultivated. This is due to the fact that no controlled irrigation system exists in the project area. Of the total cultivated area, about 25% receives irrigation from different sources such as springs, streams, tube wells, etc. The remaining 65% of the cultivated area is barani (Rain-fed). 4.5.3.3 Per Acre Income from Crops The project corridor passes through fertile irrigated lands. The reported cropping pattern along the project corridor is comprised of wheat and maize crops. Per acre net income from these crops, on the basis of data collected for socio-economic survey comes to Rs. 5788/Kanal. 64 4.5.3.4 Settlement Pattern along the Road The settlement pattern of the towns along the project road is semi urban. The main settlements / villages along the project corridor include Chakdara, Remora, Choungai Shamozai and Shamozai. 4.5.3.5 Population Population of the villages falling in the project corridor stood roughly as 15,607, in which 7,888 is male population and 7,719 are females. 4.5.3.6 Housing Characteristics In project corridor in rural areas, people generally live in katcha houses made of mud. However, in semi urban settlements, a mix of katcha and pacca houses is found. A high level of social integration is found among the people. 4.5.3.7 Education Facilities The project area lacks educational facilities. The institutions for primary and middle level education seem functioning satisfactorily but these need to be increased in numbers particularly for girl students. The high school level education facilities are available only for boys, however, insufficient at the same time. The male students avail these meager educational facilities but the female students remain deprived in this respect. They have no option of getting education beyond Class VIII. This is making negative repercussions on the economy of the area. The Taliban has caused an irreparable loss to the educational infrastructure and almost all the girls‟ schools and most of the boys schools have been damaged by them. 4.5.3.8 Health Facilities As far as the settlements along the selected reach of the road are concerned, these lack health facilities. The situation is even worst in case of women living in the rural areas. Absence of any maternity home or female doctor or nurse in these villages results into complications for female patients. Similarly, the patients have to go to other big cities like Mingora, Mardan, Peshawar, Abbottabad, etc. in case of emergencies. But on the other hand, transport facilities for shifting patients to cities in case of emergency are also lacking. The improvement / construction of road will surely help in solving the health related problems particularly the women related. 4.5.3.9 Industry and Trade Along the project corridor, industrial activity is found. The major industrial units include silk mills, marble factories, concrete blocks factories and stone crushing units. In addition, small saw mill units and bee keeping is found at many locations. It is expected that with the improvement of road, these activates will increase due to the efficient access to the major cities. 65 Chakdara and Shamozai (main town lying along the project corridor) are the trade centers. Trading in the area also take place from Mingora, which is a big trade Centre for vegetable ghee, oils, toilet & washing soaps, bedding cloth, and other items of daily use, etc. Mingora is about 32 Km. away from Chakdara and 15 Km. from Shamozai. Petrol pumps are also one of the main trading activities. 4.5.4 Socioeconomic Profile of the Population along the Project Corridor Socio–economic surveys were conducted to have a glimpse on the overall socio- economic profile of the people of project corridor. 50% of Project Affected Persons (PAPs) were selected as respondents. The results of the surveys are given as follows: 4.5.4.1 Population and Family Size The total population of the study sample works out as 600 persons. The proportion of male and female works out as 51.6% and 48.4%, respectively. The average number of family members per household calculates to be 8.0 with a male to female ratio of 1.11:1. The ratio figures are comparable to the updated 1998 Census Figure of 1.14:1. However, the average household size is somewhat different as compared with the census data. This may be due to the fact that in the recent past, large scale migration of the people from these areas took place. Data provide a slightly better picture as compared with the updated 1998 Census Figure of the project area. According to the census figures, the average family size was 9.84 persons in these villages / settlements. 4.5.4.2 Education Level The literacy rate of the sample population comes to 55.7%. Out of total literate persons, 21.6% possess primary level education, 16% middle level and 17.3% matriculate level education. The population having education above matriculation level works out as only 9%. Of these, respondents possessing Intermediate level were 9%. The respondents possessing graduation and master level education were 3.8% each. One qualified MBBS were also found among the respondents.30 percent female are literate of sample population and 60% male are literate. 4.5.4.3 Major Occupations of Respondents The major occupations of the population along the project corridor are farming, service and business and remittances by the family members who have gone abroad. In hilly areas, people possess small pieces of land which is normally insufficient to fulfill their family needs. Due to these reasons, members of a household perform different businesses / jobs to support / enhance the family income. In urban settlements, business activities are the first economic option of the people. No woman headed households have found in the project area. Mostly women in are participated in households activities. 66 4.5.4.4 Annual Income of the Respondents The industrial or business activities in the project area are very limited, as revealed by the socioeconomic profile of the project area. The analysis has revealed that average income per household per annum, of the study sample works out around Rs. 26,000. 4.5.4.5 Annual Expenditure The expenditure pattern in respect of sample population is shown in Table – 4.10. TABLE – 4.10 : AVERAGE HOUSEHOLD EXPENDITURES SR. NO. DESCRIPTION OFEXPENDITURE EXPENSES% OF TOTAL 1. Food Items 45 2. Non – Food Items 20 3. Utilities 16 4. Occasional Expenses 14 5. Health Care 5 TOTAL 100 Source: Socio–Economic Survey carried out by M/s. ACE. The data indicates that the expenditure on food and non–food items comes to about 65% whereas the expenses on utilities amount to 16% of the total household expenditure. The expenses on health care amounts to 05%. The average annual household expenses come to79% of the average annual income. 4.5.4.6 Available Social Amenities in the Project Corridor The results of the socio–economic survey reveal that the project corridor was lacking in the provision of social amenities. The availability of social amenities in the project corridor is discussed as follows: (a) The survey in respect of availability social amenities in the project corridor has revealed that electricity is available in the area according to about 100% of the respondent. However lesser percentage of respondents showed their satisfaction with regard to quality of service and supply of electricity. About 95% of the respondents showed their dissatisfaction about the quality of services. (b) The health care facilities are available in the area according to 75% of the respondents while 25% reported no access to such facilities. 30% of the respondents were not satisfied with the quality of health services. (c) Water supply is available in the area according to 75% of the respondents. Amongst them 65% showed satisfaction over water supply services. It is pertinent to note that 25% of the respondents reported that water supply is not available in their area. 67 (d) The educational facilities are available in the project corridor according to 100% of the respondents and their level of satisfaction about the services also reflected the same encouraging trend. (e) Land line telephone facility is not operational in the area due to damages to the infrastructure by conflict. The infrastructure is in the process of rehabilitation. Only mobile phone facility is available to the 90% of the respondents. (f) Gas facility is not available in the project corridor. No proper sewage system exists in the Project Area. Sewage is mainly being disposed of into nearby natural drains / nullahs originating from small hill torrents dropping into Swat River. 4.5.4.7 Possession of Household Items The information on the possession of electronics and other household items, by the households was collected for the assessment of their living standards. The survey has revealed that the daily life of the respondents is highly attached with the household items. The women are particularly dependent on washing machines, refrigerators, electric irons, electric sewing machines etc. for their daily household work any improvement in the communication infrastructure will make positive impacts on their socio–economic behaviors with respect to personal attitudes, economic efficiency and acceptance of developmental activities. The data in respect of possession of household items is provided in Table – 4.11. TABLE – 4.11 : POSSESSION OF HOUSEHOLD ITEMS SR. NO. ITEM NO. % SR. NO. ITEM NO. % 1. Refrigerator 13 32 9. Bicycle 4 10 2. Deep Freezer 0 0 10. Motor Cycle 9 22 3. Television 31 77 11. Car 15 37 4. Washing Machine 32 80 12. Van / Pick Up 8 20 5. Electric Fan 40 100 13. Gas Cylinder 14 35 6. Electric Iron 39 97 14. Mobile Phone 36 90 7. E. Sewing Machine 34 85 15. E. Water Pump 15 37 8. Radio / Tape 25 63 16. Computer 16 40 Source: Socioeconomic Survey of the Project Area by M/s. ACE. 4.5.4.8 Stakeholders’ Perceptions about the Project The main aim of the project is provide an all-weather reliable and efficient road link to the remote areas. The proposed project will be helpful to alleviate the poverty in the project area. The respondents were asked their views about the proposed project. All the respondents welcomed the project and expressed their views as described under: 68 (a) The project will provide an efficient link to the nearby markets; serve a large chunk of agrarian land which will experience an increase in agricultural production. (b) Access to health facilities will improve. (c) Access to educational facilities will improve because of improve communication and enhance incomes. (d) All social services will improve and living standard will rise. (e) Business activities in the project area will increase due to increased visitors and traffic. 4.5.4.9 Gender in Development Like rest of the Pakistan, the social and cultural context of the society of Khyber Pakhtunkhwa province is predominantly patriarchal and project corridor is of no exception. Men and women are conceptually divided into two separate worlds. Home is defined as women‟s legitimate ideological and physical space, while a man dominates the world outside the home. The ideological demarcation between public and private, inside and outside worlds is maintained through the notion of honour and institution of purdah. In the cultural context, women‟s wage work is considered a threat to the male ego and identity. But on the other hand, women constitute about 51% of the population and they assume important economic roles in a number of income generating activities in the agricultural and household sectors. During the socio-economic survey, it was observed that routine life of women revolves around her home and children. The activities they are involved in are fetching water, cooking food, collection of fire wood, washing clothes and utensils. Social status of women is not better. They have not equal rights in legacy and greater say in the routine life matters. There is lack of basic amenities and limited opportunities for economic growth for women like girls high schools. Maternity hospital, vocational training centres etc. 4.5.4.10 Women Role in Socio–Economic Activities The survey has revealed that participation rate of women in various household level activities in the project corridor is generally high, about 100% in case of household activities and child caring. They have limited participation in the farm activities and local representation. Their participation rate in case of property matters, social obligations stood at 10% and 72%, respectively. As far as decision making for different activities is concerned, their involvement in case of child caring matters was the highest, about 60%, followed by 55% in case of household activities. In case of property matters and social obligations, the decision making rested with the women to the extent of 05% and 40%, respectively. Information in respect of women participation and decision making in the routine socio–economic life is presented in Table – 4.12. 69 TABLE – 4.12 : WOMEN ROLE IN SOCIO–ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES SR. PARTICIPATION DECISION MAKING ITEM NO. (%) (%) 1. Household Activities 90 55 2. Child Caring 93 60 3. Farm / Crop Activities 30 20 4. Livestock Rearing 28 22 5. Sale & Purchase of Property 10 05 6. Social Obligations 72 40 7. Local Representation 26 10 Source: Socio–economic Survey of Project Corridor by ACE 4.5.4.11 Conflict Resolution Mechanism in the Project Area Generally, local disputes are settled through Jirga (council of elders). This is an informal but well organized conflict resolving social institution at local level. At present this system has been regularized in the prevailing local bodies system. Yet most of the conflicts and disputes are being settled through local Jirga. No Jirga exist on permanent basis in the project area. It is convened on need basis, in case of issues that needs to be resolved. According to the Jirga mechanism, the influential of the area, a community representative, an elderly, local religious leader, play their role to resolve the reported disputes / conflicts with mutual consensus, after hearing the aggrieved parties. If party / parties are not satisfied with the decision of the Jirga, they are free to lodge complaint to police station or court of law. Generally, the people prefer to settle their disputes through Jirga to avoid long enmity, wastage of time and money. As reported by the respondents, the decision of Jirga is respected by all the parties in 80% of the cases. 4.5.4.12 Community Organizations in the Project Corridor The people residing along the project corridor are of cooperative nature and ready to help each other. For this purpose, some have organized themselves in small scale welfare organizations. The survey has revealed that presently there is no any Community Organization in the project area. However survey team came across few active community members which were consulted regarding the project. 70 5.0 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES The alternatives for the proposed project and their relative potential impacts on the environment were considered to evaluate the best project option. The following alternatives were considered for the project: (A) ROAD ALTERNATIVES (i) No project option / worst scenario option. (ii) Project road to follow exactly the existing route with no alteration. (iii) Altogether a new route is surveyed on another site. (iv) Project is restricted to a single lane as before. (v) Project with double lane and suitable straightening of curves where necessary. (B) LOGISTIC SITES (i) Siting of Contractor‟s facilities e.g. labor camp site, machinery yard and on state land. (ii) Siting the Contractor‟s facilities on private lands. (iii) Siting Contractor‟s facilities at most appropriate site be in public land or private land. (C) LABOR OPTIONS (i) All labor local (ii) All labor from outside. (iii) An admixture of local and outside labor as per skill required. Details of analysis of all above alternatives are as follows: 5.1 ROAD ALTERNATIVES 5.1.1 No Project Option / Worst Scenario Option 5.1.1.1 Analysis  Strengths and Opportunities If the project is not taken up at all then all the funds, efforts and inconvenience will be saved and these will become available for diversion to other projects. No more land will be required and no disturbance will be caused to people through resettlement or land acquisition process. Further the recurring cost of the maintenance of the new and expanded road along with enhanced operational cost will be saved. No disturbance will be caused to any physical, biological and social part of the environment. The people benefiting out of a status quo will continue benefiting. 71  Weaknesses and Threats Not taking up the project would mean withholding the development of the entire area along the extended area of the project in whole of District Swat. This would also mean restricting the trade opportunities between areas connected by road. Existing road does not meet the international standards and by keeping it as such means declining to open the whole district of Swat for better social uplift through education and poverty alleviation. The project would provide greater job opportunities to people during construction as well as the operational phase. Not taking up the project would mean depriving the local people from a blessing of whole lot of new opportunities. 5.1.1.2 Conclusion The “No project option” reveals the withholding of development activities in entire area, trade limitations and degradation of economic activities, therefore, this option is not recommended. 5.1.2 Project Road to Follow Exactly the Existing Route with No Alteration 5.1.2.1 Analysis  Strengths and Opportunities All costs on new survey and design of alterations will be saved. No additional land away from existing route will have to be acquired. No additional area will be impacted initially by construction and later by traffic during operational stage.  Weaknesses and Threats Route of the road will not improve. Existing limitations regarding distance, velocity and geotech faults will continue to exist. Environmental impacts will be caused by construction of the second carriageway without yielding any advantage. At places the length of the double lane road may prove counterproductive. 5.1.2.2 Conclusion Construction of new double lane road on exactly the previous alignment is not a sound engineering proposal nor it is worthwhile environmentally. Therefore, this option cannot be supported. 5.1.3 For the Double Carriageway Altogether a New Route is Surveyed on another Site 5.1.3.1 Analysis  Strengths and Opportunities In addition to the existing highway, another double lane road with become available. The capacity to handle inter–district traffic will enhance manifolds. The 72 new alignment will also give an opportunity to modify and improve existing design of road as well as the drainage.  Weaknesses and Threats A very expensive new exercise will be undertaken without a real necessity. The expected volume of current inter–district as well as the international traffic is not adequate to provide justification for an altogether a new double lane road somewhere else. By opening up a new area new problems; physical, biological, environmental and social problems will arise which may not keep the new effort positively productive at this point in time. The new alignment may take the new double lane road close to or pass through any of the protected areas causing the ecological problem. Under prevailing security problems in Swat area, it may be difficult to survey and construct a new carriageway along an altogether a new route. 5.1.3.2 Conclusion Because of prohibitive cost, high environmental impacts and social problems, this option of a new highway on an altogether a new site is not recommendable. 5.1.4 Project is Restricted to a Single Carriageway as Before 5.1.4.1 Analysis  Strengths and Opportunities The functional efficiency of the existing highway can be increased by carrying out repairs and improving its maintenance and signology. Funds will be saved to almost 50%. No new environmental or social hazards will be triggered and no extra environmental or resettlement costs will be incurred.  Weaknesses and Threats With little alteration, this option is like no project option. By restricting the project to repair and maintenance of existing carriageway will restrict the socio– economic development and international traffic ability of the route. An opportunity of having a double lane road in modern terms will be lost. Single carriageway is proved to accident as of now. This status will continue if second carriageway is not constructed and the system of double lane traffic is not introduced. Since the highway will be handling inter district trade, therefore highway of international standard should be provided. Not doing so will be counterproductive. 5.1.4.2 Conclusion Despite saving in immediate terms, the option is not useful on long term basis. Therefore this option is not recommended. 73 5.1.5 Project as Proposed in Feasibility, Double Lane Road with Alterations where Necessary 5.1.5.1 Analysis  Strengths and Opportunities As per well considered feasibility the project responds to the need of the time. By proving double lane road, it induces traffic ability, safety, speed, efficiency and thus better trade on inter–district level. All along the proposed project, during construction and after construction there will be ample job opportunities for local population. Opening up of the area will result in better education, health and social welfare opportunities. The project area will experience definite poverty alleviation especially after the sufferings of the people during the war against terrorism. Alterations in parts will help to straighten all sharp curves, avoid congested points, negotiate slopes at easier gradients and build stronger road foundation. New construction will help absorb latest technology on hill roads. At number of places side / link roads will help even the extended project area to open. In the long run, the project is financially viable, socially acceptable, environmentally preventable, generally neutral and poverty alleviation. The reversible construction and social impacts during construction are manageable. 5.1.5.2 Conclusion The opportunity of building a double lane road from Chakdara – Shamozai is recommended and it should be availed for larger benefit of all stakeholders. 5.2 LOGISTIC SITES 5.2.1 Siting of Contractor’s Facilities on State Land 5.2.1.1 Analysis  Strengths and Opportunities The contractor will get land free of cost for the camping site and the equipment and material yard. This cost will not be reflected in BOQ and this will reduce the overall cost of the contract and thus the project. There will be very little possibility of local disturbance or manipulation from local communities and the contractor will have a free hand to manage his labor and works. The contractor will not be encouraged to hire private agricultural land and therefore productive agricultural land will be saved. The activities and logistics of the contractor will be under full control of the project management and any adverse environmental or social spill over to outside territories will be eliminated. 74  Weaknesses and Threats Best suitable sites of required size and descriptions may not be available within ROW and the standard. By refusing to contractor the option to go to adjacent private land, the management may be compromising with best site selection and other logistics and therefore overall efficiency of the execution of the contract. By way of leasing their land to contractor, communities may feel their participation in implementation of the project. For creating enough space for contractor at places, situation may arise where resettlement cases with heavy payment may arise. 5.2.1.2 Conclusion In presence of adequate and encumbrance Free State land, the contractor may be given the option of using it for his labor camp, machinery yard and work bases. This is an acceptable option and is recommended. 5.2.2 Siting of Contractor’s Facilities on Private Lands 5.2.2.1 Analysis  Strengths and Opportunities The contractor will enjoy the freedom of choosing the best sites for his camps, machinery yards and work bases. By way of payment of base money to the land owner, his participation and ownership of the project will be achieved. No additional government land will have to be set aside for camping. No obligations will fall upon sponsor. No environmental challenge will come up at any stage.  Weaknesses and Threats The contractor will be free to hire comparatively flat agricultural lands and will put productive land to non–productive use. The contractor will include the cost of leasing land in his BOQ included in the bid. This will increase the cost of the bids and thus project expenditure. Outside the direct control of the proponents, the contractor may indulge in unplanned environmental social or physical activities which may not be acceptable within the meanings of the project EIA. 5.2.2.2 Conclusion In presence of adequate state land along the proposed highway taking the project to private land is not advisable. The weakness and threats of this proposal outweigh strengths and opportunities. The proposal of sitting contractor‟s facilities on private lands is therefore not supported. If the contractor chooses to establish his facilities and labor camp on hired private land then PkHA will bear no responsibility for his costs and commitments. 75 5.2.3 Sitting the Contractor’s Facilities at Appropriate Site, Be it Public Land or Private Land 5.2.3.1 Analysis  Strengths and Opportunities The option will create an operationally adjustable opportunity wherein the best site will be chosen by the contractor. Of course, all sites will be approved by the Resident Engineer. The contractor will not be bound to remain restricted to the sites proposed by the PkHA Resident Engineer and can plan his operations according his operational convenience and availability of facilities and services. Where enough state land is not available, and private land is available adjacently, the contractor can make necessary adjustments without changing the site.  Weaknesses and Threats To the extent that the contractor moves out of state lands, establishment of camps, yards and facilities close to villages can cause social problems. Adverse effects may be caused on freedom of women to work in fields. Possibilities of spread of AIDS and other infectious diseases will get greater chances of spread. 5.2.3.2 Conclusion As a second best option (after settling the contractor on state land) this is the 2nd best option. But for contractors activities on private lands PkHA holds no responsibility for contractor‟s cost and commitments. 5.3 LABOUR 5.3.1 All Labour Local 5.3.1.1 Analysis  Strengths and Opportunities All labor will be local and their employment will fulfill a major social requirement of the contract. Local economy will benefit and poverty alleviation will take place. The project will become socially acceptable. A big advantage of local labor will be that most of them will come from and go to their homes daily and there will be very little pressure on labor camps.  Weaknesses and Threats Three types of labor will be required; unskilled, semiskilled and skilled. All types of labor cannot be available locally. So binding contractor to employ all labor locally can put limitation on contractor. 76 5.3.1.2 Conclusion It is not possible to rely entirely on local labor for all trades. So this option is not acceptable. However, all unskilled labor openings must be given to locals. 5.3.2 All Labour from Outside 5.3.2.1 Analysis  Strengths and Opportunities Labor from outside will be preselected and ergonomically sound. More efficient more dependable and well trained man power will be available. The labor will not be able to erect undue pressure on the contractor or the project. The outside labor will set model for untrained labor which may improve. Spending by outside labor will bring additional benefit, to local economy.  Weaknesses and Threats Bringing outside labor will take away economic benefits of employment from the local communities and they will not develop a sense of ownership for the project. The project objective of poverty alleviation, social uplift and capacity building will be defeated. A social problem will be created. 5.3.2.2 Conclusion In case the labor is brought from outside, the social losses will be much higher than the economic gains. However, the ergonomic limitations may necessitate bringing in a small percentage of outside manpower especially at skilled level. But as far as possible the local human resource will have to be preferred. 5.3.3 An Admixture of Local and Outside Labour as per Skill Required 5.3.3.1 Analysis  Strengths and Opportunities Unskilled labor can be locally 100%. Semiskilled can be local as per their skill wise availability, may be up to 50% of the total. Most of the senior technicians and skilled workers will have to be brought from outside the district of Swat. This flexibility will be possible only under the option of admixture of labor.  Weaknesses and Threats Because of the presence of the outsiders there are likely to be social losses. Income of local communities will reduce. 77 5.3.3.2 Conclusion From project implementation point of view, this option presents the best combination of local and outside labor. This option also presents an opportunity of transfer of skills from outside technicians to local workers. 5.4 DESIGN ALTERNATIVES Design–related alternatives considered include the route, alignment, cross–section, and public amenities. These are discussed below: 5.4.1 Change Number of Sections Onwards to Route Alternatives The existing project route has its importance not only from socioeconomic point of view for the people residing in the remotest areas of the Swat Valley but also strategically for the reason that it provides a link with district headquarters on the right bank of Swat River. As mentioned above, demarcating an alternative route would require vast amounts of land acquisition, disruption of rural communities and presently established natural and agro–ecosystems resulting in further environmental and social degradation. 5.4.2 Alignment Alternatives and Construction Material The horizontal and vertical alignment of the road will be improved as part of the rehabilitation and widening works. The objectives will be to improve sight distance, eliminate sharp corners and reduce steep grades, thereby improving road safety and transport efficiency. The road improvements will minimize the adverse effects on existing properties. The existing or already available borrow holes will be used for construction material, thus, minimizing the further environmental impacts. 5.4.3 Alternatives for Public Amenities Public transport amenities, such as crossing ramps, passenger sheds and signboards have been incorporated in the design where required especially near main settlements. 5.4.4 Alternative Transport Options In Swat Valley, roads are the only mode of transportation. Due to very rugged and high mountainous topography of the area with narrow valleys, development of railway tracks is very difficult and uneconomical. So there is no railway system exists in Swat. The nearest air links are Islamabad and Peshawar which are at about 4–6 hours‟ drive from the project area. Similarly, although river Swat runs along the entire project route, but narrow width of the river at places, steep slopes and consequently high velocity of flows, rocky outcrops in the river bed hinder the development of navigational facilities. Conclusion In the light of above discussions in respect of other means of transportation like railway, air and navigation, it is concluded that improvement / rehabilitation of the existing road rout is the only viable option from socioeconomic considerations. The project will be accommodating within the available COI at built up areas. 78 5.4.5 Alternative Option for Minimizing the Socio-Environmental Impacts To identify the impacts of the proposed improvement works on the people and their assets, an initial assessment was carried out by PkHA taking into consideration the full RoW width. During this study, it was assessed that private land of 14 kanals needed in rural areas, to improve the curves of the road, and a number of structures (04 houses, 01 mosque and6 boundary walls) were coming under the project impacts at built–up areas. Due consideration was given to the identified resettlement impacts and measures were considered to avoid and minimize these impacts without compromising on the objectives of the project and width of the road. Accordingly, in order to avoid acquisition of private land in rural areas, for improvement of the road curves and to minimize socio- environmental issues, the PkHA decided to squeeze the project works to the available COI of 9.7 m at built up areas. As a result of this strategy, the resettlement impacts have been reduced considerably and no private land would affect. The comparison between the impacts of initial design and final design is given in Table – 5.1 below: TABLE – 5.1 : COMPARISON BETWEEN THE INITIAL AND FINAL DESIGN IMPACTS Intial Sr. No. Affected Entities Detail Assessment Assessment Number of affected houses 4 0 (i) pucca, partial 2 0 1 (ii) semi pucca, partial 1 0 (iii) mud, partial 1 0 2 Number of affected persons 70 11 3 Loss of orchards Nil Nil 4 Loss of water courses Nil 01 5 Loss of wood trees 589 86 Loss of Structures / Boundary Walls 6 0 (i) pucca, fully damaged 2 0 8 (ii) semi, fully damaged 4 0 (iii) mud, fully damaged Nil 0 9 Loss of Community Structure (partially) 1 0 Damage or Disturbance to utilities 54 0 (i) HT Electric poles/cables 13 0 12 (ii) LT Electric poles/cables 17 0 (iii) Telephone poles/cables 24 0 1.0 Kanal (Maize, Rice, Tomato and 14 Loss of crops 14 Kanal wheat in second cropping season) CONCLUSIONS In the light of above discussions in respect of other means of transportation like railway, air and navigation, it is concluded that improvement / rehabilitation of the existing road rout is the only viable option from socioeconomic considerations. The works will be accommodated within the available COI at built up areas. By adopting this approach, the resettlement impacts are minimized as per World Bank Involuntary Resettlement Policy 4.12. 79 6.0 STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATION 6.1 GENERAL Stakeholder participation in planning and managing the social and environmental issues helps to reduce the fears of stakeholders regarding the development program and gives opportunity to them to participate in key decisions that will affect their lives. The consultation process was carried out during the previous EIA of Sharifabad – Kanju section. All the concerns of the stakeholders pertaining to environmental, social, and issues regarding the rehabilitation and compensation were solved with due obligation. During the construction the people were also involved to make the decisions for construction timing and the traffic diversion methodology, compensations, rehabilitation and construction related activities. The unskilled and skilled local labor was employed during the whole construction tenure. It was revealed that the affected people were fully informed about the project and their compensation were paid within due dates. The people were found satisfied with their involvement and road construction. For Chakdara – Shamozai road section of 10.70 Km, consultation with the stakeholders also carried out. This consultation was conducted in accordance to the requirements of the World Bank and Government of Pakistan on stakeholder consultation which generally require that affected people should be fully informed and closely consulted on environmental and social impacts of the proposed project. The objectives of this process were to (i) Share information with stakeholders on proposed improvement works and expected impact on the physical, biological, and socioeconomic environment of the project corridor. (ii) Understand stakeholder concerns regarding various aspects of the project, including the existing condition of the highways, upgrade requirements and the likely impact of construction–related activities and operation of the improved highway. 6.1.1 Consultation Process Primary stakeholders were consulted during informal and formal meetings held in the project site and area as well. The consultation process was carried out in the Urdu language followed by the translation in Pashto language where required by a local person engaged especially for this purpose. During these meetings a simple, non– technical, description of the project was given, with an overview of the project‟s likely human and environmental impacts. This was followed by an open discussion allowing participants to voice their concerns and opinions. In addition to providing communities with information on the proposed project, their feedback was noted during the primary stakeholder consultation. The issues and suggestions raised were recorded in field notes for analysis, and interpretation. By reaching out to a wider segment of the population and using various communication tools such as participatory needs assessment, community consultation meetings, focus group discussions, in–depth 80 interviews, and participatory rural appraisal EIA involved the community in active decision–making. This process will continue even after this EIA has been submitted, as well as during future EIAs in which similar tools will be used to create consensus among stakeholders on specific environmental and social issues. Secondary stakeholder consultations were more formal as they involved government representatives and local welfare organizations, NGO‟s consulted during face–to–face meetings and through telephonic conversations. They were briefed on the EIA process, the project design, and the potential negative and positive impact of the project on the area‟s environment and communities. It was important not to raise community expectations unnecessarily or unrealistically during the stakeholder consultation meetings in order to avoid undue conflict with community‟s leaders or local administrators. 6.1.2 Points Discussed Following points were discussed during the public consultations:  Project components, its activities and impacts.  Needs, priorities and reactions of the population regarding the proposed project.  Entitlement for the affectees of the project  Role of the affectees in implementation of the project  Basis for determining the rates of the land, houses, and other infrastructures. 6.1.3 Stakeholder Consultation Technique In recognition of the diversity of views within any community, it is very important to obtain a clear understanding of the different stakeholders and to analyze their capacity and willingness to be involved in some or all of the project and its planning process. It is important to be aware of how different power relations can distort participation. It is also important to examine how community skills, resources, and „local knowledge‟ can be applied to improve project design and implementation. All of this can be achieved by careful use of the various tools of stakeholder consultation. Therefore, the following participatory techniques were employed during stakeholder consultations:  Informal meetings with communities.  Focus Groups with women participants in communities. In the consultation processes following key stakeholders were consulted :  Local communities,  Men  Women and  Community‟s elders attended meetings. 81 Meetings with stakeholders consisted of community consultation meetings, focus group discussions, and in–depth interviews with men and limited focus–group discussions with women. Table – 6.1provides a summary of the meetings held with respect to date, venue and stakeholder participation. A details of the persons interviewed is appended as Annex– 2 of the report. TABLE – 6.1 : SUMMARY OF PUBLIC CONSULTATIONS VENUE / VILLAGE’ NO. OF PARTICIPANTS DATE NAME MEN WOMEN 10-01-2014 Chakdara 12 2 11-01-2014 Remora 15 5 12-01-2014 Chungai 19 7 12-01-2014 Shamozai 13 4 TOTAL 59 24 6.1.4 Government Representatives The consultations were carried out with the local government officials and officials of the following departments:  Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)  Forestry  Fisheries  Irrigation  Highway  Wild Life Most of these consultations were conducted during the EIA survey of Shamozai- Dadahara section. However one meeting with Forest Department in Chakdara to represent Lower Dir District was conducted during EIA survey of Chakdara-Shamozai section. The main findings of these consultations are given in the text below : The officials of Environmental Protection agency, Wildlife and Forest department perceived that the employment opportunities and business development would be the positive impacts on the community and people during the construction phase of the proposed project. Among the perceived negative impacts during construction phase of the project include especially road blockage, dust emissions, noise and nuisance due to heavy traffic. All officials of project study area were in favor of the project. They expect many positive, conducive and constructive impacts on socio-economic life of local community regarding jobs, business opportunity and social structure development. They were in opinion that project would improve area development through development of 82 existing infrastructure etc. The project will also raise their level of awareness, initiate cultural diffusion, activate social mobility and bring social change regarding various aspects of their life. The officials of Pakhtunkhwa Highways Authority revealed the project as a sign of relief in deteriorated road infrastructure due to activities of insurgents and counter actions by Pakistan Army with terrorist. They were committed for perfection and sustainable development. The officials from Fisheries and Irrigation departments appreciated the proposed activity. They also expressed that the jobs and business opportunities for the local community will be increased due to project activities and that the infrastructure will developed that automatically lead to the development of the project area. They also expressed the concern that most of the unskilled and skill jobs should be provided for the local communities. TABLE – 6.2 : SUMMARY OF CONSULTATIONS WITH GOVERNMENT OFFICIAL DESIGNATION OF DATE DEPARTMENT NAME PARTICIPANT Deputy Director 15.09.2013 PkHA Peshawar Environment (PkHA) 16.09.2013 District Office Fishery Department, Swat District Inspector, Swat 16.09.2013 District Office Wildlife Department District Inspector, Swat 23.09.2013 Environment Protection Agency, Peshawar Assistant Director (EIA) 23.09.2013 District Office Irrigation Department District Inspector, Swat Sub-Divisional Office, Forest Department, 30.12.2013 Sub Division Officer Lower Dir 6.2 OUTCOME OF STAKEHOLDERS CONSULTATION Generally, people were found to be aware of the need to rehabilitate/upgrade the highway, and expressed their support for the PkHA. The proposed improvement of the additional carriageway was welcomed by the people since it will reduce traffic congestion and other road hazards near settlements along the project corridor. Local communities demanded that they should be the part of a continuous consultation process with other stakeholders at different stages of the project including the design, construction, and operation periods. The concerns raised by the stakeholders / communities are described as follows: 83 6.2.1 Highway Design Improve general standards of construction.  Blasting, if required, should not be carried out in the project area.  The business of the people should not be affected due to project activities.  PAPs should be compensated according to the market rates.  Properly compensate owners of demolished structures.  Protection walls should be constructed where needed.  The waste material should not be dumped in to the river.  The road shoulders should be concreted.  Avoid constructing sharp road curves and grades.  Provide streams outlets to help drain away runoff from the highway into the river.  Build bus bays, passenger shelters, and parking areas where required.  Plant trees along the highway that could be entrusted to the care of local communities.  Avoid shifting graves that may fall within the ROW.  Avoid relocating/dismantling mosques and other permanent structures.  Provide drainage on both sides of the road. 6.2.2 Highway Construction  Avoid undue delays in road construction and ensure that project works are carried out in one stretch rather than piecemeal.  Ensure that contractors do not use private land for parking construction machinery.  Avoid dumping construction material along the highway and median.  Adopt measures to minimize dust, smoke, and noise pollution, and to control spillages from construction machinery.  Provide proper diversions for traffic during construction to avoid traffic congestion, related hazards, and dust emissions.  Carry out construction activities preferably at night to avoid traffic jams / hazards.  Proper traffic management plan should be provided during construction activities.  Job opportunities should be provided to the locals during construction activities.  Safety of local residents along the road should be ensured particularly due to land sliding and stones rolling. 6.2.3 Highway Operation  Provide medical aid centers along the highway to treat road accident emergencies.  Erect cautionary and information signs. 84  Control over–speeding, overloading, traffic disorders and violations of traffic regulations; construct speed breakers where required.  Prohibit commercial vendors and squatters from encroaching on the ROW.  Increase tree plantation along the highway.  Ensure that cross–drainage pipes and culverts are regularly cleaned.  Regularly remove accumulated piles of rubbish from the ROW. 6.3 LAND ACQUISITION AND RESETTLEMENT–RELATED CONCERNS In addition to compensation for the structures removed, additional financial assistance is required to erect structures at new locations.  Compensation should be fair, paid promptly, and subject to transparency.  The acquisition of private land should be avoided. Where necessary, acquisition should be carried out in accordance with the law and at existing market rates.  The acquired land should be possessed only once the compensation payment is made.  Avoid acquiring the cultivated land as there is already shortage of availability of cultivated land. Stakeholder‟s consultation should be an integral part of the land acquisition process. 6.4 REDRESS OF STAKEHOLDERS CONCERNS The most of the concerns raised by stakeholders have been incorporated into the project‟s environmental and social assessment as described below: SUGGESTIONS / CONCERNS OF PREVENTION METHODS STAKEHOLDERS In response to stakeholders‟ concerns, the design at locations of social disruption may be revised by the Design Consultants HIGHWAY DESIGN and minimum or; if avoidable; no residential and commercial entity will be affected by the Project. Highway safety audits and improved road markings/signage and demarcation of accident–prone junctions will be made in order to improve the horizontal and vertical geometry, and HIGHWAY SAFETY reduce conflicting movement during operation, particularly along inhabited stretches of road. Improved intersections on side roads and village tracks will be provided in order to eliminate bottlenecks. 85 SUGGESTIONS / CONCERNS OF PREVENTION METHODS STAKEHOLDERS Roadside furniture and traffic control devices, including information and cautionary signs, signals, traffic diversion and flow markings, to ensure pedestrian safety during construction and operation. A drain will be designed to cater for the road drainage. Project facilities will be located at a minimum distance of 250 m from existing settlements and built–up areas in order to avoid restricting the mobility of local women. Construction vehicles will remain confined within their designated areas of movement. Sensitivity towards local customs and traditions will be encouraged to minimize social friction; good relations with local communities will be promoted by encouraging contractors to provide opportunities for skilled and unskilled employment to locals, as well as on–the–job training in construction for young people. Land sliding will be minimized by constructing retaining walls. HIGHWAY The loss of privately owned land or built–up property will be CONSTRUCTION compensated on a replacement–cost basis. Solid waste generated during construction and at campsites will be properly treated and safely disposed of only in demarcated waste disposal sites approved by the supervision consultant. Contractors will be required to instruct and train their workforce in the storage and handling of materials and chemicals that can potentially cause soil contamination. All necessary measures will be taken to ensure the safety of traffic during construction, including barricades (including signs, pavement markings, flags, and lights) erected as required by the PkHA. All such barricades will be set up as per local regulations. High way operation plan has been provided in the EIA Report HIGHWAY for proper operation and maintenance of road and to ensure OPERATION quick rescue operations during land sliding and snow falling. 86 6.5 RESETTLEMENT ACTION PLAN (RAP) This Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) has been prepared and incorporated in the EIA report for providing a framework for addressing the resettlement issues, if resettlement is unavoidable :  The Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) for the road construction and rehabilitation Project provides a framework for addressing and reviewing compliance with the agreed roles, responsibilities and activities related to resettlement.  This RAP applies the draft Pakistan National Resettlement Policy‟s definition of resettlement whereby the term refers to all measures taken to mitigate any and all adverse impacts resulting from the execution of the road construction and rehabilitation on the livelihood of Project Affected Persons (PAPs) and their property, including compensation, relocation and rehabilitation.  Rehabilitation refers to restoration of income, living standards and quality of life. This resettlement definition reflects the World Bank terminology whereby resettlement covers all direct economic and social losses resulting from land taking and restriction of access by the project. The underlying assumption for the RAP is that efforts will be made to improve the livelihoods and standards of living for all projects affected persons or at least to restore them to pre–project levels. 6.5.1 Resettlement Principles and Objectives The main involuntary resettlement principles and procedures that are applicable to the Project are the following:  Resettlement and land acquisition will be minimized as much as possible. Where land acquisition is unavoidable, the project should be designed to minimize adverse impacts on the poorest.  Project Affected Persons (PAPs) should be compensated or at least restored to pre–project levels. All the PAPs residing in, or cultivating land, or having rights over resources within the project area as of the data of the census survey should be entitled to compensation. All previous claims and unresolved issues related to resettlement or compensation in the area of each contract package, including outstanding claims arising, should be resolved in accordance with applicable Pakistan Laws and regulation, prior to initiating any new land acquisition measures on the respective contract package. In all cases, the World Bank‟s Operational Directive 4.12 will supersede national laws in resolving issues relating to compensation.  Lack of formal legal land title is not a bar to compensation or rehabilitation assistance under the Projects.  Land for Land is an option for compensation in the case of loss of land. In the absence of replacement land, cash compensation for the property acquired will be paid at its replacement value in addition to any transaction costs. 87  Each PAP is entitled to receive assistance to restore income and livelihood to a pre–project standard, and all vulnerable affected persons are entitled to assistance to improve their income and livelihood.  All PAPs should be informed and consulted on the compensation and other entitlements, relocation program and the income restoration assistance.  Compensation and income restoration programs should be carried out with equal consideration for women and men. Particular attention should be paid to the rights of women, widows, orphans, the elderly, other vulnerable people and group such as indigenous people and religious and cultural minorities. Appropriate and sufficient assistance should be provided to help them improve their socioeconomic status.  PAP‟s social and cultural institution should be protected along with common property resources. Community and public services should be provided to relocated communities.  The resettlement transition period should be minimized and case compensation should be provided to the PAPs prior to the expected start data of works in the relevant contract package/s. It is recommended that PkHA should establish a committee for the Resettlement / Compensation of project affected persons. The Rehabilitation / Resettlement / Compensation Committee should comprise of the following:  Member of Frontier Highway Authority  District Environment Officer, Environment and Social Development Officer  Non-Governmental Organization (NGO) Representative  Concerned Revenue Officer of the District  Qanoongo / Patwari of the area concerned  Village Headman (Numberdar)  Forest Officer  Wildlife Officer  Irrigation Officer  Representative of the Affected Persons.  Councilor of the area. The committee will recommend all entitlements (in totality) to be made to the project affected persons (PAPs) in connection with resettlement / compensation before the cut– off date. The Photographs of the consultations/scoping sessions are given in Figure – 6.1: 88 RD. 0+050 (10-01-2014) RD. 0+100 (10-01-2014) RD. 4+150 (10-01-2014) RD. 5+100 (11-01-2014) RD. 6+300 (11-01-2014) RD. 7+100 (11-01-2014) RD. 8+900 (12-01-2014) RD. 9+200 (12-01-2014) FIGURE – 6.1 : STAKEHOLDERS CONSULTATIONS 89 7.0 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION MEASURES This section identifies the potential environmental impacts during the rehabilitation and upgradation of Chakdara–Shamozai road on the project area. The project is rehabilitation of the existing road and no new road alignment is involved for the proposed project. 7.1 POTENTIAL IMPACT SOURCES Environment and social impacts attributable to the project can broadly be classified into those taking place during construction and those occurring during operational phase. Some of these impacts can be anticipated and avoided through appropriate adjustments / provisions in the project design. Some can be mitigated by careful implementation of the Project while some other can be adjusted with by appropriately following the operational manual and an effective collaboration with communities. Construction related impacts are heavily dependent on:  The contractor‟s work practices, especially those related to storage of construction materials and cleanliness of work site;  Cooperation between local communities, local authorities and the contractor in terms of execution of Social Framework Agreement (SFA) and use of public space and utilities;  Project management‟s enforcement of correct construction practices and standards; and  The incorporation of preventive / mitigation measures identified in the EIA into the Tender documents and specifications, in bid and Contracts documents and provision of linkage between EMMP and contractors payments.  An effective collaboration with local communities in evolving a workable Social Framework Agreement (SFA).  The quality of Monitoring and Reporting of EMMP implementation. Operational impacts of the proposed project are associated with the movement of vehicular traffic on it and allied activities. These include air and noise pollution, safety hazards and other similar impacts. For this proposed Project, potential impacts are reviewed under construction and operational phases. The environment has been studied under the following subheads:  Physical Environment  Land Resource  Water Resource 90  Air Quality  Noise Level  Biological Environment  Flora  Fauna  Fish  Endangered Species  Cultural and Historical Sites  Socio–economic Environment Table – 7.1 provides a check list of potential impacts likely to be associated with the construction of the Chakdara – Shamozai road project. In general these areas are divided into groups based on general environmental aspects which are effected or likely to be affected from the modification in the flow of traffic. The set of impacts based upon physical, biological, cultural and social aspects have been classified as under construction and operational phases. Each sub–factor has been marked as curable, reversible or irreversible. Each sub–factor so assessed has been discussed and explained later in the Chapter. The severity of the impact is presented on evaluation scale. The evaluation scale used for the EIA Study is given below. ▲▲▲ Permanent change (to be adopted) : irreversible Mitigation through contractor‟s obligation or by communities through Social ▲▲ Framework Agreement (SFA) (Curative) : reversible ▲ Avoidable through design (Avoidance) : Curable TABLE – 7.1 : EVALUATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACTS Assessment Slight Moderate Significant Aspects Impacts Assessed ▲▲ ▲ ▲▲ ▲▲▲ ▲ ▲▲ ▲ ▲▲ ▲▲▲ ▲ CONSTRUCTION PHASE IMPACTS Impact of wastes, construction material 1.1.1 and debris at  construction site Land slide, unstable soil 1.1.2 or similar unforeseen  Land conditions Resource Any natural disasters 1.1.3 such as heavy rains,  floods and earthquakes Soil contamination from diesel and other spills 1.1.4 from construction  machinery 91 Assessment Slight Moderate Significant Aspects Impacts Assessed ▲▲ ▲ ▲▲ ▲▲▲ ▲ ▲▲ ▲ ▲▲ ▲▲▲ ▲ Damage/blockage of irrigation channel, paths and cross drainage by 1.1.5 moving machinery and  putting the construction materials Scouring of Earthen 1.1.6 embankment or  concrete work edge Release of construction water on unstable slope 1.1.7 or any public/private  property. Release of construction water including the 1.1.8 sewage or debris to any  river structure such as bridge/culvert. Any discharge, spill or dumping on any 1.1.9 building or house on  riverbank Impact of taking borrow 1.1.10 martial from earth  borrow site. Impact on paths or road 1.1.11 used for transport of  construction material. Impact of stone quarrying on air and 1.1.12 land during obtaining  the materials for construction Any blasting during 1.1.13 Construction  Impact of contamination on surface water by disposal or dumping of 1.2.1 construction debris,  disposal of untreated waste water Water Resources Impact of ground water 1.2.2 hand pump damage  and contamination Diesel and other fluids 1.2.3 spilling over to river  water from machinery 92 Assessment Slight Moderate Significant Aspects Impacts Assessed ▲▲ ▲ ▲▲ ▲▲▲ ▲ ▲▲ ▲ ▲▲ ▲▲▲ ▲ Obstruction of flow of water in the river or any 1.2.4 stream or water channel  due to rejected material or construction material Effect on surface flow conditions in rains due 1.2.5 to rejected material or  construction material. Dust, smoke and other pollutants from 1.3.1 construction, Machinery  including asphalt and concrete batching plant. Dust of other pollutants 1.3.2 from stored material  and spoil keeps. Air Quality Smoke from burning of and Noise 1.3.3 waste material or  Pollution. burning firewood. Noise from use of old or 1.3.4 outdate machinery.  Noise due to any 1.3.5 blasting.  Soil contamination due 1.3.6 to labor camps and  machinery yards. Damage to biological resource through tree 1.4.1 cutting at the project  site Damage to Fish and other aquatic fauna (release of Biological contaminants and Resources 1.4.2 debris can potentially  have moderate to significant impact on fish and other aquatic fauna). Impact on any birds 1.4.3 nesting on the tree due  to the tree cutting Existing services like Social/ education, health, 1.5.1 electricity, water supply  Economic Cultural and communication Archeological Impact on (adjacent) Issues. 1.5.2 open land for  agricultural 93 Assessment Slight Moderate Significant Aspects Impacts Assessed ▲▲ ▲ ▲▲ ▲▲▲ ▲ ▲▲ ▲ ▲▲ ▲▲▲ ▲ Impact of damage on 1.5.3 irrigation channel close  to the road. Impact on local ethnicity, Tribal 1.5.4 Tensions, communal  rivalries Impact on area under 1.5.5 crops (see in ROW map  1,2 and 5) Land ownership / Land 1.5.6 tenure system  Transportation of 1.5.7 construction material  Adverse effect on cultural and 1.5.8 archaeological heritage  if found during the construction Graveyards if affected 1.5.9 during construction  Public safety at 1.5.10 construction site.  Health and safety of 1.5.11 labor and employees on  construction site Resettlement of Affected land 1.5.12 inhabitants of houses which will in ROW Loss of cultural ties and family lands due to 1.5.13 involuntary shifting of  population. Loss of livelihood due to 1.5.14 loss of land and  ancestral villages. Loss of local technique 1.5.15 and knowledge due to  shifting of population HIV / AIDS and infectious diseases such as cholera and 1.5.16 Hepatitis in the labor,  employees and nearby Public Women status: Exposure to 1.5.17 employment and  education opportunities 94 Assessment Slight Moderate Significant Aspects Impacts Assessed ▲▲ ▲ ▲▲ ▲▲▲ ▲ ▲▲ ▲ ▲▲ ▲▲▲ ▲ Hurdle in cultural 1.5.18 Reunion.  Hurdle in accessing 1.5.19 market opportunities for  Agricultural produce. Reduction in recreation 1.5.20 opportunities due to  high traffic speed 2. O&M Phase Damage of road 2.1.1  furniture Damage of road sing 2.1.2  and lights etc Segmentation of 2.1.3 population  Social, Segmentation of grazing Biological and 2.1.4  area Environmental Impacts Impact of air pollution 2.1.5  due to increase in traffic Impact of noise pollution 2.1.6   due to increase in traffic Increase in road 2.1.7 accidents due to  increase in flow of traffic Monitoring and Possibility of less Evaluation as effective monitoring and per 2.2 evaluation as per  operational operational manual and manual and monitoring plan monitoring plan 7.2 DETAILS OF IMPACTS Table – 7.1 above provides a schematic presentation of the degree, significance and mitigation of various environmental and social factors at construction and operational phases. This section provides explanation of each factor, also suggesting a line of action towards preventive/mitigation measures for the adverse impacts. 7.2.1 Impact of Construction Material and Debris Some cutting of edges for alignment will be involved, construction waste debris, surplus earth or waste construction material which needs disposal. It will cause air and water problems if not properly disposed. However, their environmental impacts are minor to moderate as their quantity will be about 200 – 300 cubic meters. 95 Prevention / Mitigation The construction waste material will be disposed of in selected barren spots as allowed /approved by Resident Engineer and level it so that it becomes a useful plain land. No waste material will be thrown into the river or other water bodies. The material will be properly leveled and plantation will be carried out there. Photographic record will be maintained showing the before construction and after construction state of the disposal areas. 7.2.2 Landslides, Unstable Soil or Similar Unforeseen Conditions Landslides or unstable soil conditions may impact the construction work. Improper construction methodology can cause landslides. It is pertinent to mention that no population exists in vicinity of the landslide site. Prevention / Mitigation Local readjustments in foundation treatment or any other small changes will be allowed to the contractor by the Resident Engineer (RE). Contractor will make all arrangements to avoid any land slide caused by the construction activities; remedial actions including alarm activation, stoppage of work etc. will be undertaken in case of any such slide. The precautionary measure like construction of side wall and proper warning system may be introduced to avoid the problem. The retaining wall or the breast walls will be constructed as per the requirements. 7.2.3 Location of Labour Camps and Equipment Yards The camp site in populated area may cause the social implication including the security and privacy of local residents, spread of communicable diseases and also environmental problems due to disposal of solid waste, effluents etc. Rented house, already occupied during previous project by the contractor, will be used in propose project. Prevention / Mitigation In previous project the contractor has rented some houses for the officer away from the populated area and the same houses will be utilized during the proposed project to refrain social implications. 7.2.4 Natural Disasters such as Heavy Rains, Floods and Earthquakes Any natural disasters such as heavy rains, floods or earthquakes can potentially impact the project works by holding construction work resultantly delay in project. Prevention / Mitigation Contractor in consultation with RE and local community will prepare an Emergency Response Plan to address these issues. This plan will be updated according to the site requirement. 96 To take into account the effects of earthquake, components like bridges, retaining walls etc. have been designed as per American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO), American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) etc. safety design criteria‟s code. More specifically for Seismic Design, UBC 97 and Sarhad Interim Seismic Building Code Building Code 2006 would be followed. By provision of drain on one side and construction of retaining structures will provide protection against floods. In addition, 33 culverts and cross drainage structures of appropriate size have been included in the design in accordance with the surface runoff reported from this area. These structures were designed on the following basis: 1. The Bridges were designed on the basis of Discharge estimated for a return period of 50 Years. 2. The estimated Discharge value used for calculation of Depth of flow, Velocity and Scour Depth was doubled for addition factor of Safety. 3. Scour Depth factor used for upstream and downstream used are 1.5 and 2.0 respectively. 4. The retaining walls were designed for a factor of safety of 2.0. The above design criteria will also cater to any climate change effects. 7.2.5 Contamination from Diesel and Other Oil Spills from Construction Machinery Any leakage or spillage of diesel, oil or any other chemical will contaminate the soil which may in turn impact the water sources, nearby community or productive land. Prevention / Mitigation Contractor will apply strict rules on his workers and labor to ensure that no spill or leakages are caused. All fuels, oils and bitumen will be stored appropriately, with concrete padding and bonding for containment in case of leakage. If the spills or leakages do take place, it must be followed by the treatment prescribed below as per the degree of spill or leakages. The contractor will employ the general criteria for oil and leakage at construction sites, as per standards set forth by “Guidelines for Oil Spill Waste Minimization and Management” issued by International Petroleum Industry Environmental Conservation Associate which are as follows: (Source: International Petroleum Industry Environmental Conservation Associate (IPIECA) Report Series, Volume–12, “Guidelines for Oil Spill Waste Minimization and Management”). Minor Spill / Leakage: Soil contaminated by minor spills / leakages (defined as leaks from vehicles, machinery, equipment or storage containers such that the area and depth of soil contaminated is less than 10 sq. ft. and 3 inches respectively) is to be scraped and burnt in a burn pit, away from population. Moderate Spills are defined as spills of volume less than or equal to 200 liters is to be contained and controlled using shovels, sands and native soil. This equipment and materials are to be made available at camp sites during the operation. The contaminated soil is to be excavated and stored in a burn area lined with an impermeable base. 97 Depending on the volume, the contaminated soil is either disposed of by burning in the burn pit or by specialized treatment such as bioremediation. Major Spills (defined as spills of volume much greater than 200 liters) requires initiation of Emergency Response Procedures and Oil Spill Contingency Plan. These spills are to be handled and controlled according to the Plan and require special treatment such as bioremediation. Grievance redress mechanism (GRM) will be put in place to address community grievances related to the above concerns 7.2.6 Damage to Roads, Cross Drainages Damage to roads, cross drainages can arise through carelessness of the heavy machinery drivers or operators. Such carelessness can cause considerable damage to paths, roads and drainages if the drivers / operators are not made aware, trained and bound to be careful. Prevention / Mitigation Contractor will prepare standard operating procedures and impose strict control over operators and drivers of all types of vehicles to minimize any damage to roads or structures. If any damage takes place, the contractor will carry out repairs immediately. Photographic record before and after construction will be maintained. 7.2.7 Earthen Embankments or Concrete Work, Edge Scouring Poor design and inappropriate construction procedures can potentially damage the embankments, concrete works or road edges already exist in good condition. The impact is moderately significant but can easily be mitigated. Prevention / Mitigation Edge scouring of earthen embankments or concrete work must first be dealt at design stage. Wherever such a situation is anticipated, aprons should be provided to secure edges and specifications must be kept of high standards. During the construction phase this aspect should be addressed through appropriate construction methodology and employing appropriate techniques such as protection walls and rip rap. Contractor will repair all damages to the earthen embankments, concrete works, or pavement edges caused by the construction works. During the operation phase appropriate measures need to be incorporated in the Operational Manual. 7.2.8 Release of Construction Water and Dumping of Soil Uncontrolled release of construction water or dumping of excess soil / rubbles can destroy / damage; to the nearby irrigation channels along the ROW (see ROW map 1,2,5,6) slopes, and private property like shops etc.; potentially leading to significant 98 impact of blockage of channel, damage to structure and water contamination. If such a situation does appear, it becomes highly significant though it can be mitigated. Prevention / Mitigation The contractor will make adequate arrangements to avoid such leakages, uncontrolled releases, and dumping of soil / rubbles. Should such leakage develop, the contractor must remain fully prepared to immediately control the discharge. The contractor will be liable to pay for or repair such damages. GRM will be put in place to address community grievances in this regard. It will be ensured that no polluted water or extra soil is released into the river a situation which could potentially affect the fish and other aquatic life in the river. 7.2.9 Any Discharge, Spill or Dumping in Graveyards Any uncontrolled discharge of effluents or dumping of soil can potentially impact the religiously significant places such as graveyards at Chainage04+600 and 8 +800. Prevention / Mitigation As the graveyards and mosques are situated on either left or right side of the road, all efforts should be made to avoid any damage to them by tilting the rehabilitation activities on the opposite side (e.g. by a little shift of the alignment away from such receptors, if possible). The contractor will take all precautionary measures to forestall any uncontrolled release of effluents or dumping of soil/rubbles into any graveyards or near mosque at Chainage 04+600 and 8 +800. The contractor will be liable to repair and/or compensate any damage to such places caused by the construction activities. However, it is suggested that community consultations may be carried out during the works and cordoning off such places may prevent the impacts. GRM will be put in place to address community grievances in this regard. 7.2.10 Impact of Taking Borrow Material from Earth Borrow Site A large quantity of earth will be removed from borrow pits located within the river land. The existing river land borrow pits will be employed for this purpose. About 52,000 cubic meter of the borrow material is required for the project. Prevention / Mitigation The contractor will ensure that the borrowing does not cause uneven terrain and altered river flow pattern. Wherever possible / necessary, these places will be leveled using appropriate technology / methodology. The community consultations and the written consents of the owner will be taken. Photographic record of the situation will be maintained before and after situations. 99 7.2.11 Impact on Roads / Infrastructure Used for Transport of Construction Materials Transport of construction machinery, construction material and construction workers will cause additional wear and tear of the roads / infrastructure. This impact will be a moderately significant and can be adequately mitigated. Prevention / Mitigation The contractor will be responsible to repair any damage caused to the local infrastructure private property may be separate by the construction activities. Water sprinkling will be carried out where necessary to minimize dust emissions. 7.2.12 Physical Loss of Agricultural Land About 1.0-kanal of land which is cultivated by the community will be impacted by the Project activities by land owner status they are encroacher; encroached on PkHA land. The same may be consulted from ROW. Prevention / Mitigation The affectees will be duly compensated for any loss of crops or land. The below table defines the types of loss and their compensation estimations. Extent of Impact Estimated Type of Loss Number Compensation Minor Significant Severe Loss of Encroached Cropped 1.0Kanal 1.0Kanal Area and tree Kanal is one-eighth of an acre. The details have been provided in the Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) of Social Impact Assessment (SIA). An independent RAP of this project has been prepared for this proposed project and all the details have been duly described in RAP in Chapter 9 of the SIA Report. GRM will be put in place to address community grievances in this regard. 7.2.13 Soil Compaction due to Labour Camps and Machinery Yards The human and mechanical activity normally compact the soil and turns the area as impervious and non-productive for plant production after the project completion. Prevention / Mitigation The contractor will restore the area under his temporary use by cropping or if so required through plantation. Photographs taken at the time of establishment of these facilities will be used for this purpose. 100 7.2.14 Traffic Impact It is anticipated that an overall increase and traffic hindrance would occur as a consequence of the proposed construction. An increase in traffic will occur to and from the project site subsequent to construction. Prevention / Mitigation Construction traffic hindrance should be avoided by providing proper diversion and signage. Also, traffic management plan will be prepared by the contractor after consultation with RE for its implementation. GRM will be put in place to address community grievances in this regard. 7.2.15 Impact of Sourcing of Construction Water The contractor will obtain water for the construction sites and construction camps from the nearby surface and / or groundwater sources. This however can potentially affect water resources and the other water users of the area. Prevention / Mitigation The contractor will procure water from a source approved by the RE, and if relevant, after obtaining the community consent. It will be ensured that this procurement of water does not negatively affect the communities or other water users. The Grievance Redressal Mechanism (GRM) will also be put in place. 7.2.16 Impacts on Surface Water Inappropriate waste disposal from camp site and construction activities can potentially contaminate the water bodies like irrigation channels and hand water pumps in turn affecting the local communities (Table – 4.12) and aquatic biodiversity. Prevention / Mitigation No untreated effluents will be released to the environment; in particular it will be ensured that no such effluents reach the river. For the toilet waste, the contractor will establish / install appropriate waste treatment system (such as septic tanks and soaking pits – appropriately sized and located) at the site facilities (offices, camps, others). The waste water from kitchen and toilets can be released in soaking pits or used for plantation/water sprinkling. Oily water must be passed through a settling tank. The contractor will prepare a waste management plan and have it approved by the RE. 7.2.17 Impacts on Drinking Water Sources The construction activities can potentially damage/affect the drinking water sources of the communities. 101 Prevention / Mitigation It will be ensured that the drinking water sources of the communities are not affected. The contractor will repair/replace/compensate for any damages caused by the construction activities. 7.2.18 Obstruction of the Flow of Water for Stream Crossing the Road At number of points, perennial streams and irrigation channels cross the road. The construction works can obstruct their normal flow. Prevention / Mitigation The road includes adequately designed bridges and culverts at the appropriate locations (see Table 3.1 in Chapter 3). The contractor will ensure that these water bodies/water courses are not blocked during the construction phase. 7.2.19 Effect on Surface Flow Conditions The road can potentially affect and disrupt the drainage pattern (Table–4.12) of the area. Prevention / Mitigation Design Engineer has ensured the provision of appropriately sized side drains, to avoid negative impacts on the local drainage pattern. Contractor will follow the design specifications meticulously. During the construction phase, the contractor will make temporary drains and embankments where necessary to channel the runoff appropriately. 7.2.20 Dust and Smoke and Other Pollutants from Construction Machinery The construction activities and operation of vehicles and machinery will release exhaust gaseous emission(s) and also raise dust (Table – 4.12). Prevention / Mitigation The contractor will ensure that its vehicles, machinery, and generators are properly designed and maintained, and comply with the applicable NEQS. The asphalt plant will not be operated without properly functioning dust control system such as wet scrubber. Water will be sprinkled where necessary to control the dust emissions. GRM will be put in place to address community grievances related to dust and smoke emissions. 7.2.21 Dust / Pollutions from Stored Material and Spoil Keeps The material stock piles and material transportation can cause dust emissions, having a negative impact on the nearby communities and natural vegetation. 102 Prevention / Mitigation The material being transported or stored at the stockpiles will be kept covered where necessary to avoid dust emissions. GRM will be put in place to address community grievances related to dust and smoke emissions. 7.2.22 Smoke from Burning of Waste Material or Burning Firewood A large number of big and small fires in the labor camp and burning of waste can produce smoke and smog which can reduce visibility and cause suffocation along with causing diseases of the respiratory tract including cancer. Prevention / Mitigation Cutting and burning trees / shrubs for fuel will be prohibited. Instead gas cylinders should be used in the labor camp for cooking purposes. Similarly waste burning will not be allowed. The contractor will prepare waste management plan and have it approved by the RE. The proper training will be delivered to the workers. 7.2.23 Noise from Construction Works The construction activities will generate noise, which can potentially affect the communities, wildlife, and also the construction workers. Prevention / Mitigation The contractor will strictly follow the NEQS for ambient noise. All necessary measures to control the noise such as proper tuning of vehicles and provision of mufflers/silencers particularly near the communities will be provided during construction. The personal protective equipment (PPE) will be provided to the construction workers and its usage will be made mandatory by the contractor. GRM will be put in place to address community grievances related to noise. 7.2.24 Damage to Biological Resources Flora, Fauna The project activities can potentially cause some disturbance to the wild species of the area. In addition, 86 firewood trees will need to be removed for the road construction. Prevention / Mitigation As stated in section 4.4, most of the wild species are expected to remain away from the project site. However, to address any possible impact on these species, a number of multi-purpose cross drainage structures have been included in the design of road, with cross sections suitable for the passage of animals found in the area. Moreover, for animal crossing, a low speed zone will be established from RD 5+600 to RD 8+000, and road signage will be placed at appropriate locations for this purpose. During the construction period monitoring will carried out to identify any negative impacts on wildlife. 103 Compensation will be paid for tree cutting to be removed due to construction of road. Compensatory tree plantation will be carried out and for each tree removed, five saplings will be planted. The Project will ensure appropriate care and monitoring of this plantation. Camps and other temporary facilities will be established in a manner that minimizes loss of natural vegetation including trees. No hunting, fishing, trapping of the wild animals/fish will be allowed at the site. 7.2.25 Damage to Fish Inappropriate waste disposal in the river water can potentially affect the aquatic fauna. Prevention / Mitigation No untreated waste, excess soil or garbage will be dumped in the river. River and streams will not be blocked by the construction activities. No hunting, trapping, or fishing by the construction workers will be allowed. 7.2.26 Impact on Physical Cultural Resources Construction activities can damage the physical cultural resources like mosques and graveyards during its realignment. Ten graveyards and ten mosques are located out of RoW but along the road side. Any impact on them during construction of project will be addressed as per procedure defined in Chapter 8 for cultural resources preservation. 7.3 SOCIAL NEGATIVE IMPACTS 7.3.1 Project Affected Persons According to final inventory survey of project affected assets, conducted from 27 December, 2013 to 13January, 2014, the project will uproot 86 (non-fruit) firewood trees scattered along the road and crops on 1.0 kanal of land encroached by cultivators. None of the PAPs need relocation of houses or shops. There will be no impact on public utilities. No squatters or vendors will be affected. There will be no impact on cultural heritage and no indigenous people residing in the settlements along the road. The Project will also include protection of one kacha water channel. Total number of Project Affected Persons is 11 comprising of 5 cultivators who will lose their crops, 2 cultivators who will lose their trees and 4 cultivators will lose both their trees and crops. But none of them will be significantly or severely impacted due to loss of assets or income. The impact on income / livelihood due to loss of encroached cropping area and wood trees will have minor impacts on the household income. No vulnerable PAPs identified such as elderly, women headed household, orphans, disabled etc. 104 Prevention / Mitigation An independent RAP of this project has been prepared for this proposed project and all the details have been duly described in RAP Chapter 9 of the SIA Report. The compensation plan for livelihood has also been described in Social Impact Assessment (SIA) as independent report. GRM will be put in place to address community grievances in this regard. 7.3.2 Impact on Income / Livelihood The project will have no negative impact on the source of livelihood during the construction period. Prevention / Mitigation No mitigation required. 7.4 OPERATIONAL AND MANAGEMENT PHASE At operational phase the Project Manager will develop a comprehensive operational and Management Manual of the Highway and an effective monitoring plan. Mistakes at operational level or handling of operations by untrained staff can prove very risky and costly. Important points to be attended at operational stage are as follows:  Signs and lighting installation  Public awareness pertaining to the road crossing and road accidents  Air pollution control through implementation of national vehicular emission standards  Annual Environmental Audit based upon tri–base assessment. 7.4.1 Regular maintenance of engineering worksPositive Socio–Economic Impacts on the Overall Project Area In ultimate analysis the impacts of project on social and economic activities in the project area will be mostly positive. The economic analysis shows very high economic benefits compared to the cost. Salient economic benefits of the project are: 7.4.2 Increase in Trade Opportunities Boosting of trade through ensured and enhanced capacity to take additional traffic will take place after the rehabilitation and upgradation of this road which now is in suspended condition. 7.4.3 Economic Boost Increased economic activity with improved transport will ensure easy marketing of agriculture and livestock produce. With improved economy, there will be further improvement in services in the area and opportunities for employment, education, healthcare, especially for women and children, will improve. 105 7.4.4 Tourism development Possible stimulus to other diversified economic development, such as Tourism development programmers, will be generated through improved road infrastructure. 7.4.5 Employment Generation Employment during construction phase will take up and train a large number of unemployed youth. They will receive a life time benefit through skill training, capacity building and poverty alleviation. A large number of semi and unskilled workers in the project area will be hired. 7.4.6 Health Awareness Greater awareness about Health care including HIV/AIDS and infectious diseases amongst the labor and the close by community will be created. 7.4.7 Improvement in Livelihood At micro–level the hustle and bustle and increase in economic activities may bring the cost of living down by making essential commodities available at cheaper rates. This combined with higher incidence of employments will bring the poverty line and crime rate much lower. 106 8.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND MONITORING PLAN 8.1 GENERAL This Chapter contains the Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan (EMMP) for the proposed road project. It has the following components:  Preventive / Mitigation Plan  Monitoring Program  Social Framework Agreement Most of the preventive / mitigation activities proposed in EMMP will be included under provisions in the construction contract, engineering supervision contract and necessary agreement with the communities. PkHA had and has the overall responsibility of implementation of Environmental Management and Monitoring Framework (EMMP) for road segments under Package-1 and package-II. Contractor and supervision consultant are also same for both road segments. Since, PkHA is going to contract out construction and supervision to same contractor and supervision consultants the responsibility of implementation of EMMP will be entrusted to same contractor and supervision consultants. Implementation arrangements will also remain same. Only the man months of environment specialists of contractor and supervision consultant will be increased. Therefore for the implementation of Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan (EMMP) at work site the contractor will continue input of its full time environment specialist with additional man months. Similarly the Engineering Supervision Consultants (ESC) will also continue input of its environmental expert to provide professional guidance and supervision for the EMMP implementation including environmental monitoring process and the procedures. 8.2 MITIGATION THROUGH AVOIDANCE OF ADVERSE IMPACTS BY SUITABLE DESIGN The adverse negative impacts can take place because of an unsound design and most negative factors can be avoided (eliminated) through the use of improved and environmentally sound technical design. Usually, the engineers find a compromise somewhere in between to adjust with the available finances. The road has however, been designed on modern lines, in fact a state of the art model. Lessons can be learnt from the other motorway built and made functional in the country. A number of defects can be avoided by following good design practices on other road project models. Record of such models is available within PkHA. 8.3 TENDER AND CONSTRUCTION PHASE 8.3.1 Impact Reduction Measures The specific preventive / mitigation measures have been incorporated in the EMMP to reduce the potential impacts of physical works and the monitoring plan has also been 107 proposed to ascertain the environmental and social compliance during construction and operation phases. The contract document will contain requirements for  Preparation and implementation of HSE Plan, addressing occupational health, safety, and environmental aspects  Preparation of traffic management plan, addressing movement of vehicles for material / construction manpower transportation, full / partial road closure during road construction, warning signs, and other necessary measures.  Preparation and maintenance of documentation record of any road accidents or site accidents. Provision of insurance coverage to the construction workers.  Proper management of construction waste and preparation of waste management plan  Reduction of oil / lubricants, spill or leakage, noise and dust level.  Rehabilitation of areas used for construction detours and sites used to temporarily store construction materials.  Use and proper maintenance of equipment with appropriate noise and smoke abatement.  Restoration of borrow areas or stone quarry areas.  Other requirements as obligation of the contractor, emanating from the Mitigation Plan and the EMMP.  Vaccination or preventive actions against HIV / AIDS and group insurances will take place to minimize accidents and avoid fatalities during the construction process. 8.3.2 Pre–Tender Conference To ensure full understanding of above clauses by prospective contractors, all prequalified contractors will attend a pre–tender conference, where they will be briefed on their responsibilities with regard to environmental, social, health and safety issues. These briefings will review specific provisions of the construction tender documents and contracts. 8.3.3 Pre–Construction Coordination Meeting Once the contract is awarded the contractor will be required to regularly attend coordination meeting(s) with project authorities and the local communities. At these meetings, the Project Manager (PM) and the Resident Engineer (RE) will further explain the Terms and Conditions of the Contract, especially those narrated above, if possible. 8.4 OPERATIONAL PHASE – MANAGEMENT OF OPERATIONAL IMPACT PkHA will also address future maintenance impacts. These will be implemented through specially requested financial support from PkHA and the Government of Khyber Pakhtunkhwa as Recurring Budget to avoid any deterioration in the functioning of the 108 rehabilitated road and to guard against any possible hydrological problems. Maintenance agency / contractor will be required to follow procedures similar to those for the construction contractor concerning proper disposal of construction waste, control measures, for waste fuel, oil and lubricants and adoption of health and safety measures for personnel. 8.5 MANAGEMENT OF SOCIAL IMPACTS Social impacts will be managed primarily through Social Framework Agreement (SFA) amongst RE as representative of the PkHA, the Contractor and the Communities living in the vicinity of the project area. The SFA will be drafted and signed when the project is finally approved and the implementation commences. A draft illustrative agreement has been provided later in the chapter which may be updated, if necessary. 8.6 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS PkHA has the overall responsibility of implementation of Environmental Management and Monitoring Framework (EMMP) for road segments under Package-1 and package- II. Contractor and supervision consultant are also same for both road segments. Since PkHA is going to contract out construction and supervision to same contractor and supervision consultants the responsibility of implementation of EMMP will be entrusted to same contractor and supervision consultants. Implementation arraignments will also remain same. Only the man months of environment specialists of contractor and supervision consultant will be increased. Therefore for the implementation of Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan (EMMP) at work site the contractor will continue input of its full time environment specialist with additional man months. Similarly the Engineering Supervision Consultants (ESC) will also continue input of its environmental expert to provide professional guidance and supervision for the EMMP implementation including environmental monitoring process and the procedures. Main tool of recognition of the environmental impact is the Environment Management Plan (EMP) of which Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan (EMMP) is a component. Implementation of the EMMP will be the contractual obligation of the Contractor. For the implementation of EMMP at work site the Contractor will engage a full time environment specialist as contractual obligations under the contract document. The Engineering Supervision Consultants (ESC) will have on their team a full time professional level Environmental Expert to provide an overall professional guidance to the implementation of EMMP and environmental monitoring process and the procedures. He will also guide to make required environmental reports and point out any gaps in the implementation of the mitigation measures or enforcement of the EMMP. In PkHA there is an Environmentalist, who will monitor application of environmental measures at detailed design, bidding and construction stages. The result of the monitoring activities will be included as routine element of reports prepared by the Project Manager for PkHA. 109 8.7 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND MONITORING PLAN The monitoring program will comprise site inspection designed to determine contractor‟s compliance or otherwise with EMMP and applicable regulations and standards. Monitoring program designed to provide quality assessments of the environmental parameters for all project conditions. It is however to be noted that project impacts will be mitigated by site inspections and in discussion with site in charge(s) RE and local communities. The proposed site inspections by the Consultants Environmentalist and the PkHA will be carried out on regular basis as per their own time schedules, but not necessarily as minimum level of monitoring activities by each monitoring agency the program outlined in Table – 8.1 below should be observed. TABLE – 8.1 : MONITORING PLAN SR. NO. PROJECT PHASE PROJECT MINIMUM MONITORING PLAN 1. Pre–Construction  One visit to main project site, Borrow site, camp site, material depot site, proposed machinery yard and other proposed sites by the Environmentalist of PkHA and the Supervision Consultant. 2. Construction  Contractor‟s Environmentalist will remain at site and will report on daily bases.  Supervision Consultant‟s Environment Specialist will remain at site and will report on regular bases  Visits to main project site at 20%, 50%, 75% and 100% completion stage by the Environmentalist of PkHA.  One visit to other project sites every quarter by the Environmentalist of PkHA and the Supervision Consultant.  Two visits per quarter by the Environmentalist of PkHA in response to complaints. 3. Post Construction  Two visits to each component site 6 – 12 months after the completion of the highway by the Environmentalist of PkHA.  Two visits per quarter on response to any complaints the Environmentalist of PkHA. It is also anticipated that additional inspection will be required in response to any complaints by local communities. So another two visits per quarter may be budgeted for 110 monitoring personnel. All officers concerned with M&E will prepare their own M&E Implementation Plans for information of all concerned. All M&E personnel will be given optimal mobility and flexibility to implement their M&E implementation plans. 8.7.1 Visits / Inspection Authorization For the inspection process to function, access to the project and other related sites must be guaranteed. Accordingly, the contract documents and operating documents will incorporate a phrase with similar intent to that outlined below.  Any officer authorized in writing by Project Manager / PkHA, Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) or Environmentalist of Supervisory Consultant, may at any time enter any premises whether prescribed or otherwise, and may:  Examine and inspect equipment, control equipment, monitoring equipment or plant. Take samples of any Environmental Parameter/ pollutants that are emitted, discharged or deposited, or are likely to be or are of a class or kind that are usually emitted, discharged or deposited from such premises.  Examine any books, records or documents relating to the performance or use of such equipment, control equipment, monitoring equipment or plant or relating to the emission, discharge or deposit from such premises.  Photograph such premises as he/she considers necessary or make copies of any book, records or documents seen in the course of such examination 8.8 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES 8.8.1 EMMP Implementation Responsibility Responsibility for environmental management during the construction phase of the Project will rest with various agencies under the umbrella of PkHA. Contractor The contractor will be responsible to implement the mitigation measures and other aspects of the EMMP as applicable. The contractor through his fulltime environmentalist already hired for monitoring the ongoing package-II will provide training in implementation of EMMP to his qualified and technical staff. Supervision Consultants The Consultant through a fulltime environmental expert already appointed at site for ongoing package will give a professional supervision to entire exercises of the contractor in implementation of EMMP. They will ensure effective implementation of ESMP in the field 111 PkHA Deputy Director Environment as part of PkHA will maintain top supervision to ensure effective the compliance of the EMMP and SFA General Assistance to all Resident Engineer of the Project will facilitate above agencies in their communications, logistics and data collection as and respective tasks when required to the monitoring team External Monitoring An external independent monitor for Effects Monitoring will be hired (i) Contractor Contractor will assume overall responsibility for ensuring: (a) That while executing the contract and undertaking the construction all environmental norms, regulations and requirements promulgated by Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency (PEPA), with respect to the work site and adjacent areas are fully respected and implemented. (b) That all the mitigating measures for adverse impacts given in the EMMP are duly and timely implemented in letter and sprits. For that daily and monthly check lists must be formulated and filled. Various design readjustments made as mitigations to arrest certain avoidable adverse impacts are fully documented and faithfully implemented. All mitigation and precautionary measures prescribed in EMMP will be implemented meticulously and well in time and duly reflected in the progress reports. For this task a well-qualified Environmental Engineer / Specialist and his support staff will be hired by the Contractor. She will be required to be on site on a fulltime basis. Financial requirements for the purposed task will be included in the BOQ by the contractor. (ii) Supervision Consultants The Consultants Team l includes a full time environmental expert at the site already monitoring implementation of EMMP for ongoing package-II road section. He will supervise the contractor‟s environment specialist and ensure that EMMP is effectively implemented for the proposed project. He will give a professional cover and practical support to the entire EMMP implementation. (iii) PkHA An Environmentalist is already on the staff of PkHA, as part of Project Management set up, to monitor project performance. His function pertaining to Environmental Monitoring will be (a) Deputy Director Environment and his support staff will monitor the EMMP implementation on a regular basis. 112 (b) The Deputy Director Environment will review monthly and quarterly progress reports from contractor as vetted by the project consultants. (c) The Deputy Director will function in coordination with RE. (d) The Deputy Director will prepare and submit quarterly Progress and Monitoring Reports to donors as per their schedules and will get conduct the External Audit. In this task he will seek assistance / guidance from Consultants / Environmental Expert of the consultant‟s team. (e) The Independent Environmental monitor will check the efficiency of the monitoring plan. (iv) Logistic Support RE will provide or arrange the logistics including communication, transport and accommodation to all visiting persons / teams experts from any of the above monitoring units and will coordinate with contractor(s) to facilitate the visits / inspections. For all monitoring activities in the field the RE will act as a focal point. (v) Summary of Finances for Various Agencies As provided above in different paragraphs, following is the summary of Finance for various tiers of EMMP implementation, monitoring and evaluation, process TABLE – 8.2 : SUMMARY OF FINANCE SR. INDICATIVE AGENCY FINANCIAL AGREEMENT NO. BUDGET Contractor‟s Technical Staff 1. (environmentalist) for EMMP Cost will be provided in BOQ Rs. 3,000,000 implementation and allied logistics. Supervision Consultants‟ Cost will be Included as 2. Environmental Expert, the support Consultants Fees in Consultants Rs. 5,000,000 staff and allied logistics. Costs Environmental staff of PkHA staff consisting of Deputy Director Rs. 2,500,000 Cost will be Included in PkHA 3. Environment and Deputy Director Budget estimate Sociology, the support staff and allied Logistics. 113 8.9 CHECKLISTS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING For the purpose of conducting environmental monitoring, the following checklists will be prepared by the contractor and used at the site: 8.9.1 Campsite Checklist 1.1 Location of labor camps, material dumps, equipment yards and approach roads will be selected properly. 1.2 Pollution from diesel and other oil spills from machinery suitably controlled 1.3 Smoke from burning of waste material or burning firewood. 1.4 Soil compaction due to labor camps and machinery yards. 1.5 Vaccination or preventive measure against HIV/AIDS and infection diseases in Labor employees. 8.9.2 Borrow Area Quarries Checklist (for each site) 2.1 Impact of taking borrow material from earth borrow site. 2.2 Access to other construction materials. 8.9.3 Waste Material Disposal 3.1 Site for disposal of waste construction material selected appropriately. 3.2 Material and construction waste left behind, after the road construction is completed. 3.3 Diesel and other fluids spilling over to the construction site machinery. 8.9.4 Construction Site Checklist 4.1 During construction adjustments with work site land i.e. preparation of earth properly 4.2 Earthen embankment or concrete work edge scouring suitably 4.3 Discharge to unstable slopes or leakages on construction. 4.4 Any damage / discharge diversion of water to any spur/bund. 4.5 Any discharge spill or dumping on any building or house on the river bank. 4.6 Protection of construction from floods in Main River or stream(s) crossing the road. 4.7 Effect on surface flow conditions in case of rain. 114 4.8 Dust, smoke and other polluting impacts from construction machinery. 4.9 Dust or other pollutants from stored material / spoil heaps. 4.10 Noise from machinery and construction activities. 4.11 Noise due to blasting 4.12 Public safety at construction site. 4.13 Health and safety of labor and employees at construction site. 8.9.5 Water Extraction Point Checklist 5.1 Impacts on source of construction water. 5.2 Impacts on sources of Ground water. 5.3 Impacts on sources of Drinking water. 8.9.6 Road Checklist 6.1 Damage to drains, paths roads crossed by moving machinery 6.2 Impacts on roads used for transport of construction material. 6.3 Impact of stone quarrying. 8.9.7 Operational Checklist The operational checklist will be prepared by PkHA: 7.1 Impact on migratory birds, using the river as their habitat. 7.2 Impact on services, education, health, electricity, water supply, communication. 7.3 Impact on air and noise pollution. 7.4 Traffic Impact assessment. 7.5 Annual Environmental Audit. 115 8.10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN TABLE – 8.3 : ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Mitigation Responsibility Contract and Impact Social Mitigation Measure Framework Implementation Supervision Monitoring Agreement (SFA) Clauses 1. Land Resource 1.1 Impact of Controlled disposal of Contractor’s Contractor Engineering (i) Deputy disposal of the waste construction obligation as Supervision Director waste / material on agreed site defined in the Consultants Environment construction per agreed method. The Tender and (ESC) (DDE) material and area to be leveled and Contract (ii) independent debris contoured after Documents External disposing excess Monitor (IEM) material. No waste or debris will be thrown in the river or other water bodies. 1.2 Impacts due Local readjustments in Contractor’s Contractor ESC (i) DDE of to Landslides, foundation treatment or obligation as PkHA or unstable soil any other small changes defined in (ii) IEM will be allowed to the contract and the contractor with the Tender consultation of Resident document Engineer (RE). Alarm activation, stoppage of work etc will be undertaken in case of any such slide. The precautionary measure like construction of side wall and proper warning system may be introduced to avoid the problem. 1.3 Impacts due The contractor has Contractor’s Contractor ESC (i) DDE of to the Location occupied some rented obligations to PkHA of camps, houses in the previous locate these (ii) IEM materials, project; that will be sites in equipment and employed during the agreement with special present project. RE as per approach routes However, the conditions contract and and roads of the site (houses) will community be monitor on regular obligation as per basis to refrain any SFA social conflict during construction phase. 1.4 Impacts due An Emergency response Contactor’s Contractor ESC (i) DDE of to any natural plan will be prepared by obligation PkHA disasters such the Contractor in defined in the (ii) IEM as heavy rains, consultation with RE and Tender and floods and local community contract data earthquakes and SFA with community 116 Mitigation Responsibility Contract and Impact Social Mitigation Measure Framework Implementation Supervision Monitoring Agreement (SFA) Clauses 1.5 Stabilization Appropriate design for Preferably Contractor ESC (i) DDE of of slopes on protection and whole of PkHA earth fill works minimizing effects of problem ought (ii) IEM cross flow of streams. to be mitigated Contractor to take all through design necessary measures for For any further stabilization of slopes eventuality, it is during construction. contractor’s obligation to minimize the impact 1.6 Crop on About 1.0-kanal of land All PAPs, who Contractor ESC (i) DDE of Encroached which is cultivated by the have PkHA Land community will be encroached (ii) IEM impacted by the Project PkHA ROW for activities by status they agriculture, will are encroacher; be given one- encroached on PkHA time cash land. compensation for the loss of crops at current market rates 1.7 Impact due Cuts, fills, digging and Contractor’s Contractor ESC (i) DDE of to agriculture borrow operations to be obligations PkHA land destruction controlled. Disposal of refrain from (ii) IEM waste material in the entering into water channel to be unauthorized controlled. Damage to agricultural land the agriculture land and / to be defined in or crops to be the contract compensated. document clearly. Also clause in SFA 1.8 Contractor will apply Contractor’s Contractor ESC (i) DDE of Contamination strict rules on his obligation PkHA from diesel and workers and labor to defined in the (ii) IEM other spills from ensure that no spill or Tender and construction leakages are caused. All contract data machinery fuels, oils and bitumen will be stored appropriately, with concrete padding and bunding for containment in case of leakage. The contractor will employ the general criteria for oil and leakage at construction sites, as per standards set forth by “Guide Lines for Oil Spill Waste Minimization and Management” issued by International Petroleum Industry Environmental Conservation Associate 117 Mitigation Responsibility Contract and Impact Social Mitigation Measure Framework Implementation Supervision Monitoring Agreement (SFA) Clauses 1.9 Impact due Contractor will prepare Contract Contractor ESC (i) DDE of to damage of standard operating document and PkHA Cross procedures and impose drawings to (ii) IEM Drainages/Irriga strict control over clearly spot tion Channels operators and drivers of such points and all types of vehicles to contract minimize any damage to document may roads or structures. make it Should any damage take contractor’s place, the contractor will obligations to carry out repairs make temporary immediately. An effective arrangements. sings and a good traffic plan can reinforce the instructions to drivers. 1.10 Release of The contractor will make Provision in the Contractor ESC (i) DDE of Construction adequate arrangements Tender and PkHA(ii) IEM Water and to avoid such leakages, contract Dumping of Soil uncontrolled releases, documents and and dumping of soil / drawings rubbles. Should such leakage develop, the contractor must remain fully prepared to immediately control the discharge. The contractor will be liable to pay for or repair such damages. 1.11 Impact due It must be protected by a Contract Contractor ESC (i) DDE of to discharge wall, retaining walls or document and PkHA spill or dumping rip–rap works as the drawing (ii) IEM onto any case may be. building or house on the bank of the road 1.12 Impact onThe contractor will be Contract Contractor ESC (i) DDE of Roads / responsible to repair any document and PkHA Infrastructuredamage caused to the drawing (ii) IEM like water local infrastructure by the channel etc construction activities. Water sprinkling will be carried out where necessary to minimize dust emissions. 2. WATER RESOURCES 2.1 Impact of The contractor will Contract Contractor ESC (i) DDE of Sourcing of procure water from a Documents and PkHA Construction source approved by the Contractor’s (ii) IEM Water RE, and if necessary, obligations after obtaining the community consent. It will be ensured that this procurement of water does not negatively 118 Mitigation Responsibility Contract and Impact Social Mitigation Measure Framework Implementation Supervision Monitoring Agreement (SFA) Clauses affect the communities or other water users. 2.2 Diesel and The contractor will make Contractor’s Contractor ESC (i) DDE of other fluids all necessary obligations to be PkHA spilling over to arrangement to avoid clearly defined (ii) IEM water channel any leakages or spills of in contract from fuels, oils and chemicals. document construction In case of any accidental machinery leakages, the procedures presented in Section 7.2.5 will be applied 2.3 Obstruction The contractor will Contractor’s Contract ESC (i) DDE of of flow of water ensure that these water obligation and PkHA across road bodies / water courses coordination. (ii) IEM are not blocked during Provisions in the construction phase SFA to prepare communities. 2.4. Impacts on No untreated effluents Contractor’s Contractor ESC (i) DDE of Surface Water will be released to the obligations to be PkHA environment. For the clearly defined (ii) IEM toilet waste, the in contract contractor will establish / document install appropriate waste treatment system (such as septic tanks and soaking pits– appropriately sized and located) at the site facilities (offices, camps, others). The waste water from kitchen and toilets can be released in soaking pits or used for plantation / water sprinkling. Oily water must be passed through a settling tank. The contractor will prepare a waste management plan and have it approved by the RE. The waste water should comply the NEQS. 2.5. Impact on It will be ensured that the Contractor’s Contractor ESC (i) DDE of Source of drinking water sources of obligations to be PkHA Drinking Water the communities are not clearly defined (ii) IEM affected. The contractor in contract will repair / replace / document compensate for any damages caused by the Construction activities to the drinking water source/s. 2.6 Effect on Design Engineer will Contractor’s Design Engineer ESC (i) DDE of Surface Flow ensure provision of obligations to be PkHA Conditions appropriately sized side clearly defined (ii) IEM 119 Mitigation Responsibility Contract and Impact Social Mitigation Measure Framework Implementation Supervision Monitoring Agreement (SFA) Clauses drains, to avoid negative in contract impacts on the local document drainage pattern. Contractor will follow the design specifications meticulously. During the construction phase, the contractor will make temporary drains and embankments where necessary to channel the runoff appropriately. 3. AIR QUALITY AND NOISE POLLUTION 3.1 Impacts due The contractor will Contractor’s Contractor ESC (i) DDE of to dust and ensure that its vehicles, obligation PkHA smoke and machinery, and defined in the (ii) IEM other potential generators are properly Tender and pollutants from maintained, and comply contract construction with the applicable documents machinery NEQS. The asphalt plant will not be operated without properly functioning dust control system such as wet scrubber. Water will be sprinkled where necessary to control the dust emissions. 3.2 Dust or The material being Contractor’s Contractor ESC (i) DDE of other pollutants transported or stored at obligation PkHA from stored the stockpiles will be defined in the (ii) IEM materials and kept covered where Tender and spoil heaps necessary to avoid dust contract emissions. documents 3.3 Smoke from The contractor will use Contractor’s Contractor ESC (i) DDE of burning of clean and smoke free obligation PkHA waste materials fuel in the labor camp. defined in (ii) IEM or burning of Cutting and burning contract and firewood in the trees / shrubs for fuel will Tender labor camp. be prohibited. Instead documents to gas cylinders should be refrain from used in the labor camp burning waste for cooking purposes. material and Similarly waste burning fuel wood and to will not be allowed. The provide contractor will prepare substitute for waste management plan fuel wood e.g. and have it approved by gas cylinders the RE. 3.4 Noise The contractor will Contractor’s Contractor ESC (i) DDE of control from use strictly follow the NEQS obligation PkHA of old or for ambient noise. All defined in the (ii) IEM outdated necessary measures Tender and 120 Mitigation Responsibility Contract and Impact Social Mitigation Measure Framework Implementation Supervision Monitoring Agreement (SFA) Clauses machinery (such as noise barriers) contract will be taken to reduce documents the noise particularly near the communities. The personal protective equipment (PPE) will be provided to the construction workers and its usage will be made mandatory. Proper tuning of the vehicles will also be take place. 3.5 26 sensitive Asphalt and concrete Contractor’s Contractor ESC (i) DDE of receptors are batching plants will be obligation PkHA identified at equipped with dust control defined in the (ii) IEM various equipment such as fabric Tender and chainages filters or wet scrubbers to contract which includes reduce the level of documents graveyards, particulate emissions. mosques, university, Vehicles and other schools, construction machinery culverts, should be properly tuned intersecting and maintained, to avoid streets, roads hazardous level of and tracks and emissions. so forth. List of sensitive Where dust emissions receptors is are high, katcha tracks given in Table – built by the contractor 4.2. will be overlain with shingle or surface treated. Where necessary, dust emissions will be reduced by a regular sprinkling of water for keeping the dust settled, at least twice a day. Consideration may be given for students (school going children) and patients, etc The Contractor will so programme and carry out his work in such a manner that pedestrian and vehicle access to premises is maintained at all times, except with the written agreement of the owner/occupier of the premises. 121 Mitigation Responsibility Contract and Impact Social Mitigation Measure Framework Implementation Supervision Monitoring Agreement (SFA) Clauses In case of schools and university, thick tree plantation / any other measure agreed with the school, university, museum and mosques management should be carried out as noise barrier. As schools and hospitals are damaged, PkHA will coordinate with their management to provide boundary walls as noise barrier. 4. Biological Resources 4.1 Damage to No killing, hunting, or Contractor’s Contractor ESC (i) DDE of Biological trapping of wild animal obligation in the PkHA resources will be allowed. contract to (ii) IEM during Vegetation clearing will respect wildlife, construction be minimized. Forest and Compensation will be Fisheries Laws. paid for any tree cutting A special clause on the private land. incorporated in Compensatory tree the contract plantation will be carried documents to out and for each tree respect and removed, five saplings conserve will be planted. The biodiversity and Project will ensure conserve its appropriate care and terrestrial as monitoring of this well as aquatic plantation. Camps and habitat. To other temporary facilities provide will be established in a necessary Sign manner that minimizes Boards to make loss of natural vegetation labor, visitors including trees. Borrow and all material will be obtained concerned without causing any aware of their damage to the natural obligations Vegetation. towards Biota. 5. Socio–economic and cultural issues 5.1 Socio– Social consultation was Contractor’s Contractor, ESC and (i) DDE of economic and done and all impacts obligation Community PkHA cultural issues, influencing the defined in (ii) IEM e.g., existing communities were contract data service facilities defined, and all those and community like education factors were added into obligation in health, and incorporated in the Social electricity, contract document of the Framework drinking water contractor and SFA of Agreement supply, public the communities (SFA) gathering, religious congregation. 122 Mitigation Responsibility Contract and Impact Social Mitigation Measure Framework Implementation Supervision Monitoring Agreement (SFA) Clauses 5.2 Impact on No significant site, of Contract Contractor ESC (i) DDE of known historical /archaeological Document and PkHA archaeological importance exists on the SFA (ii) IEM and religious road alignment which is Site/s and to be protected during Chance Finds the construction. However, Archeological chance find procedure and Community SFA is mentioned at Serial 8.9 and 8.12 respectively to deal these resources encountered during project construction. Ten graveyards Contractor will take care are located out of religious sites of RoW but /graveyards by adopting along the road Good engineering side. practices. 5.3 Public Proper temporary signs Defined in the Contractor, ESC (i) DDE of Safety at and marking and manual Tender and PkHA Construction regulations of traffic and Contract (ii) IEM Sites public movement Documents and SFA with Communities Access to Dispensary should be made available to local residents too 5.4 Health and Use of proper Contractor’s Contractor ESC (i) DDE of Safety on equipment, proper obligation PkHA Construction operation of equipment, defined in the (ii) IEM Sites minimizing risks to all Tender and parties e.g. helmets, contract data, masks overall and and community presence of First Aid. obligations in WBG Environment, SFA Health, and Safety Guidelines will be implemented (Annex C) 5.5 Employment During construction the As far as Contractor, ESC (i) DDE of employment will be possible, the PkHA generated and local local labor (ii) IEM labor will be preferred, especially for whichever skill unskilled should available be employed as specified in SFA 5.6 Social The contractor will Contractor’s Contractor ESC (i) DDE of disruption ensure that the mobility obligation PkHA of the local communities, defined in the (ii) IEM particularly women and Tender and children and their contract data, 123 Mitigation Responsibility Contract and Impact Social Mitigation Measure Framework Implementation Supervision Monitoring Agreement (SFA) Clauses livestock is not hindered and community by the construction obligations in activities SFA 6. Gender Issues 6.1 The rural The Contractor will have Contractor’s Contractor ESC (i) DDE of women actively to select specific timings obligation PkHA participate in for the construction defined in the (ii) IEM outdoor socio- activities particularly Tender and economic near the settlements, so contract data, activities such as to cause least and community as livestock disturbance to the local obligations in rearing, bringing population particularly SFA of potable women. water, etc which may also be During construction affected by the activities, if privacy of the project nearby households is activities. affected, the Contractor will inform the house owner to make some parda arrangements. 6.2 The Similarly, Contractor will induction of have to take care as outside labor much as possible that may create the construction activities social and should not affect the gender issues privacy particularly with due to the reference to women unawareness of local customs and norms Contractor will warn the staff strictly not to involve in any un-ethical activities and to obey the local norms and cultural restrictions particularly with reference to women 6. Impacts Related with Design Road Design The road design will Design Design ESC (i) DDE of include adequately Consultant Consultant PkHA designed bridges and (ii) IEM culverts at the appropriate Locations. The design engineer will ensure also the provision of appropriately sized side drains. All streams running across the road will have culverts or causeways. 7. Workers Health & Safety During Personnel Protective Contract Contractor ESC (i) DDE of Construction Equipment as per the Document PkHA 124 Mitigation Responsibility Contract and Impact Social Mitigation Measure Framework Implementation Supervision Monitoring Agreement (SFA) Clauses possibility of requirements will be (ii) IEM any work site provided to worker at the accident /impact work site. A first aid box on worker’s shall be provided at work health site to provide the emergency treatment. WBG Environment, Health and Safety (EHS) Guidelines provided in Annex-C will be used for this purpose. 8. Sensitive Receptors Museum (dust  Additional water Contract Contractor ESC (i) DDE of and smoke) sprinkling near the Document PkHA Museum; (ii) IEM  Protection from dust will be achieved with the help of fixing plastic or cane-cloth curtains (chiq) at the doors and windows exposed to dust generated by the construction activities.  Additional measures as advised by the Museum officials Hospital and  Additional water Contract Contractor ESC DDE of PkHA University (dust, sprinkling will be Document (ii) IEM smoke, and carried out near the noise) hospital and university;  Protection from dust will be achieved with the help of fixing plastic or cane-cloth curtains (chiq) at the doors and windows exposed to dust generated by the construction activities.  Additional measures will be implemented as advised by the facility officials.  Portable noise barriers made of soft board fixed in a wooden frame will be placed at required locations (eg, in front of doors and windows)  It will be ensured that access to these facilities is not blocked. 125 Mitigation Responsibility Contract and Impact Social Mitigation Measure Framework Implementation Supervision Monitoring Agreement (SFA) Clauses  Arrangements (such as zebra crossing and road signage) for pedestrian crossing at these locations will be made.  Road signage and road studs will be fixed to ensure reduced speed. Graveyards Fencing will be done around the graveyards to restrict entry into them. The site personnel will be educated regarding the sensitivity of the graveyards. Mosques (dust  Additional water and noise) sprinkling will be carried out.  Noise generating equipment near the mosques will be stopped during azan and prayers.  It will be ensured that access to the mosques is not blocked. TABLE – 8.4: OPERATIONAL PHASE At operational stage effective monitoring and evaluation plan is as under : RESPONSIBLE EFFECTIVE PARAMETER ACTION RESPONSIBILITY ORGANIZATION 1. Strict application of Works done through Resident Engineer / XEN Officer(s), authorized by PkHA prescribed Monitoring & contractor to according In charge of Highway and Government of Khyber Engineering plan to strict specification and Pakhtunkhwa in commutation with communities 2. Monitoring of Works done through Resident Engineer / XEN PkHA or Government of environmental parameters contractor to according In charge of the dual Khyber Pakhtunkhwa for ambient air and noise strict specification and in Highway communication with communities 126 RESPONSIBLE EFFECTIVE PARAMETER ACTION RESPONSIBILITY ORGANIZATION 1. Strict application of Works done through Resident Engineer / XEN Officer(s), authorized by PkHA prescribed Monitoring & contractor to according In charge of Highway and Government of Khyber Engineering plan to strict specification and Pakhtunkhwa in commutation with communities 3. Continuous evaluation of Works done through Resident Engineer / XEN PkHA or Government of design efficiency contractor to according In charge of the dual Khyber Pakhtunkhwa strict specification and in Highway communication with communities 4. Environmental Annual Works done through Resident Engineer / XEN PkHA or Government of Audit maintenance contractor In charge of the dual Khyber Pakhtunkhwa to according to strict Highway whichever is i/c of the road specification and in communication with communities 5. Regular Maintenance Works done through Resident Engineer / XEN PkHA or Government of maintenance contractor In charge dual Highway Khyber Pakhtunkhwa to according to strict with the assistance of whosever is i/c of the road specification and in maintenance communication with communities 6. Staff welfare Works done through Resident Engineer / XEN PkHA or Government of contractor to according In charge with the Khyber Pakhtunkhwa to strict specification and assistance of contractor whosever takes over as i/c of in communication with the road communities 7. Continued Public Works done through Resident Engineer / XEN PkHA or Government of Consultant contractor to according In charge of the Highway Khyber Pakhtunkhwa to strict specification and with the assistance of whosever is i/c of the road in communication with contractor communities 8.11 ARCHAEOLOGICAL CHANCE FIND PROCEDURE Chance find procedure outline what will happen if previously unknown physical cultural resources are discovered/encountered during project construction or operation. The procedure includes record keeping and expert verification procedures, chain of custody instructions for movable finds, and clear criteria for potential temporary work stoppages that could be required for rapid disposition of issues related to the finds. 127 Developments that involve excavation, movement, or disturbance of soils have the potential to impact archaeological materials, if present. Activities such as road construction, land clearing, trenching and excavation are all examples of activities that may adversely affect archaeological deposits. The objectives of this procedure are to promote preservation of archaeological data while minimizing disruption of construction scheduling. The following procedure is to be followed in the event that archaeological materials or a site is discovered: 1. All construction activity in the vicinity of the remains will cease immediately to ensure that no additional artifacts would be affected. 2. The find location will be recorded and all remains will be left in place. Each site where new discoveries are made is to be marked to prevent disturbances. 3. The Client and the Archaeology Branch / Department will be contacted so that an archeologist is dispatched immediately to confirm the discovery. 4. Potential significance of the remains will be assessed and preventive options will be identified. 5. If the significance of the remains is judged to be sufficient to warrant further action and they cannot be avoided, then the archaeologist in consultation with the Client and representative of local community will determine the appropriate course of action. 6. In the case of human remains, a coroner and/or physical anthropologist may be involved, if necessary. If the remains are not recent, then the Archaeology Department will be consulted to determine how to handle them. Options could include avoidance or respectful removal and reburial. 7. The archaeologist will complete the Chance Find Report Form and inform the Client of when work may recommence in the area. It is recommended that all on site personnel and Contractors are informed of the Archaeological Chance Find Recovery Procedure and have access to a copy while on site. 8.12 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING 8.12.1 Effects Monitoring PkHA will engage a competent consultant to conduct effects monitoring on a periodic basis. The effects monitoring plan is provided in the Table – 8.5. The overall objective of the effects monitoring is to ensure that the key environmental parameters in the project area remain within the acceptable limits specified by the National Environmental Quality Standards (NEQS) and the World Bank throughout the project execution. For this purpose, the Independent Environmental Monitoring Consultants (IEMC) will carry out the periodic sampling, monitoring, and analysis of the key environmental parameters specified in the monitoring Plan and provide their results to the PkHA. 128 TABLE – 8.5 : ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS MONITORING PLAN FOR THE CONSTRUCTION AND THE OPERATION STAGES Environmental Details of Standards / No. of Monitoring Parameters Frequency Responsibility Quality Location Guidelines Samples11 Duration (A) CONSTRUCTION STAGE Air Quality PM10, Hydrocarbons & Three locations USEPA, WHO, 3 Six- monthly PkHA through Continuous for 24 all stacks (exhausts) along the road NAAQS Independent hours or one full emissions of Environmental working day vehicles/equipments Monitoring used for construction Consultants (CO, NOx, SOx Smoke) (IEMC) PM10 all parameters as Three locations USEPA, WHO, 3 Six- monthly Continuous for 24 mentioned in NEQS for along the road NAAQS hours or over one air full working day Water Quality Drinking /Ground Water: Up to five National Drinking 5 Six- monthly PkHA through Grab sampling Total Coliforms, Fecal locations along Water Quality IEMC Coliform, Total Colonial the road Standards count, Fecal Enterococci, pH, TDS, Total Hardness, Nitrate, Chloride, Sodium) and all parameters as mentioned in NEQS for drinking water quality 11 Sampling location will be determined by the supervision consultants on the basis of the presence of sensitive receptors. 129 Environmental Details of Standards / No. of Monitoring Parameters Frequency Responsibility Quality Location Guidelines Samples11 Duration Surface Water: Up to five NEQS (2000) 5 Six- monthly PkHA through Grab sampling pH, TDA, Total locations along IEMC Hardness, Nitrate, the road Chloride, Sodium, VOCs, grease & Oil Waste Water Wastewater: Up to five NEQS (2000) 5 Six- monthly pH, TSS, BOD5, COD locations along and all parameters as the road mentioned in NEQS for effluents Soil Quality Grease & Oil Three locations USEPA‟s IRIS 3 Once in PkHA through along the road Project life IEMC Noise Levels Noise Levels on dB (A) At equipment NEQS 5 Monthly at PkHA through 24 hours @ 15 Scale yard and each point for IEMC seconds internal construction site during the over 15 min every and during pile project hour, then driving 7 meters duration averaged from noise source 130 Environmental Details of Standards / No. of Monitoring Parameters Frequency Responsibility Quality Location Guidelines Samples11 Duration Not less than NEQS for Noise Monthly 24 hours @ 15 one location 15 seconds internal meters from the over 15 min every edge of hour, then pavement and at averaged locations of all potentially affected sensitive receptors 131 8.12.2 Compliance Monitoring The environmental monitoring will be carried out with the help of checklists prepared on the basis of the EMMP table given earlier. These checklists will be filled by the contractor‟s environment specialist on a regular basis, and provided to the Supervision Consultants. All non-compliances recorded in the filled checklists will be followed up for remediation. The summary of the filled checklists, non–compliances and remedial actions will be included in the progress reports. The Environment Specialist of Supervision Consultants will also fill such checklist on a regular basis. 8.12.3 Third Party Monitoring The Third Party Environmental Monitoring will be carried out twice in the project life by an independent monitoring agency to be hired for the proposed project to validate the results of environmental monitoring carried out by PkHA, supervision consultants and contractor. The consultants will also assess the effects of the project on the local environment. 8.12.4 Training Need In order to effectively operate the EMMP all the staff to be engaged in this activity should be trained extensively. All the environment management staff to be engaged for constructions should be duly trained. The training will include:  General promotion of environmental awareness;  Specific training for staff working in sensitive areas;  Updating staff on changes to environmental standards; and  Reporting to staff on the station‟s environmental performance. The person to monitor gaseous emissions, PM and noise levels should be extensively trained to handle his job capably. Training program should include use of monitoring instruments, data generation, processing, interpretation, recording and presentation. 8.13 EMMP BUDGET The environmental management cost includes tree plantation program and health & safety measures. The environmental monitoring cost has been worked out on the basis of Effects Monitoring Plan is given in Table – 8.5. As the project is schedules to be completed in twenty months, therefore, environmental monitoring cost has been worked out for this period. The staff responsible for operation of the project road will be trained to implement environmental safeguard in post construction period and respective cost has been worked out. The Environmental Management& Monitoring Plan and Training Cost is estimated as Rs. 3.7.05 Million, detail is given in Table – 8.6. 132 TABLE – 8.6 : COST ESTIMATES EMMP IMPLEMENTATION Environmental Amount Quantity Details Remarks Component PKR A. Environmental Management Cost (i) Compensatory Tree 344 172,000 Cost is calculated with Amount to be included Plantation (no,) 1:4 trees ratio (mean in Project Budget against 86 uprooted trees 344 trees will be planted). Cost includes plantation and maintenance up to three years @ Rs 500/tree. Land or lease of land will be responsibility of Forest Department. (ii) Crops compensation Unit rate is 5,788/ kanal Amount to be included 1.0 5,788 (kanal) in Project Budget (iv) Compensation for fire Unit rate for fire wood 86 172,000 wood trees trees is Rs. 2,000 (iv) Health and Safety L.S. 800,000 Amount to be included Measures and Provision of in Project Budget PPEs (v) Miscellaneous Cost L.S. 100,000 Amount to be included in Project Budget B. Environmental Monitoring Cost (Effects Monitoring) IEMC L.S. 3,200,000 Amount to be included in Project Budget C. Environmental Monitoring- Third 1,000,000 Amount to be included Party Monitoring in Project Budget Contractor‟s Technical Staff 0 Will be included in (environmentalist) for EMMP the contractor's bid implementation and allied (see Table 8.2) logistics. Supervision Consultants‟ 0 Cost will be Environmental Expert, the Included as support staff and allied logistics. Consultants Fees (see Table 8.2) Environmental staff of PkHA 0 Included in the staff consisting of Deputy PMU Cost (see 133 Environmental Amount Quantity Details Remarks Component PKR Director Environment and Table 8.2) Deputy Director Sociology, the support staff and allied Logistics. Total Environmental Management 5,449,788 and Monitoring Cost (A+B+C) Note: Cost for compensation for crops, fruit and fire wood trees and relocation of public amenities is also covered under Resettlement Action Plan as an independent Report. 8.13.1 Social Frame Work Agreement A social Frame Work Agreement (SFA) will be signed through mutual open consent between the local village leaders Project, Contractor and the Resident Engineer (RE) of the Project. At least two confirmed leaders / elders will be chosen from each of the villages situated adjacent to the area where construction activity is going to be witnessed. These leaders / elders will constitute a villagers committee and they will choose a Chairman from among themselves. The SFA will be signed by the RE, the Contractor and by the Chairman of villager‟s committee from the village‟s side. SFA will be drafted on the lines of legal agreements signed amongst three parties and should preferably be on a stamped paper to be provided by the RE at the project cost. All the mitigation measures where reference to SFA has been made in the EMMP will be included in the SFA. The PkHA obligations through RE, village‟s social obligations and Contractor‟s obligations will be listed separately. Copies of SFA will be kept by RE, the villagers chairman and Ex–En i/c of the area and the Contractor. The SFA will be considered as a natural follow up of the public consultation and public hearing and an indication that PkHA and the local people are mutually facilitating the construction of new the highway Following draft SFA is suggested. A sample Social Frame Work Agreement between Resident Engineer (RE) and the villagers committee of the project area is placed below SR. VILLAGE NAME FATHER’S NAME NO. 134 We the committee of village leader / elders of the project area have agreed unanimously to nominate _______________________ S/o ________________ as our chairman ant authorize him to enter into an SFA with RE the Project on our behalf and on his own behalf. We understand and pledge that this SFA will be a binding us and the RE throughout the currency of the construction work as well as the operational phase. Signatures or LTI of the Chairman and the Members of the Villagers Committee. SR. NO. NAME SIGNATURE/LTI By mutual consent it is agreed the PkHA, their Consultants and Contractors: (a) Will not occupy any agricultural land or acquire any other land during the construction of this project. (b) Will not cause any damage or reduction in the water supply in the stream flowing in the area through any of actions to the projects. (c) Will not cause any disturbance to Forest Wildlife, any public archeological heritage or a place of worship. (d) Will not interfere in the social political or tribal balance of the area. (e) Will / wherever possible, facilitate better services and supplies to the area e.g. schooling, health, and awareness on epidemic diseases, HIV/AIDS, electricity and road/rail communication. (More commitments can be added if require). Also, by mutual consent it is agreed that all the villagers residing in the area influencing project (names of villages listed in Para I above, collectively and severally: (a) Will not interfere in the location of labor camps, material depots, equipment yards and all the approach roads to be used during project construction phase, all of which will be located on the state land. 135 (b) Will not interfere if the PkHA decides to shift the construction to on a more suitable site as long as the activity remains on state land. (c) Will not receive any discharge of water slurry or oil spills to any graveyard or archaeological site. (d) Will not cause any damage to wildlife, or fisheries forest resources of the area. No villagers will be involved in killing, poaching or hunting of animals. (e) Will not allow reduction or official interference in our existing services and facilities e.g. education, health, electricity, drinking water supply, religious and social congregations. (f) Will not allow any interference in our tribal, commercial or social norms, and we understand that no land acquisition is involved under the project. (g) Agree that in case the contractor wishes to obtain some material from the private lands or wishes to make use of any piece of land outside the state land that would invoke a new agreement between the villagers and the contractor and PkHA or Govt. of Khyber Pakhtunkhwa will not be involved in that in any way. (h) Agree to respect and observe the cautions on the sign boards displayed by project authorities and will not remove or cause to be removed any signboards or installations put up by the Resident Engineer. 8.13.2 Operational Manual However perfect the design may be and however meticulous the construction the highway often fail to achieve their full objectives if there is no operation manual or the provisions of the operation manual are not faithfully implemented. For post construction phase of the project, it is recommended, that a broad based team of experts is tasked to develop a comprehensive operation manual for the Highway. The manual should also include a provision of continuous training of the staff who have to be put on operational or maintenance duties. An effective monitoring and evaluation (M&E) system should make an integral part of the operation manual by way of providing a check list for every operational and maintenance stage. As provided in the EMP, following points must be included in the operation manual: (a) Strict application of the prescribed M&E plan. (b) Continuous evaluation of design efficiency. (c) Training sessions for understanding and operating the manual. (d) Annual audit of environment (comparison of what is happening viz–a–viz set standards) to be conducted by an independent party. (e) Regular maintenance. (f) Staff welfare. (g) Continuous public consultation and Public Relations (PR). (h) Continue gender issues and women consultation. (i) Refresher courses for the operational staff are recommended to train and equip them for efficient implementation of the Operation Manual. 136 ANNEX – A: ROW MAPS Please see the following pages for the Row Maps (Sheets 1-8). ANNEX – B : AMBIENT AIR, WATER & NOISE MONITORING REPORT ANNEX – C : WBG ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH, AND SAFETY GUIDELINES Please see the following pages for the Guidelines.   ¡ ¢ £ ¤ ¥ ¡ ¦ § ¡ ¨ ©   ¥ ¡ £ ¨ ¥ ¤ £ ¡  ¥       ¦  ¥ ©  ¤ ¥ ¦ ! " © # © ¤ © ¨ ¥ $ " © ¦ ¥ % © £ &  '  ( ) 0 1 2 3 4 5 3 6 7 2 6 7 8 9 @ A B C   ¡ ¢ £ ¤ ¥ ¡ ¦ § ¡ ¨ ©   ¥ ¡ £ ¨ ¥ ¤ £ ¡  ¥       ¦  ¥ ©  ¤ ¥ ¦ ! " © # © ¤ © ¨ ¥ $ " © ¦ ¥ % © £ &  '  D E F G H ( I P Q R 5 ( G P H E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E S C T C U @ V B W X 9 Y W ` B a b T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T c C T c 9 Y W ` B a b d B e a Y f g b f W h T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T c C T i p W a @ b f W h W X b q B 9 Y W ` B a b T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T c C T r s t ` B a b f u B e T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T i C T v w a W g B W X w B Y u f a B e T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T i C T x p @ y s € b  @ g W X b q B 9 Y W ` B a b T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T i C T ‚ p W a @ b f W h e W X ƒ h u f Y W h V B h b @ „  W h f b W Y f h A T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T r S E F … † ( ‡ P Q P ˆ P ‰  E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E ‘ c T C w € Y u B y 9 „ @ h h f h A T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T v c T C T C ’ “ B h b f X f a @ b f W h W X  W h f b W Y f h A p W a @ b f W h e T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T v c T C T c  W h f b W Y f h A 9 „ @ h T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T v c T c w @ V g „ f h A @ h “ ” h @ „ y e f e  B b q W “ e T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T v c T c T C ” V t f B h b ” f Y • € @ „ f b y  W h f b W Y f h A T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T v c T c T C T C – @ Y t W h V W h W — f “ B ˜ – s ™ T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T ‚ c T c T C T c s — f “ B e W X U f b Y W A B h ˜ U s — ™ T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T ‚ c T c T C T i w € „ g q € Y “ f W — f “ B ˜ w s d ™ T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T ‚ c T c T C T r 9 @ Y b f a € „ @ b B  @ b b B Y ˜ 9  e f ™ T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T g c T c T C T v h B @ b q B Y w b @ b f W h T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T g c T c T c U W f e B p B u B „  W h f b W Y f h A T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T g c T c T i d Y f h i f h A j k Y W € h “ h @ b B Y ” h @ „ y e f e T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T l c T c T r w € Y X @ a B h @ b B Y ” h @ „ y e f e T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T l m E F I † n R ˆ ( n o H Q Q G n 5 R n n G P H E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E D D i T C ” V t f B h b ” f Y  W h f b W Y f h A T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T C C i T c h B @ b q B Y w b @ b f W h d @ b @ T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T C C i T i U W f e B p B u B „  W h f b W Y f h A T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T C i i T r d Y f h i f h A j k Y W € h “ h @ b B Y ” h @ „ y e f e T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T C r i T v w € Y X @ a B h @ b B Y ” h @ „ y e f e T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T C x p E F 5 P H 5 ˆ R n G P H P q † H r G I P H … † H ( o ˆ … P H G ( P I G H ‰ E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E D s r T C – W h a „ € e f W h T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T C g o 6 6 2 t u D v 9 q W b W „ W A e W X b q B  W h f b W Y f h A ( ) 0 1 2 3 4 5 3 6 7 2 6 7 8 9 @ A B c   ¡ ¢ £ ¤ ¥ ¡ ¦ § ¡ ¨ ©   ¥ ¡ £ ¨ ¥ ¤ £ ¡  ¥       ¦  ¥ ©  ¤ ¥ ¦ ! " © # © ¤ © ¨ ¥ $ " © ¦ ¥ % © £ &  '  w q f e e B a b f W h “ B e a Y f t B e b q B g Y W ` B a b „ W a @ b f W h x g Y W a B e e x e f b B “ B e a Y f g b f W h @ h “ e a W g B W X e B Y u f a B e X W Y b q B e € t ` B a b g Y W ` B a b T D E D H o … † P q y I P z † 5 ( { g A Y @ “ @ b f W h j | B q @ t f „ f b @ b f W h W X Y W @ “ X Y W V – q @ i “ @ Y @ b W w q @ V W } @ f W h b q B Y f A q b t @ h i W X | f u B Y w ~ @ b € h “ B Y  q y t B Y 9 @ i q b € h i q ~ @ ƒ V B Y A B h a y | W @ “ | B a W u B Y y 9 Y W ` B a b ˜  9 € ƒ | | 9 ™ D E S y I P z † 5 ( Q † n 5 I G y ( G P H h W Y „ “  @ h i f e X f h @ h a f h A b q B Y B V @ f h f h A g @ Y b W X Y W @ “ b W t B a W h e b Y € a b B “ X Y W V – q @ i “ @ Y @ b W  @ “ y @ h x b q f e Y W @ “ ~ q f a q e b @ Y b e X Y W V – q @ i “ @ Y @ @ h “ B h “ @ b w q @ V W } @ f f e @ t W € b C ‚ T ‚  V T w q B “ B e f A h x B — B a € b f W h @ h “ e € g B Y u f e f W h W X b q f e Y W @ “ q @ u B t B B h B h b Y € e b B “ b W 9 @ i q b € h i q ~ @ ƒ f A q ~ @ y e ” € b q W Y f b y ˜ 9 ƒ ” ™ ~ q W q @ e B h A @ A B “  j e ” e e W a f @ b B “ – W h e € „ b f h A ƒ h A f h B B Y e ˜ ” – ƒ ™ @ e b q B f Y “ B e f A h @ h “ B h A f h B B Y f h A a W h e € „ b @ h b e @ h “ X € Y b q B Y ” – ƒ 9 u b p b “ @ ~ @ Y “ B “ a W h b Y @ a b b W w W „ € b f W h ƒ h u f Y W h V B h b @ „ @ h “ ” h @ „ y b f a @ „ p @ t W Y @ b W Y y ˜ w ƒ ” p ™ X W Y ƒ h u f Y W h V B h b @ „  W h f b W Y f h A T w q f e Y W @ “ ~ W € „ “ Y € h W h b q B Y f A q b t @ h i W X | f u B Y w ~ @ b @ h “ b q B f V V B “ f @ b B t B h B X f a f @ Y f B e W X b q f e Y W @ “ ~ f „ „ t B b q B b W ~ h e W X – q @ i “ @ Y @ x | @ V W Y @ x – q € h A @ f @ h “ w q @ V W } @ f q @ u f h A h € V B Y W € e e B b b „ B V B h b e W X u @ Y y f h A e f } B e T w q f e ~ f „ „ g Y W u f “ B Y B „ f B X @ h “ e @ X B b Y @ u B „ „ f h A W g g W Y b € h f b f B e b W @ „ @ Y A B g @ Y b W X b q B ~ @ Y @ X X B a b B “ a W V V € h f b f B e T w ƒ ” p ~ f „ „ “ W b q B ƒ h u f Y W h V B h b @ „  W h f b W Y f h A @ h “ ” h @ „ y e f e W X b q B 9 Y W ` B a b w f b B @ b b ~ W „ W a @ b f W h e @ e h B a B e e @ Y y Y B „ € f Y B V B h b W X ƒ ’ ” X W Y b q f e g Y W ` B a b T D E m ˆ P 5 o ( G P H P q ( ‡ † y I P z † 5 ( 9 Y W ` B a b ” Y B @ X Y W V – q @ i “ @ Y @ b W w q @ V W } @ f ˜ C ‚ T ‚  V ™ Y W @ “ f e e q W ~ h f h X f A € Y B T G 6 7 … 3 † ‡ ˆ 7 ‰ 3 6 9 @ A B i   ¡ ¢ £ ¤ ¥ ¡ ¦ § ¡ ¨ ©   ¥ ¡ £ ¨ ¥ ¤ £ ¡  ¥       ¦  ¥ ©  ¤ ¥ ¦ ! " © # © ¤ © ¨ ¥ $ " © ¦ ¥ % © £ &  '  D E p P Š z † 5 ( G r † n w q B V @ f h W t ` B a b f u B W X b q f e @ e e f A h V B h b f e b W a @ Y Y y W € b g q W € Y e V W h f b W Y f h A W X g Y f V @ Y y @ h “ e B a W h “ @ Y y g W „ „ € b @ h b e „ B u B „ f h b q B @ V t f B h b @ f Y x e g W b V W h f b W Y f h A W X h W f e B „ B u B „ e @ h “ @ h @ „ y } f h A “ Y f h i f h A j A Y W € h “ ~ @ b B Y x e € Y X @ a B ~ @ b B Y „ € @ „ f b y W X b q B @ Y B @ T D E ‘ n 5 P y † P q n † I r G 5 † n w q B e a W g B W X e B Y u f a B e X W Y b q B e € t ` B a b @ e e f A h V B h b f e e @ V B X W Y b q B b ~ W g W f h b e f T B T ” @ h “  T w q B e a W g B f e @ e X W „ „ W ~ ‹ i ” V t f B h b ” f Y • € @ „ f b y ™ U f b Y W A B h s — f “ B e ˜ U s Œ ™ ™ w € „ g q € Y ˜ w s d ™ ™ – @ Y t W h  W h W — f “ B ˜ – s ™ ™ 9 @ Y b f a € „ @ b B  @ b b B Y ˜ 9  e f ™ ™ h B @ b q B Y – W h “ f b f W h e ˜ w B V g x | B „ @ b f u B ƒ € V f “ f b y x h f h “ w g B B “ @ h “ d f Y B a b f W h x ” b V W e g q B Y f a 9 Y B e e € Y B B b a ™ i ” u B Y @ A B U W f e B p B u B „  W h f b W Y f h A ˜ “  ” ™ i d Y f h i f h A j k Y W € h “ h @ b B Y ” h @ „ y e f e ˜ c i 9 @ Y @ V B b B Y e f h a „ € “ f h A g q y e f a @ „ x a q B V f a @ „ @ h “ V f a Y W t f W „ W A f a @ „ ™ i w € Y X @ a B h @ b B Y ” h @ „ y e f e ˜ i c g @ Y @ V B b B Y e ™ D E  ˆ o  P R ( … o y P q ( ‡ † y I P z † 5 ( G 6 7 … 3 † ‡ ˆ 7 ‰ 3 6 9 @ A B r   ¡ ¢ £ ¤ ¥ ¡ ¦ § ¡ ¨ ©   ¥ ¡ £ ¨ ¥ ¤ £ ¡  ¥       ¦  ¥ ©  ¤ ¥ ¦ ! " © # © ¤ © ¨ ¥ $ " © ¦ ¥ % © £ &  '  D E Ž ˆ P 5 o ( G P H n P q † H r G I P H … † H ( o ˆ … P H G ( P I G H ‰ ˆ 3 ˆ ) 7 ‰ 3 6 3 4 y 3 ‰ 6 7 o v w q B 9 W f h b ” ~ @ e e B „ B a b B “ f h a W h e € „ b @ b f W h ~ f b q b q B – „ f B h b x ~ q f a q ~ @ e b q B – q @ i “ @ Y @ w „ € @ Y B ˜ e b @ Y b f h A g W f h b W X C ‚ T ‚  V Y W @ “ ™ x h B @ Y t y – q @ i “ @ Y @ w „ € @ Y B b q B Y B ~ @ e d f Y  € e B € V @ h “ @  @ Y i B b T ˆ 3 ˆ ) 7 ‰ 3 6 3 4 y 3 ‰ 6 7 Š v w q B 9 W f h b  ~ @ e @ „ e W e B „ B a b B “ f h a W h e € „ b @ b f W h ~ f b q b q B – „ f B h b @ h “ f b ~ @ e f h @ e B b b „ B V B h b h @ V B “  @ „ B B Y @ t @ “ x | @ V W Y @ d f Y 9 @ B B h ˜ @ „ V W e b V f “ “ „ B W X b q B C ‚  V Y W @ “ ™ T ” A W u B Y h V B h b g Y f V @ Y y e a q W W „ x V W e „ € B @ h “ Y B e f “ B h b f @ „ t € f „ “ f h A e ~ B Y B h B @ Y t y T G 6 7 … 3 † ‡ ˆ 7 ‰ 3 6 9 @ A B v   ¡ ¢ £ ¤ ¥ ¡ ¦ § ¡ ¨ ©   ¥ ¡ £ ¨ ¥ ¤ £ ¡  ¥       ¦  ¥ ©  ¤ ¥ ¦ ! " © # © ¤ © ¨ ¥ $ " © ¦ ¥ % © £ &  '   W „ „ W ~ f h A f e b q B t Y f B X “ B e a Y f g b f W h W X V B b q W “ W „ W A y @ “ W g b B “ b W a @ Y Y y W € b b q B ƒ h u f Y W h V B h b @ „  W h f b W Y f h A @ b b q B 9 Y W ` B a b w f b B T S E D n R I r †  y ˆ o H H G H ‰ ” e € Y u B y ~ @ e g „ @ h h B “ X W Y b q B f “ B h b f X f a @ b f W h W X ƒ h u f Y W h V B h b @ „  W h f b W Y f h A „ W a @ b f W h e T S E D E D G † 2 6 7 ‰ 4 ‰ ˆ ) 7 ‰ 3 6 3 4 … 3 6 ‰ 7 3 … ‰ 6  ˆ 3 ˆ ) 7 ‰ 3 6 8 p W a @ b f W h e X W Y b q B e @ V g „ f h A @ h “ V W h f b W Y f h A W X Y B „ € f Y B “ B h u f Y W h V B h b @ „ g @ Y @ V B b B Y e ~ B Y B f “ B h b f X f B “ @ h “ X f h @ „ f } B “ f h a W h e € „ b @ b f W h ~ f b q b q B – „ f B h b T d € Y f h A b q B u f e f b W X b q B g Y W ` B a b e f b B x “ f e a € e e f W h ~ @ e q B „ “ ~ f b q b q B a W h a B Y h B “ e b @ X X W X b q B 9 Y W ` B a b T S E D E S … 3 6 ‰ 7 3 … ‰ 6  y 1 ) 6 s h b q B t @ e f e W X f “ B h b f X f B “ e @ V g „ f h A „ W a @ b f W h e @ V W h f b W Y f h A g „ @ h ~ @ e “ B u B „ W g B “ f h W Y “ B Y b W @ a q f B u B g Y B a f e f W h @ h “ @ a a € Y @ a y f h b q B V W h f b W Y f h A @ h “ e @ V g „ f h A W X b q B Y B „ € f Y B “ B h u f Y W h V B h b @ „ g @ Y @ V B b B Y e T S E S n o … y ˆ G H ‰ o H Q o H o ˆ  n G n … † ( ‡ P Q n w q B e @ V g „ f h A @ h “ b B e b f h A V B b q W “ e @ Y B A f u B h f h X W „ „ W ~ f h A e B a b f W h e W X b q B Y B g W Y b T S E S E D o ‘ 0 ‰ 2 6 7 o ‰ … ’ ‡ ) 1 ‰ 7 “ … 3 6 ‰ 7 3 … ‰ 6  ” V t f B h b @ f Y „ € @ „ f b y V W h f b W Y f h A ~ @ e a W h “ € a b B “ @ b @ “ u f e B “ e @ V g „ f h A „ W a @ b f W h e b W @ e e B e e b q B a W h a B h b Y @ b f W h W X g Y f W Y f b y g W „ „ € b @ h b e ˜ – @ Y t W h V W h W — f “ B x U f b Y W A B h W — f “ B e x w € „ g q € Y W — f “ B e @ h “ 9  e f ™ g „ € e h B @ b q B Y – W h “ f b f W h e ˜ w B V g B Y @ b € Y B x ƒ € V f “ f b y x ” b V W e g q B Y f a 9 Y B e e € Y B x h f h “ w g B B “ @ h “ d f Y B a b f W h B b a ™ ~ B Y B @ „ e W W t e B Y u B “ T | B X B Y B h a B V B b q W “ € e B “ X W Y b q B V B @ e € Y B V B h b e @ Y B f h a „ € “ B “ @ e w @ t „ B c T C ~ q f „ B b q B “ B e a Y f g b f W h f e g Y W u f “ B “ f h e € t e B „ € B h b e B a b f W h e T … 2 7 ” 3 † 3 1 3  “ 9 @ A B x H Ò G Ð F Ð æ æ æ æ     È Ë È Ì D E Î ã è è è è ü ü ü ü Ú Ï É     á Í Ï â Ð ê Î 5 ç ç ȝJP Ù õ Î õ õ Ë È È Î õ Ú õ õ Õ Ô à  § § È ß Î Ô ¡ ß © © Ë ¡ ¡ © Ô ¡ á 5 Î ȝJP Ð ê ¿ ê ê õ Ô Ú Ã õ õ õ Ô Ò Â õ õ Ä ¡ Ð Ô § § ½ ¡ É ±  Ù Í Ý Ï © © ¡ ¡   à ¡ ¡   Ï  ½ ¡ Ô Ñ ¡ » À Ü ñ ù ±  4 ñ ¥ ù ù ¡ ¨ ¡ ¨  (  þ Ë Ö  ´ é þ § § þ Î þ  ²   ñ  ú ú ù õ % î  æ æ Æ '  Ô Ñ õ   þ & Å     þ å þ å ù     Ä  ¡ Ô Õ û û ï ù ¡  ï     Р² ä ¥ ù ¦ ¦  þ ¦   ä ä   û  ± Ô ï õ 3  õ © É %  à ¦ õ & ¡ ¡ õ Þ Ô ù  µ ' ä  ¥ ¥ ù ¡ Ý Ô Â ³ » ² ð ð # ä ¡ Á  Ü   ½ æ ¡ ¡ ÿ ì ù §   æ À Ô   Ù ù ° ÿ ÿ Û ¿ æ ¤ æ î § æ ò ù î ê ½ ù Î ¤ ¤ þ î î ¢ î ¢ £ Ð ò ˜ ¯ ´ õ ò  ù ž ® ½ å þ ê é ¢ ¢ £ ¢ £ þ š Ô Ú ù ù ù ¾ $ ù è › å å é é ½ å  ù ù ý ð  ù ù ! ž Í « ¼ ÷ ý Î  û ò É ý ­ Ù ± ì ÷ ð ü ÷ û š Ð µ û  Ø ü » ð ð ž ü ™ ü ž © ¹ º ¬ · ¸ í ž ñ « ¦ Ô ª  $ æ î ñ µ ¶ Í î é › û æ î  ´ é È × ì æ å  š Ð ¢ ø ÷ õ ³ ï ó é Ö ¢ ™ ê î ² ô ÷ ò Õ © î  ô î ± ñ ï ô æ é î ž š ó  å î Ó Ô þ é î é ì 2 ¨ ì ö é " ì î í ê Ò ! í æ ô ä › ì è ú Ð  õ § ô ï ú î õ î î È æ ¢ æ î ì 1 î ¦  ê æ å É ì ô  í è ó è  ¤ ¥ Î Ë ç ô È ¢ £ ø Ð î ! ú ù î û é î ¢ é $ ä š ÷ Ë Ñ  è ¡ ò – ˜ š ™  ˜ ñ î í ð ñ Î š – 0 Ð ì î í ë   ä ì ( ) ú C ë î é ï Î Ï Ÿ è ì B ñ ñ þ ó å ¢  ž  ì è ð  ð # ç è Ì Í ó ï í î Ì 9 A œ – é æ æ ì ò  ì ë › æ ú Ê Ë @ 9 æ  ï ï ä å ú î  î ú ø è é š – ¢ þ å 8 9  È É æ è å Ç ( 7 ˜ ™ — ú  è ê ì ò » 6 • –   ¡ ¢ £ ¤ ¥ ¡ ¦ § ¡ ¨ ©   ¥ ¡ £ ¨ ¥ ¤ £ ¡  ¥       ¦  ¥ ©  ¤ ¥ ¦ ! " © # © ¤ © ¨ ¥ $ " © ¦ ¥ % © £ &  '  S E S E D E D 5 ) … 0 3 6 ‘ 3 6 3 t ‰ † 2 I 5 P P – @ Y t W h V W h W — f “ B ~ @ e V W h f b W Y B “ € e f h A ƒ s | ’  ” ” 9 U ” i x ‚ – s ” h @ „ y } B Y T w q B ” 9 U ” € i x ‚ – s @ h @ „ y } B Y V B @ e € Y B e – s a W h a B h b Y @ b f W h € e f h A @ h W h € “ f e g B Y e f u B f h X Y @ Y B “ @ t e W Y g b f W h V B b q W “ b q @ b f e t @ e B “ W h b q B h @ b € Y B W X – s f h b q @ b f b @ t e W Y t e e g B a f @ „ f h X Y @ Y B “ „ f A q b T  B @ e € Y B V B h b Y @ h A B W X b q B @ h @ „ y } B Y f e ‚ € C ‚ ‚ g g V T – W h b f h € W € e “ @ b @ ~ @ e Y B a W Y “ B “ X W Y “ € Y @ b f W h W X ‚ C q W € Y @ b t W b q g W f h b e ” @ h “  T S E S E D E S P t ‰ † 2 8 3 4 H ‰ 7 … 3  2 6 I H P t P s — f “ B e W X U f b Y W A B h ~ @ e V W h f b W Y B “ € e f h A ƒ s | ’  ” ” 9 U ” i x ‚ U s — ” h @ „ y } B Y T w q B ” 9 U ” € i x ‚ U s — @ h @ „ y } B Y V B @ e € Y B e U s x U s c @ h “ U s — € e f h A a q B V f „ € V f h B e a B h a B ˜ – p d ™ V B b q W “ ~ f b q b q B q B „ g W X a q B V f a @ „ Y B @ a b f W h t B b ~ B B h U s c @ h “ s i T  B @ e € Y B V B h b Y @ h A B W X b q B @ h @ „ y } B Y f e ‚ € ‚ T v g g V T – W h b f h € W € e “ @ b @ ~ @ e Y B a W Y “ B “ X W Y “ € Y @ b f W h W X ‚ C @ b t W b q g W f h b e ” @ h “  T S E S E D E m n ‡ 1 Q ” ‡ … † ‰ 3 t ‰ † 2 I n P R P w s d w € „ g q € Y d f € W — f “ B ~ @ e V W h f b W Y B “ € e f h A ƒ s | ’  ” ” 9 U ” i x ‚ w s d ” h @ „ y } B Y T w q B ” 9 U ” € i x ‚ w s d @ h @ „ y } B Y V B @ e € Y B e w s d € e f h A { S X „ € W Y B e a B h a B V B b q W “ b q @ b W g B Y @ b B e W h b q B g Y f h a f g „ B b q @ b ~ q B h b q B w s d V W „ B a € „ B e a W h b @ f h B “ f h b q B e @ V g „ B A @ e @ Y B B — a f b B “ t y € „ b Y @ u f W „ B b Y @ “ f @ b f W h b q B y B V f b @ a q @ Y @ a b B Y f e b f a X „ € W Y B e a B h a B f h b q B Y @ h A B W X c c ‚ € c r ‚ h V T w q f e X „ € W Y B e a B h a B f e V B @ e € Y B “ @ h “ b q B w s a W h a B h b Y @ b f W h f e W t b @ f h B “ X Y W V a q @ h A B e f h d b q B f h b B h e f b y W X b q B X „ € W Y B e a B h a B T  B @ e € Y B V B h b Y @ h A B W X b q B @ h @ „ y } B Y f e ‚ € ‚ T v g g V T – W h b f h € W € e “ @ b @ ~ @ e Y B a W Y “ B “ X W Y “ € Y @ b f W h W X ‚ C q W € Y @ b t W b q g W f h b e ” @ h “  T … 2 7 ” 3 † 3 1 3  “ 9 @ A B g   ¡ ¢ £ ¤ ¥ ¡ ¦ § ¡ ¨ ©   ¥ ¡ £ ¨ ¥ ¤ £ ¡  ¥       ¦  ¥ ©  ¤ ¥ ¦ ! " © # © ¤ © ¨ ¥ $ " © ¦ ¥ % © £ &  '  S E S E D E p y ) … 7 ‰ ˆ ‡ 1 ) 7 2 … ) 7 7 2 … I y … T U P 9 @ Y b f a € „ @ b B V @ b b B Y a W h a B h b Y @ b f W h f h b B Y V e W X 9  e f ~ @ e V W h f b W Y B “ f h b q B @ V t f B h b @ f Y ~ f b q b q B q B „ g W X ƒ f A q S W „ € V B 9  e @ V g „ B Y T  B @ e € Y B V B h b Y @ h A B W X b q B B „ € f g V B h b f e e f ȝJP ZLWKORZHVWGHWHFWLRQUDQJHRIȝJP c € T ” h @ f Y e @ V g „ B Y “ Y @ ~ e @ V t f B h b @ f Y @ b V V @ a W h e b @ h b X „ W ~ Y @ b B f h b W @ e g B a f @ „ „ y e q @ g B “ f h „ B b ~ q B Y B b q B e € e g B h “ B “ g @ Y b f a € „ @ b B V @ b b B Y f e f h B Y b f @ „ „ y e B g @ Y @ b B “ f h b W W h B W Y V W Y B e f } B X Y @ a b f W h e ~ f b q f h b q B 9  e f e f } B Y @ h A B T ƒ @ a q e f } B X Y @ a b f W h f h b q B 9  e f } B Y @ h A B f e b q B h a W „ „ B a b B “ W h @ e B g @ Y @ b B X f „ b B Y W u B Y b q B e W e g B a f X f B “ e @ V g „ f h A g B Y f W “ T ƒ @ a q X f „ b B Y f e ~ B f A q B “ ˜ @ X b B Y V W f e b € Y B B „ € f „ f t Y @ b f W h ™ t B X W Y B @ h “ @ X b B Y € e B b W “ B b B Y V f h B b q B h B b ~ B f A q b ˜ V @ e e ™ A @ f h “ € B b W a W „ „ B a b B “ 9  e f T w q B b W b @ „ u W „ € V B W X @ f Y e @ V g „ B “ f e “ B b B Y V f h B “ X Y W V b q B V B @ e € Y B “ X „ W ~ Y @ b B @ h “ b q B e @ V g „ f h A b f V B T w q B V @ e e a W h a B h b Y @ b f W h W X 9  e f f h b q B @ V t f B h b @ f Y f e a W V g € b B “ @ e b q B b W b @ „ V @ e e W X a W „ „ B a b B “ g @ Y b f a „ B e f h b q B 9  e f } B Y @ h A B “ f u f “ B “ t y b q B u W „ € V B W X @ f Y e @ V g „ B “ x @ h “ f e e f H[SUHVVHGLQPLFURJUDPVSHUVWDQGDUGFXELFPHWHU ȝJVWGP ™ T V S E S E D E ‘ X 2 ) 7 ” 2 … n 7 ) 7 ‰ 3 6 ” ~ B @ b q B Y e b @ b f W h ~ @ e f h e b @ „ „ B “ f h t W b q 9 W f h b e @ „ W h A b q B Y W @ “ b W @ e e B e e @ h “ V B @ e € Y B e W V B B h u f Y W h V B h b @ „ g @ Y @ V B b B Y e „ f i B ” V t f B h b w B V g B Y @ b € Y B x | B „ @ b f u B ƒ € V f “ f b y x h f h “ w g B B “ @ h “ “ f Y B a b f W h @ h “ W b q B Y ~ B @ b q B Y a W h “ f b f W h e T S E S E S H 3 ‰ 8 2 ˆ 2 Y 2 1 … 3 6 ‰ 7 3 … ‰ 6  ” h W f e B „ B u B „ V W h f b W Y f h A ~ @ e a W h “ € a b B “ @ b f “ B h b f X f B “ „ W a @ b f W h e € e f h A g W Y b @ t „ B d f A f b @ „ w W € h “  B b B Y T ” „ „ h W f e B V W h f b W Y f h A ~ @ e a W h “ € a b B “ f h @ a a W Y “ @ h a B ~ f b q b q B A € f “ @ h a B e B b W € b f h  w ‚ r r v ‹ c ‚ ‚ i T  B @ e € Y B V B h b e ~ B Y B V @ “ B € e f h A – „ @ e e C ’ h b B A Y @ b f h A € ” u B Y @ A f h A w W € h “ p B u B „  B b B Y e @ e d B X f h B “ f h ’ ƒ – x C x ‚ c ‹ c ‚ ‚ i T  B b B Y ~ B Y B a @ „ f t Y @ b B “ @ h “ a q B a i B “ t B X W Y B @ h “ @ X b B Y B @ a q V B @ e € Y B V B h b g B Y f W “ t y € e f h A e W € h “ „ B u B „ a @ „ f t Y @ b W Y T w q B U W f e B p B u B „ e W X b q B g Y W ` B a b e f b B ~ B Y B V W h f b W Y B “ “ € Y f h A b q B “ @ y b f V B ˜ g B @ i b f V B ™ b q Y W € A q @ “ f A f b @ „ h W f e B „ B u B „ V B b B Y T ” u B Y @ A B h W f e B „ B u B „ e ~ B Y B W t e B Y u B “ a W h b f h € W € e „ y X W Y ‚ C ƒ W € Y T … 2 7 ” 3 † 3 1 3  “ 9 @ A B l   ¡ ¢ £ ¤ ¥ ¡ ¦ § ¡ ¨ ©   ¥ ¡ £ ¨ ¥ ¤ £ ¡  ¥       ¦  ¥ ©  ¤ ¥ ¦ ! " © # © ¤ © ¨ ¥ $ " © ¦ ¥ % © £ &  '  S E S E m Q … ‰ 6 ` ‰ 6  a ‰ … 3 ‡ 6 † X ) 7 2 … o 6 ) 1 “ 8 ‰ 8 d Y f h i f h A j k Y W € h “ h @ b B Y ~ @ e e @ V g „ B “ W h e f b B X W Y b q B w ~ W 9 W f h b e ” @ h “  X W Y c i 9 @ Y @ V B b B Y e T w q B g @ Y @ V B b B Y e @ h “ Y B X B Y B h a B V B b q W “ € e B “ X W Y @ h @ „ y e f e @ b b q B „ @ t W Y @ b W Y y @ Y B V B h b f W h B “ f h b q B w @ t „ B b c T c ‹ S E S E p n ‡ … 4 ) ˆ 2 X ) 7 2 … o 6 ) 1 “ 8 ‰ 8 w € Y X @ a B h @ b B Y e @ V g „ B e ~ B Y B b @ i B h h B @ Y b q B e f b B X W Y @ h @ „ y e f e W X i c 9 @ Y @ V B b B Y e T w q B g @ Y @ V B b B Y e @ h “ Y B X B Y B h a B V B b q W “ € e B “ X W Y @ h @ „ y e f e @ b b q B „ @ t W Y @ b W Y y @ Y B V B h b f W h B “ f h b q B w @ t „ B t B „ W ~ ‹ ( o Š ˆ † u S E S v X o ( † I ( † n ( G H ‰ … † ( ‡ P Q n c d e d d g t u f w x y d d f f g e h i i p q r q p q r s r q v s q q € q q v q  ‚ ƒ „ … † ‡ ˆ ‰  ‘ ’ “ ” “ ’ • – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ ™ ƒ „ … d — ’ — e f g h f i j  k l i ‚ m h l • m h d — ’ — e f g h f n o j k k h p l q ‚ ƒ … … g ˜ ‡ ’ ‡ d — ’ e “ ‘ h f † h – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ r  s j o ‚ ƒ — d m — e t ’  e — † — u v “  v ’ ˜ — e d ‡ d — ’ — e f g h f n i j j k l j ‚ l w „ j x — v m “ e ‡ d — ’ e “ ‘ – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ h f † h – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰  k k y y s ‚ † w „ „ “ ‘ ˜ e ‡ d t ’ — x — t ‘ ’ ‡ e „ “ z — v ’ “ ‡ ˆ h f † h – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ r k k k ‚ „ w – — d | e t ˆ — } u — ‘ ’ e ‡ ‰ — – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ o j k k n w ~ { r ‚ ƒ t v ’ — t ˆ ‰ w ‰ ‡  e l • … — ˆ v ‡ e • n y ‚ w “ u t ˆ ‰ ~ e — t v — h —  t ˆ — }  ’ e t ‘ ’ t | u — ~ e t ” “ d — ’ e “ ‘ – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ h f † h – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰  k k j s g ˜ — ˆ ‡ u “ ‘ † ‡ d m ‡  ˆ ‰ v t v  k ‚ o n f d “ ˆ ‡ t ˆ ’ “ m • e “ ˆ — – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ h f † h – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ r k o { g ˜ — ˆ ‡ u v   ‚ † ˜ u ‡ e “ ‰ — † u € f e z — ˆ ’ e ‡ d — ’ e “ • ƒ “ ’ e t ’ “ ‡ ˆ f g h f o j k k † u € l €  i ‚  u  ‡ e “ ‰ —  u … g f ‚ „ … – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ h f † h – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ r i k y  q ‚ f e v — ˆ “ ‘ f e … “ u ” — e „ “ — ’ ˜ • u ‰ “ ’ ˜ “ ‡ ‘ t e | t d t ’ — – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ h f † h – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ r  k q € „  o ‚ …  u m ˜ t ’ — … w ƒ …  u m ˜ t … — e o – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ h f † h – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ r k j  €  j ‚ …  u † “ ‰ — … – — ’ ˜ • u — ˆ — l u  — – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ h f † h – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ r  q   s ‚ f d d ‡ ˆ “ t ‚ h ‡ … t u “ ‘ • u t ’ — – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ h f † h – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ r  j j  ‚ g — v ’ “ ‘ “ ‰ — v – “ ‘ e ‡ }  ’ e t ‘ ’ “ ‡ ˆ t ˆ ‰ ~ t v † ˜ e ‡ d t ’ ‡ z e t m ˜ • f … ƒ – n „ j  j { {  r ‚ ƒ ‡ ’ t u h t e ‰ ˆ — v v } „ ƒ f ƒ “ ’ e t ’ “ ‡ ˆ f g h f n i q o k † ‡ € ‡  y ‚ ‚ “ ’ e t ’ — ‚ ‡ † t ‰ d “  d x — ‰  ‘ ’ “ ‡ ˆ – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ f g h f n o j k k n ‚ w l i k ‚ ƒ  e | “ ‰ “ ’ • ‚ — m ˜ u ‡ d — ’ e “ ‘ – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ h f † h – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ r i  y ‡ i  ‚ ˆ e ‡ ˆ t v  —  — e e ‡ ‰ “ ˆ — – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ h f † h – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ r  o p { i i ‚ … ‡ ‰ “  d ‚ t p  u t d — } d “ v v “ ‡ ˆ g ˜ ‡ ’ ‡ d — ’ e “ ‘ f g h f n q j k k n ‚ t n l „ i q ‚ Š “ ˆ ‘ t v Š ˆ p Š “ ˆ ‘ ‡ ˆ – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ h f † h – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ r k k y … 2 7 ” 3 † 3 1 3  “ 9 @ A B C ‚   ¡ ¢ £ ¤ ¥ ¡ ¦ § ¡ ¨ ©   ¥ ¡ £ ¨ ¥ ¤ £ ¡  ¥       ¦  ¥ ©  ¤ ¥ ¦ ! " © # © ¤ © ¨ ¥ $ " © ¦ ¥ % © £ &  '  c d e d d g t u f w x y d d f h i i p q r q p q r s r q v s q q € q q v q f g e € i o ‚ † • t ˆ “ ‰ — t v † ‚ g • e “ ‰ “ ˆ — n g • e t ‰ t u ‡ ˆ — – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ h f † h – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ r k i { f ˆ ˆ ‡ ˆ “ ‘ ‰ — ’ — e z — ˆ ’ t v – — ’ ˜ • u — ˆ — l u  — f ‘ ’ “ ” — …  | v ’ t ˆ ‘ — ‹ – l f … Œ i j ‚ f g h f j j o k † – l f v d — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ i s ‚ ƒ ‡ ’ t u † ‡ u “ † ‡ e d v – “ ‘ e ‡ | “ ‡ u ‡ z • f g h f n y i i i l i ‚  t — ‘ t u † ‡ u “ † ‡ e d v ‹ } ‚ † ‡ u “ Œ – “ ‘ e ‡ | “ ‡ u ‡ z • f g h f n y i i i „ { i r ‚ † t ‰ d “  d † ‰ „ “ ’ ˜ “ ‰ ‡ ˆ — – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ h f † h – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ r  k { † ˜ e ‡ d “  d ƒ e “ ” t u — ˆ ’ t ˆ ‰ i y ‚  ™ j „ “ m ˜ — ˆ • u ‘ t e | ‡ ˜ • ‰ e t ‰ “ ‰ — – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ h f † h – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ r k i q h —  t ” t u — ˆ ’ „ q k ‚ † ‡ m m — e †  p g ‡ e m ˜ • e “ ˆ – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ h f † h – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ r  o q q  ‚  — t ‰ g | „ „ “ ’ ˜ “ ‰ ‡ ˆ — – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ h f † h – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ r k q q p q i ‚ – — e ‘  e • h z – — e ‘  e • }  ’ e t ‘ ’ “ ‡ ˆ – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ h f † h – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰  k k s s q q ‚ … — u — ˆ “  d … — „ “ t d “ ˆ ‡ | — ˆ ‰ “ ‰ “ ˆ — – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ h f † h – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ r  y o q o ‚ ‚ “ ‘ Ž u — ‚ “  n ‹ i g • e “ ‰ “ u t ‰ ‡ Œ n i n ‚ — m ˜ ’ ˜ ‡ u g f ‚ – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ h f † h – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ r  j k q j ‚ … “ u ” — e f z † ‡ u ‡ e “ d — ’ e “ ‘ – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ h f † h – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ r  i k q s ‚ l ‡ e ‡ ˆ l † t e d “ ˆ — – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ h f † h – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ r k  j q ‚ – t ˆ z t ˆ — v — – ˆ g f ‚ – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ h f † h – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ r  o y { q r ‚ l t e “  d l t ƒ  e | “ ‰ “ d — ’ e “ ‘ – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ h f † h – — ’ ˜ ‡ ‰ r k  o … 2 7 ” 3 † 3 1 3  “ 9 @ A B C C   ¡ ¢ £ ¤ ¥ ¡ ¦ § ¡ ¨ ©   ¥ ¡ £ ¨ ¥ ¤ £ ¡  ¥       ¦  ¥ ©  ¤ ¥ ¦ ! " © # © ¤ © ¨ ¥ $ " © ¦ ¥ % © £ &  '  w q f e e B a b f W h W X b q B Y B g W Y b g Y B e B h b e b q B b B e b f h A @ h “ V W h f b W Y f h A Y B e € „ b e W X b q B ƒ h u f Y W h V B h b @ „  W h f b W Y f h A W X ” V t f B h b ” f Y x U W f e B x d Y f h i f h A j k Y W € h “ h @ b B Y @ h “ w € Y X @ a B h @ b B Y T m E D o … Š G † H ( o G I … P H G ( P I G H ‰ ( o Š ˆ † u m E D v o … Š G † H ( o G I ’ R o ˆ G (  … P H G ( P I G H ‰ o ( y P G H ( o o H Q Š –  ¡ ¡ ¢ “ ™ ‘ “ › —   ‘ ’ “  ” ’ ‘ •   ” ˜ ’ ‘ ™ “ š › œ  ™ “ š — £ £ § © £ ª ¦ –  « ¬ ž Ÿ –  ’ ‘ “ ’   š   • ¤   ¥ • ¤   ¥ • ¤   ¥ • ¤   ¥ ¨ ¨ ¨ c s U i r ­ i l r ‚ c s ‚ T ‚ v ‚ T ‚ ‚ x T C i r ƒ ‚ c ­ ‚ C v ‚ o C ƒ Y C ƒ Y C ƒ Y C ƒ Y C ‚ T ‚ C T c ‚ C r C C ‹ ‚ ‚ @ V b ‚ i ‹ ‚ ‚ g V c s U i r ­ r ‚ ‚ g c s ‚ T ‚ r ‚ T g C x T i c l ƒ ‚ c ­ ‚ r r ‚ Š C C T ‚ C T c ‚ C r C ƒ Y C ƒ Y C ƒ Y C ƒ Y C C ‹ ‚ ‚ @ V b ‚ i ‹ ‚ ‚ g V D F s F D S F D ‘ F y o ® ¯ H † ’ n C ƒ Y c r ƒ Y c r ƒ Y c r ƒ Y S m p Ž F  ‘ ‘ ‘ F R n † y o C ƒ Y C ƒ Y C ƒ Y c r ƒ Y w @ t „ B @ „ e W A f u B h b q B „ f V f b f h A u @ „ € B W X U @ b f W h @ „ ƒ h u f Y W h V B h b @ „ • € @ „ f b y w b @ h “ @ Y “ e @ h “ { w ƒ 9 ” u @ „ € B e X W Y Y B X B Y B h a B g € Y g W e B T m E S X † o ( ‡ † I n ( o ( G P H Q o ( o w q B Y B e € „ b e @ h “ “ @ b @ W X g @ Y @ V B b B Y e ~ q f a q q @ u B t B B h V W h f b W Y B “ t y ~ B @ b q B Y e b @ b f W h e A f u B h f h b @ t „ B t B „ W ~ ‹ ( o Š ˆ † u m E S v X † o ( ‡ † I n ( o ( G P H y P G H ( o Q o ( o n I E ( † … y † I o ( R I † I † ˆ o ( G r † X G H Q n y † † Q X G H Q ( G … † H P E I ° 5 P ‡ R … G Q G (  I ± P I … a n P Q G I † 5 ( G P H C T C C ‹ ‚ ‚ @ V C ‚ T ‚ x i C T v ‚ U h c T C c ‹ ‚ ‚ g V C ‚ T v x i C T v ‚ w h i T C ‹ ‚ ‚ g V C ‚ T c x r ‚ T ‚ v w h I 2 8 ‡ 1 7 8 9 @ A B C c   ¡ ¢ £ ¤ ¥ ¡ ¦ § ¡ ¨ ©   ¥ ¡ £ ¨ ¥ ¤ £ ¡  ¥       ¦  ¥ ©  ¤ ¥ ¦ ! " © # © ¤ © ¨ ¥ $ " © ¦ ¥ % © £ &  '  n I E ( † … y † I o ( R I † I † ˆ o ( G r † X G H Q n y † † Q X G H Q ( G … † H P E I ° 5 P ‡ R … G Q G (  I ± P I … a n P Q G I † 5 ( G P H r T c ‹ ‚ ‚ g V C ‚ T l x r i T ‚ ‚ w h v T i ‹ ‚ ‚ g V C ‚ T g x x C T v v w h x T r ‹ ‚ ‚ g V C ‚ T ‚ x x c T c w h ‚ T v ‹ ‚ ‚ g V r v T ‚ x g C T l w h g T x ‹ ‚ ‚ g V r r T v x g r T v w h l T ‚ ‹ ‚ ‚ g V r C T x x g c T c w ƒ C ‚ T C ‹ ‚ ‚ @ V i c T g ‚ ‚ i T C w ƒ C C T c ‹ ‚ ‚ @ V i c T x ‚ ‚ i T g U h C c T i ‹ ‚ ‚ @ V i C T l ‚ c r T c U h C i T r ‹ ‚ ‚ @ V i C T v ‚ c r T ‚ w h C r T v ‹ ‚ ‚ @ V i ‚ T c ‚ ‚ v T x w h C v T x ‹ ‚ ‚ @ V c l T C x g ‚ T x w h C x T ‚ ‹ ‚ ‚ @ V c l T r x ‚ ‚ T x w h C ‚ T g ‹ ‚ ‚ @ V i C T c x x C ‚ T ‚ w h C g T l ‹ ‚ ‚ @ V i i T C x r g T i w h ( o Š ˆ † u m E m v X † o ( ‡ † I n ( o ( G P H y P G H ( Š Q o ( o n I E ( † … y † I o ( R I † I † ˆ o ( G r † X G H Q n y † † Q X G H Q ( G … † H P E I ° 5 P ‡ R … G Q G (  I ± P I … a n P Q G I † 5 ( G P H C T C C ‹ ‚ ‚ @ V C i T r x ‚ i T ‚ ‚ U h c T C c ‹ ‚ ‚ g V C i T v x ‚ i T ‚ ‚ U h i T C ‹ ‚ ‚ g V C i T C x g ‚ T ‚ l U h r T c ‹ ‚ ‚ g V C i T l x g c T ‚ ‚ w h v T i ‹ ‚ ‚ g V C i T g x l i T v v w h x T r ‹ ‚ ‚ g V C ‚ T ‚ C c c T c w h ‚ T v ‹ ‚ ‚ g V r v T ‚ C i C T l w h g T x ‹ ‚ ‚ g V r r T v c ‚ r T v w ƒ l T ‚ ‹ ‚ ‚ g V r C T x c l c T c w ƒ C ‚ T C ‹ ‚ ‚ @ V i c T g r i i T C w ƒ C C T c ‹ ‚ ‚ @ V i c T x r l i T g w ƒ I 2 8 ‡ 1 7 8 9 @ A B C i   ¡ ¢ £ ¤ ¥ ¡ ¦ § ¡ ¨ ©   ¥ ¡ £ ¨ ¥ ¤ £ ¡  ¥       ¦  ¥ ©  ¤ ¥ ¦ ! " © # © ¤ © ¨ ¥ $ " © ¦ ¥ % © £ &  '  n I E ( † … y † I o ( R I † I † ˆ o ( G r † X G H Q n y † † Q X G H Q ( G … † H P E I ° 5 P ‡ R … G Q G (  I ± P I … a n P Q G I † 5 ( G P H C c T i ‹ ‚ ‚ @ V i C T l v i r T c w ƒ C i T r ‹ ‚ ‚ @ V i C T v v ‚ r T ‚ w ƒ C r T v ‹ ‚ ‚ @ V i ‚ T c x c v T x w h C v T x ‹ ‚ ‚ @ V c l T C x g ‚ T x w h C x T ‚ ‹ ‚ ‚ @ V c l T r x ‚ ‚ T x w h C ‚ T g ‹ ‚ ‚ @ V i C T c x c C ‚ T ‚ w h C g T l ‹ ‚ ‚ @ V i i T C v x g T i w h m E m H P G n † ˆ † r † ˆ … P H G ( P I G H ‰ o ( y P G H ( o n … E H 3 E ( ‰ ‘ 2 … ‰ 6 ‰ ‘ ‡ ‘ I † Š o P … ) t ‰ ‘ ‡ ‘ I † Š o P o Y 2 … )  2 I † Š o P C T C r ‹ ‚ ‚ v c T r x x T C v l T i c T C r ‹ C ‚ v c T ‚ ‚ ‚ T i x C T i i T C r ‹ c ‚ v C T i x r T r v ‚ T l r T C r ‹ i ‚ v i T ‚ ‚ ‚ T g x c T i v T C r ‹ r ‚ v v T v ‚ v T v x v T v x T C r ‹ v ‚ v g T r ‚ g T i x g T r o ( y P G H ( Š n … E H 3 E ( ‰ ‘ 2 … ‰ 6 ‰ ‘ ‡ ‘ I † Š o P … ) t ‰ ‘ ‡ ‘ I † Š o P o Y 2 … )  2 I † Š o P C T C C ‹ ‚ ‚ r g T C x g T ‚ v g T C c T C C ‹ C ‚ i g T v v ‚ T l r r T ‚ i T C C ‹ c ‚ i l T ‚ x v T ‚ v c T ‚ r T C C ‹ i ‚ r r T v x i T l v r T c v T C C ‹ r ‚ r C T x x C T c v C T r x T C C ‹ v ‚ r ‚ T ‚ x c T v v C T x I 2 8 ‡ 1 7 8 9 @ A B C r   ¡ ¢ £ ¤ ¥ ¡ ¦ § ¡ ¨ ©   ¥ ¡ £ ¨ ¥ ¤ £ ¡  ¥       ¦  ¥ ©  ¤ ¥ ¦ ! " © # © ¤ © ¨ ¥ $ " © ¦ ¥ % © £ &  '  m E p Q I G H ® G H ‰ a ‰ I P R H Q X o ( † I o H o ˆ  n G n n o … y ˆ † u D v I o … P I o 5 ‡ P X ® ² 5 ‡ o ® Q o I o I ‡ o H Q y R … y P ¿ Ä Å Æ Ç ¹ È º  º ³ ´ µ ´ ´ ½ ¾ ¿ É · Ê Ã Ã ¹ Ë Ã » µ ¸ ¹ ¹ º » ¼ » ¼ À » Á  à ¼ ¶ · Ì ¿ Í ¿ ¾  » à » Î ¹ à  » ´ ´ Ï Ð Ñ Ï Ð Ö × × × × » º Ò » ¹ ¼  » Ó Ô Õ Å Ð × × Ø Ð Ù Ú Ð Û × Ö Ð Û Õ Ò ¿ Í ³ ¿ Í · · · Ñ ¼ ¹ Ã Ý Á Á Ã Þ » à Á Ü Ð Û å Ï Ù Ù Ù ß ³ à á â ã ä Õ Ñ Ý ¾ Í ¿ ¿ · å Ð æ Ü Ö Ù × × Â ç ¼ Þ ¼ è é ê ã ë á ³ ¾ Í Í · Ñ ¼ ¹ à  Á Ò » » Û Ð Ù å × × × ³ ¿ Í ß ³ ³ à á â ã ä · Ñ Ã Á ´ ¿ Í · Ú Ð æ ì Ü Ö Û Ù Ã » á â ã ä Õ ´ ¿ Í · Ø Ð í Ù Ð Ï Ï Ï Ð Û Ã Â » á â ã ä Ö Ð Ñ Ð Ð õ Ð õ ¹ Á ¼ » î ï ð ñ ë ò ã é ó ô ï ð ó ô ï ð ñ ë ò ó ô ï ð ñ ë ò Í ´ Æ · ö Ð Ð Ð õ Ð õ Ð Â î ï ð ñ ë ò ã é ó ô ï ð ó ô ï ð ñ ë ò ó ô ï ð ñ ë ò ´ ÷ · · Ï Ù Ð æ õ Ù Ï Û Ã Â Ô ´ ¾ · Ï Ï Ð ø Ù Ð Ù Ù Ð Ü á â ã ä Õ ³ Í ¿ Ï Ð · Ù Ù Õ á â ã ä Õ Õ Õ Â º ¿ ´ ß à ¶ ¶ Æ ù ú Ï Ü Ð Ù Û Ù ¼ ¹ ¼ » ¹ Á á â ã ä Õ ¿ ´ ¿ ß à ¶ ¶ Æ û ú Ï å Ð Ù Ð Ü ¼ ¼ » ¹ Á á â ã ä Õ ´ ¿ · Ï Û Ð æ ì Ù Ð Ù Ï Ù Ð Ù Û Ù º  º á â ã ä ¿ · Ï Ú Ð Ï Ð Ù × × ¸ ¼ ¹ Á Á  º á â ã ä ³ Ï Ø Ð ì Ü å Û Ù Â Ã Ò ¹ ¼ » á â ã ä Õ ´ ´ ¿ ¾ · Ï Ö Ð í æ ì × × × » » à » á â ã ä ü ý þ ´ Í ¾ · Å Ñ ¼ ¹ à ¹ » Á Á ¹ Á Ï ö Ð å å Û Ù Ù á â ã ä Æ ù æ æ ¹ ´ Í ¾ Å Ù Ð æ Ï Ú × × Õ ¹ ¹ » Á Á á â ã ä ´ ¿ Í ¿ ÷ Ï Ð Ñ õ Ù Û Õ Â Ë ¼ è ÿ ¿   ´ · · · Ð Ñ æ Ï Ù Ù Ù Ù Ï Ù Ù Õ Õ ¼ ¹ à à º ÿ é á ï ñ ¡ ã á ä ã á ä µ ¿ · Ü Ð ¢ æ Ï Ù Ù Ù Ù Ï Ù Ù Õ Ã ÿ é á ï ñ ¡ ã á ä ã á ä Ï Û â ñ À » Á  à ¼ Á £ ¤ ¥ ¦ § ¨ ©  ¦   ¦      ¦ ¨   © ¨ ¦     ! " #  $   %  ©   & '  ( %  ©    ) '    0  ¨ 1 # 2 # ³ Ì µ ³ É Ç Æ Ç É Å Æ Æ É 8 É 9 É É ¶ ¢ 4 5 6 Ñ ø æ í ¢ ¢ ø ¢ ¢ ¸ 3 Î ¸ À À 7 3 À Ý Ý À ¸ ß à É Ä É Ñ Ñ ¢ ¸ À ¿ Ä Å Æ Ç ¹ È º  º ³ ´ µ ´ ´ ½ ¾ ¿ É · Ê Ã Ã ¹ Ë Ã » ¸ ¹ ¹ º » ¼ » ¼ À » Á  à ¼ µ ¶ · Ì ¿ Í ¿ ¾  » à » Î ¹ à  » ´ ´ Ï Ð Ñ Ï Ö Ð Ö × × × × » º Ò » ¹ ¼  » Ó Ô Å Ð × × Ø Ð Ü Ú Ð Û × Ö Ð Û Õ Ò ¿ Í ³ ¿ Í · · · Ñ ¼ ¹ Ã Ý Á Á Ã Þ » à Á Ü Ð Ù Ï Ù Ù Ù á â ã ä Õ Õ ß ³ à Ñ Ý ¾ Í ¿ ¿ · å Ð æ Ü Ø Ù × × Â ç ¼ Þ ¼ è é ê ã ë á ³ ¾ Í Í · Ñ ¼ ¹ à  Á Ò » » Û Ð Ù × × × á â ã ä Õ ³ ¿ Í ß ³ ³ à · Ñ Ã Á ´ ¿ Í · Ú Ð æ ì Û Ù Ã » á â ã ä Õ Õ Õ ´ ¿ Í · Ø Ð í Ù Ð Ï Ï Ï Ð Û Ã Â » á â ã ä Ö Ð Ñ Ð Ð õ Ð õ ¹ Á ¼ » î ï ð ñ ë ò ã é ó ô ï ð ó ô ï ð ñ ë ò ó ô ï ð ñ ë ò Í ´ Æ · ö Ð Ð Ð õ Ð õ Ð Â î ï ð ñ ë ò ã é ó ô ï ð ó ô ï ð ñ ë ò ó ô ï ð ñ ë ò ´ ÷ · · Ï Ù Ð æ õ Ù Ï Û Ã Â Ô ´ ¾ · Ï Ï Ð ø Ù Ð Ù Û Ù Ð Ü á â ã ä ³ Í ¿ · Ï Ð Ü Ù Ù Õ Â º á â ã ä Õ Õ ¿ ´ ß à ¶ ¶ Æ ù ú Ï Ü Ð Ù Ï Û Ù ¼ ¹ ¼ » ¹ Á á â ã ä ¿ ´ ¿ ß à ¶ ¶ Æ û ú Ï å Ð Ù Ð Ü ¼ ¼ » ¹ Á á â ã ä Õ ´ ¿ · Ï Û Ð æ ì Ù Ð Ù Ï Ù Ð Ù Û Ù º  º á â ã ä ¿ · Ï Ú Ð Ï Ð × × ¸ ¼ ¹ Á Á  º á â ã ä Õ ³ Ï Ø Ð ì Ü Ù Û Ù Â Ã Ò ¹ ¼ » á â ã ä Õ ´ ´ ¿ ¾ · Ï Ö Ð í æ ì × × × » » à » á â ã ä ü ý þ ´ Í ¾ · Å Ñ ¼ ¹ à ¹ » Á Á ¹ Á Ï ö Ð å Ù Û Ù Ù á â ã ä Æ ù æ æ ¹ ´ Í ¾ Å Ù Ð æ Ï × × Õ ¹ ¹ » Á Á á â ã ä Õ ´ ¿ Í ¿ ÷ Ï Ð Ñ õ Ù Û Õ Â Ë ¼ è ÿ ¿   ´ · · · Ð Ñ æ Ï Ù Ù Ù Ù Ï Ù Ù Õ Õ ¼ ¹ à à º ÿ é á ï ñ ¡ ã á ä ã á ä µ ¿ · Ü Ð ¢ æ Ï Ù Ù Ù Ù Ï Ù Ù Õ Ã ÿ é á ï ñ ¡ ã á ä ã á ä Ï Ú â ñ À » Á  à ¼ Á £ ¤ ¥ ¦ § ¨ ©  ¦   ¦      ¦ ¨   © ¨ ¦     ! " #  $   %  ©   & '  ( %  ©    ) '    0  ¨ 1 # 2 # µ A ³ ½ ³ ³ @ É Ä É É ¶ É í æ ¢ Ñ ¢ ø À À 3 7 ³ Ì Ì Ì É Ç É Æ ¶ Å É ¶ ¶ Å Æ É É ¢ 4 B 6 ø ø Ñ ø æ ¢ Ñ Ñ ¸ 3 À À 3 C À ³ ´ µ µ ´ ´ ´ ´ ³ ¶ · ¶ 8 ¢ ¸ ¹ ¹ º » ¼ » Á ¸ ¹ ¹ º » ¼ » À » Á  à ¼ ¸ ¹ D E ÷ Ï Ð å Ð Ö å Ù ñ á F ñ ¡ ò é ¡ ñ Ô Õ ¤ Ó Ð × × × Ø Ð Ü Ú × ö Õ F G ß à Æ Ü Ð æ Ù Ï Û Ù Ô H ñ á I ë ä î P Q â ñ ó ý ñ á ó R ¤ ¤ Ý á â ã ä Õ ü I ô ë H ñ á I ë ä î P Q â ñ ó ý ñ á ó R å Ð ¤ ¤ Ö Ù ß à 9 Æ á â ã ä ü ý þ Ý S ÷ ß ³ à Û Ð Ñ å Ö Ü Û Ù Ù ô ò ä ý I T T ô ä U ñ R ê ô ä I R T ¤ Ý á â ã ä Õ ÷ ß ³ ³ à Ú Ð Ñ Ù Ö Ù Ù ô ò ä ê é T F ñ ó R ñ R ê ô ä I R T ¤ á â ã ä Õ Ø Ð Ï Ù î I ä V W ¡ ñ T ñ á â ã ä ü ý þ ¤ ß ´ ¿ ¾ à Å Ö Ð Ñ Ù Ð Ù Ï Ï Ð Ù Ô H ¡ ô á I é á » È ¹ X Þ ¹ à » ¼ á â ã ä û ß ³ à Æ Y ú ö Ð Ü å Ú Ù Ù ê é ä F H ò ñ ¤ á â ã ä û a ß à Ï Ù Ð ` í Ù Ð Ù å Ö ¡ ô ó » á â ã ä ß à b û Ï Ï Ð æ Ï Ð Ù Ô H ä ô ¡ I ó ñ ¡ ñ ñ à á â ã ä ü ý þ b ß à ú Ï Ð í Ù Ð Ù ä ô é ¡ I R ñ Õ á â ã ä Õ Õ Ï Ü Ð Ü Ú Ï Ù Ù Ù Ô H ä ô ¡ I R ñ á â ã ä ß à ¶ Å ù Ï å Ð c å Ù á á ô ó I ¤ á â ã ä ü ý þ Ï Û Ð Ù Ð Ï Ô R á I é á á â ã ä ü ý þ ¤ Ï Ú Ð Ù Ð Û þ ñ R á â ã ä ü ý þ ¤ Ï Ø Ð Ù Ð Ù Ï Ð Ù c ¡ T ñ ó I ë á â ã ä Õ Ï Ö Ð Ù Ð Ù Ï Ï Ð Ù Ô é F F ñ ¡ á â ã ä Ï ö Ð Ï Ð Û ü ¡ I é á á â ã ä ü ý þ ¤ Ù Ð Ù Ð Û Õ ê ñ ä ñ ó I é á á â ã ä ü ý þ Ï Ð Ï Ð Ù Õ ê I ä U ñ ¡ á â ã ä ü ý þ Ð Ù Ð Ï Û Õ Õ ñ T ò I ë I R ñ T á â ã ä ü ý þ £ Ü Ð d Ï Ð Û Õ ó â ó ñ T ñ á â ã ä ü ý þ ¤ ¤ å Ð e Ù Ð Ù Ï Û Ð Ù Õ I ó ë á â ã ä Û Ð Ï Ð Ù Õ ÿ I ë f ñ ä á â ã ä ü ý þ Ú Ð Ù Ð Ú Ð Ù Õ ü ô ¡ ô ó á â ã ä Õ Ø Ð d Ù Ð Ù Ï Õ ñ ¡ ë é ¡ Q á â ã ä ü ý þ ÷ ÷ Ö Ð d Ù Ð Ù å Ð Ù Õ ô ò ä ô P I ë ñ ò ä T á â ã ä Õ ¤ ¤ ö Ð × Ï Ð Ù Õ ê é ä F H I R ñ g ê Õ h á â ã ä ü ý þ Ü Ù Ð d Ù c ` c ó ô ó I ë ý ñ ò ñ ¡ â ñ ó ò T ü ê á â ã ä ü ý þ Õ ¤ Ü Ï Ð Ù Ð Ï H ñ ó ô ä I ë Ô ô á F ô é ó R T á â ã ä ü ý þ £ Ü Ð Ð Ù Õ Ô Q ó I R ñ á â ã ä ü ý þ Õ ¤ Ï Ø â ñ À » Á  à ¼ Á £ ¤ ¥ ¦ § ¨ ©  ¦   ¦      ¦ ¨   © ¨ ¦     ! " #  $   %  ©   & '  ( %  ©    ) '    0  ¨ 1 # 2 # ³ ³ ³ Ì É Ç Ä É É ¶ É i É Å É Ç Æ p É 9 ¢ 4 5 6 ø ¢ Ñ ø ø ¢ ¸ 3 À Î À C 3 Ý 7 À Ý ³ ´ µ µ ´ ´ ´ ´ ³ ¶ · ¶ 8 ¢ ¸ ¹ ¹ º » ¼ » Á ¸ ¹ ¹ º » ¼ » À » Á  à ¼ ¸ ¹ D E ÷ Ï Ð å Ù ñ á F ñ ¡ ò é ¡ ñ Ô Õ ¤ Ó Ð × × × Ø Ð Ï Ú × ö Õ F G ß à Æ Ü Ð æ Ù Ï Û Ù Ô H ñ á I ë ä î P Q â ñ ó ý ñ á ó R ¤ ¤ Ý á â ã ä Õ å Ð ü I ô ë H ñ á I ë ä î P Q â ñ ó ý ñ á ó R Ö Ù ¤ ¤ ß à 9 Æ á â ã ä ü ý þ Ý S ÷ ß ³ à Û Ð Ñ Ö Ø Ü Û Ù Ù ô ò ä ý I T T ô ä U ñ R ê ô ä I R T ¤ Ý á â ã ä Õ ÷ ß ³ ³ à Ú Ð Ñ Ù Ø Ù Ù ô ò ä ê é T F ñ ó R ñ R ê ô ä I R T ¤ á â ã ä Õ Ø Ð Ï Ù î I ä V W ¡ ñ T ñ á â ã ä ü ý þ ¤ ß ´ ¿ ¾ à Ö Ð Å Ù Ð Ù Ï Ï Ð Ù Ñ Ô H ¡ ô á I é á á â ã ä » È ¹ X Þ ¹ à » ¼ û ß ³ à ö Ð Æ Y ú å Ù Ú Ù Ù ê é ä F H ò ñ á â ã ä ¤ û a ß à Ï Ù Ð ` í Ù Ð Ù å Ö ¡ ô ó » á â ã ä ß à b û Ï Ï Ð æ Ï Ð Ù Ô H ä ô ¡ I ó ñ ¡ ñ ñ à á â ã ä ü ý þ b ß à ú Ï Ð í Ù Ð Ï Ù ä ô é ¡ I R ñ Õ á â ã ä Õ Ï Ü Ð Ü Ï Ù Ù Ù Ô H ä ô ¡ I R ñ á â ã ä Õ ß à ¶ Å ù Ï å Ð c å Ù á á ô ó I ¤ á â ã ä ü ý þ Ï Û Ð Ù Ð Ï Ô R á I é á á â ã ä ü ý þ ¤ Ï Ú Ð Ù Ð Û þ ñ R á â ã ä ü ý þ ¤ Ï Ø Ð Ù Ð Ù Ï Ð Ù c ¡ T ñ ó I ë á â ã ä Õ Ï Ö Ð Ù Ð Ù Ï Ï Ð Ù Ô é F F ñ ¡ á â ã ä Ï ö Ð Ï Ð Û ü ¡ I é á á â ã ä ü ý þ ¤ Ù Ð Ù Ð Û Õ ê ñ ä ñ ó I é á á â ã ä ü ý þ Ï Ð Ï Ð Ù Õ ê I ä U ñ ¡ á â ã ä ü ý þ Ð Ù Ð Ï Û Õ Õ ñ T ò I ë I R ñ T á â ã ä ü ý þ £ Ü Ð d Ï Ð Û Õ ó â ó ñ T ñ á â ã ä ü ý þ ¤ ¤ å Ð e Ù Ð Ù Ï Û Ð Ù Õ I ó ë á â ã ä Û Ð Ï Ð Ù Õ ÿ I ë f ñ ä á â ã ä ü ý þ Ú Ð Ù Ð Ú Ð Ù Õ ü ô ¡ ô ó á â ã ä Õ Ø Ð d Ù Ð Ù Ï Õ ñ ¡ ë é ¡ Q á â ã ä ü ý þ ÷ ÷ Ö Ð d Ù Ð Ù å Ð Ù Õ ô ò ä ô P I ë ñ ò ä T á â ã ä Õ ¤ ¤ ö Ð × Ï Ð Ù Õ ê é ä F H I R ñ g ê Õ h á â ã ä ü ý þ Ü Ù Ð d Ù c ` c ó ô ó I ë ý ñ ò ñ ¡ â ñ ó ò T ü ê á â ã ä ü ý þ Õ ¤ Ü Ï Ð Ù Ð Ï H ñ ó ô ä I ë Ô ô á F ô é ó R T á â ã ä ü ý þ £ Ü Ð Ð Ù Õ Ô Q ó I R ñ á â ã ä ü ý þ Õ ¤ Ï Ö â ñ À » Á  à ¼ Á £ ¤ ¥ ¦ § ¨ ©  ¦   ¦      ¦ ¨   © ¨ ¦     ! " #  $   %  ©   & '  ( %  ©    ) '    0  ¨ 1 # 2 # µ ½ ³ q Æ ¶ Æ ¶ B æ æ ø 3 b ô ä ä ô r I ó â ¡ ñ ò H ñ ë ô ó ë ä é T I ô ó T ï T ñ R ô ó ò H ñ ¡ ñ T é ä ò T ô s á ï I ñ ó ò I ¡ t ó ô I T ñ t R ¡ I ó f I ó â ã â ¡ ô é ó R ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ Ð ó R T é ¡ s ë ñ r ò ñ ¡ ¤ ¤ ¤ d d v c c á ï I ñ ó ò I ¡ u é ä I ò Q ô ó I ò ô ¡ I ó â T H ô r T ò H ò ò H ñ F ô ä ä é ò ó ò T g Ô î t ÿ î P t ê î P ó R h ¡ ñ ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ £ ¤ Ó õ × Ð c c c U ñ ¡ Q r ñ ä ä ï ñ ä ô r ò H ñ F ¡ ñ T ë ¡ I ï ñ R T ò ó R ¡ R T ô s ê w ó R f ÿ w u ê ä T ô t U ñ ¡ â ñ ¤ ¤ £ ¤ £ ¤ ¤ å å Ð Ø Ú Ö Ð å Ð c ÿ ô I T ñ ä ñ U ñ ä T ô s ò H ñ ¡ ñ ¡ ñ U ñ ¡ Q ä ô r ¡ ó â I ó â s ¡ ô á ò ô á P I á é á ô s R ü ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ ÷ H ñ ¡ ñ r ñ ¡ ñ ò r ô T á F ä ñ T ò f ñ ó s ¡ ô á R I s s ñ ¡ ñ ó ò F ô I ó ò T ô ó ò H ñ T I ò ñ t ô ó ñ s ¡ ô á ò H ñ G ó R ¤ ¤ ¤ ÷ é á F ó R ô ó ñ s ¡ ô á ò H ñ F t ò H ñ ¡ ñ T é ä ò T T H ô r T ò H ò ò H ñ r ò ñ ¡ x é ä I ò Q I T U ñ ¡ Q â ô ô R ó R £ ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ F ¡ á ñ ò ñ ¡ T R ô ñ T ó ô ò ñ P ë ñ ñ R ó Q ä ä ô r ï ä ñ ë ô ó ë ñ ó ò ¡ ò I ô ó T F ¡ ñ T ë ¡ I ï ñ R ï Q y G î ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ Ð W é I R ñ ä I ó ñ T ÷ Ð H ñ T é ¡ s ë ñ r ò ñ ¡ ó ä Q T I T ¡ ñ T é ä ò T T H ô r T ò H ò ò H ñ T é ¡ s ë ñ r ò ñ ¡ I ñ €  I U ñ ¡ ê r ò ó R ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ ` ¡ ¡ I â ò I ô ó Ô H ó ñ ä x é ä I ò Q I T U ñ ¡ Q â ô ô R ó R ë ô ó ò I ó T ó ô H ¡ R ô é T T é ï T ò ó ë ñ T t ä T ô ó ô ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ ‚ ¤ ¤ ¤ Ð F ¡ á ñ ò ñ ¡ ô s ò H ñ T I R T á F ä ñ T I T ï ô U ñ ò H ñ ÿ w u ê ä I á I ò T ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ G ñ ó ë ñ t I ò I T ë ô ó ë ä é R ñ R ò H ò ò H ñ ô U ñ ¡ ä ä w ó U I ¡ ô ó á ñ ó ò ä u é ä I ò Q F ¡ á ñ ò ñ ¡ T g I ¡ t ó ô I T ñ t ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ × r ò ñ ¡ ó R T é ¡ s ë ñ r ò ñ ¡ h á ô ó I ò ô ¡ ñ R ã ó ä Q ñ R s ô ¡ ò H I T F ¡ ô ð ñ ë ò ¡ ñ r ñ ä ä ï ñ ä ô r ò H ñ f ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ ‚ ¤ £ ¤ õ Ð c ÿ w u ê ó R ê w ó R H T ó ô I ¡ t ó ô I T ñ t r ò ñ ¡ ó R T é ¡ s ë ñ r ò ñ ¡ F ô ä ä é ò I ô ó ¤ £ ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ Ï ö Ô ô ó ë ä é T I ô ó T â ñ £ ¤ ¥ ¦ § ¨ ©  ¦   ¦      ¦ ¨   © ¨ ¦     ! " #  $   %  ©   & '  ( %  ©    ) '    0  ¨ 1 # 2 # Ì ½ í ø ¢ 4 B À ½ Ì É É Ç É Ç Æ ¶ Æ ¶ Ñ ø æ Ñ ¢ Ñ Ñ ¢ ø Ñ ø ¸ À 3 À À Ì ½ í ø ¢ 4 5 À Ì Ä É Å Æ ¶ Æ ¶ Ç Æ ¶ Æ ¶ ¢ Ñ ¢ æ ø Ñ ø ø Ñ ø À Ý À Ù Ô ô ó ë ä é T I ô ó T â ñ Õ £ ¤ ¥ ¦ § ¨ ©  ¦   ¦      ¦ ¨   © ¨ ¦     ! " #  $   %  ©   & '  ( %  ©    ) '    0  ¨ 1 # 2 # Ì ½ @ í ø ¢ 4 À ³ Ì Ì ¶ Æ ¶ i ¶ Ä É í ø ¢ Ñ ¢ Ñ ø í ø ø Ñ ¢ 3 Ý Ý À À Ì ½ q í ø ¢ 4 À ³ Ì Ì ¶ Æ ¶ Ç Æ ¶ Æ ¶ ø ¢ ¢ ¢ ø ø Ñ ø 3 Î 3 À Ï Ô ô ó ë ä é T I ô ó T â ñ Õ £ ¤ ¥ ¦ § ¨ ©  ¦   ¦      ¦ ¨   © ¨ ¦     ! " #  $   %  ©   & '  ( %  ©    ) '    0  ¨ 1 # 2 # Ì ½ A í ø ¢ 4 À ³ Ä É É Ç Æ Æ ¶ Ñ ¢ ¢ æ ¢ æ Ñ ø À ¸ 3 3 3 Ì ½ í ø ¢ 4 ƒ À ³ Ì ³ ½ ¶ Æ É Ä É í ø ¢ Ñ ¢ Ñ ø í í æ ¢ Ñ ¢ 3 Ý À À Ô ô ó ë ä é T I ô ó T â ñ Õ Õ £ ¤ ¥ ¦ § ¨ ©  ¦   ¦      ¦ ¨   © ¨ ¦     ! " #  $   %  ©   & '  ( %  ©    ) '    0  ¨ 1 # 2 # Ì ½ í ø ¢ 4 „ À Ì É Ç 9 ¶ É Ç Æ ¶ Æ ¶ É Æ ¶ É ø ¢ Ñ ø ø Ñ ø Ñ ø Ñ À À ¸ Ì ½ í ø ¢ 4 … À Ì É Ç 9 ¶ É Ç Æ ¶ Æ ¶ É Æ ¶ 9 ø ¢ Ñ ø ø Ñ ø Ñ ø Ñ À À ¸ Ü Ô ô ó ë ä é T I ô ó T â ñ Õ £ ¤ ¥ ¦ § ¨ ©  ¦   ¦      ¦ ¨   © ¨ ¦     ! " #  $   %  ©   & '  ( %  ©    ) '    0  ¨ 1 # 2 # å Ô ô ó ë ä é T I ô ó T â ñ Õ £ ¤ † ‡ ˆ ‰  ‘ ‡ ’ “ ‡ ” • – — ˜ “ • – ” ™ — • ‡ d e • f “ ” g h † ˜ e i j k ‰ d “ – ‰ ‡ “ l GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: INTRODUCTION WORLD BANK GROUP Environmental, Health, and Safety General Guidelines Introduction based on the professional opinion of qualified and experienced persons. When host country regulations differ from the levels and The Environmental, Health, and Safety (EHS) Guidelines are measures presented in the EHS Guidelines, projects are expected technical reference documents with general and industry-specific to achieve whichever is more stringent. If less stringent levels or examples of Good International Industry Practice (GIIP) 1. When measures than those provided in these EHS Guidelines are one or more members of the World Bank Group are involved in a appropriate, in view of specific project circumstances, a full and project, these EHS Guidelines are applied as required by their detailed justification for any proposed alternatives is needed as part respective policies and standards. These General EHS Guidelines of the site-specific environmental assessment. This justification are designed to be used together with the relevant Industry Sector should demonstrate that the choice for any alternate performance EHS Guidelines which provide guidance to users on EHS issues in levels is protective of human health and the environment. specific industry sectors. For complex projects, use of multiple industry-sector guidelines may be necessary. A complete list of The General EHS Guidelines are organized as follows: industry-sector guidelines can be found at: 1. Environmental 3 www.ifc.org/ifcext/enviro.nsf/Content/EnvironmentalGuidelines 1.1 Air Emissions and Ambient Air Quality 3 1.2 Energy Conservation 17 The EHS Guidelines contain the performance levels and measures 1.3 Wastewater and Ambient Water Quality 24 1.4 Water Conservation 32 that are generally considered to be achievable in new facilities by 1.5 Hazardous Materials Management 35 1.6 Waste Management 45 existing technology at reasonable costs. Application of the EHS 1.7 Noise 51 Guidelines to existing facilities may involve the establishment of 1.8 Contaminated Land 53 2. Occupational Health and Safety 59 site-specific targets, with an appropriate timetable for achieving 2.1 General Facility Design and Operation 60 2.2 Communication and Training 62 them. The applicability of the EHS Guidelines should be tailored to 2.3 Physical Hazards 64 the hazards and risks established for each project on the basis of 2.4 Chemical Hazards 68 2.5 Biological Hazards 70 the results of an environmental assessment2 in which site-specific 2.6 Radiological Hazards 72 2.7 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) 72 variables, such as host country context, assimilative capacity of the 2.8 Special Hazard Environments 73 environment, and other project factors, are taken into account. The 2.9 Monitoring 74 3. Community Health and Safety 77 applicability of specific technical recommendations should be 3.1 Water Quality and Availability 77 3.2 Structural Safety of Project Infrastructure 78 3.3 Life and Fire Safety (L&FS) 79 3.4 Traffic Safety 82 1 Defined as the exercise of professional skill, diligence, prudence and foresight that 3.5 Transport of Hazardous Materials 82 would be reasonably expected from skilled and experienced professionals engaged 3.6 Disease Prevention 85 in the same type of undertaking under the same or similar circumstances globally. 3.7 Emergency Preparedness and Response 86 The circumstances that skilled and experienced professionals may find when 4. Construction and Decommissioning 89 evaluating the range of pollution prevention and control techniques available to a project may include, but are not limited to, varying levels of environmental 4.1 Environment 89 degradation and environmental assimilative capacity as well as varying levels of 4.2 Occupational Health & Safety 92 financial and technical feasibility. 4.3 Community Health & Safety 94 2 For IFC, such assessment is carried out consistent with Performance Standard 1, References and Additional Sources* 96 and for the World Bank, with Operational Policy 4.01. PRIL 30, 2007 1 m n o p q r s o t u o v w x y z u w x v { y w o | } w ~ u v  €  q | u x q o u ‚ GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: INTRODUCTION WORLD BANK GROUP General Approach to the Management people or to the environmental resources on which they depend. of EHS Issues at the Facility or Project Level • Prioritizing risk management strategies with the objective of achieving an overall reduction of risk to human health and the Effective management of environmental, health, and safety (EHS) environment, focusing on the prevention of irreversible and / or issues entails the inclusion of EHS considerations into corporate- significant impacts. and facility-level business processes in an organized, hierarchical approach that includes the following steps: • Favoring strategies that eliminate the cause of the hazard at its source, for example, by selecting less hazardous materials • Identifying EHS project hazards3 and associated risks4 as or processes that avoid the need for EHS controls. early as possible in the facility development or project cycle, including the incorporation of EHS considerations into the site • When impact avoidance is not feasible, incorporating selection process, product design process, engineering engineering and management controls to reduce or minimize planning process for capital requests, engineering work the possibility and magnitude of undesired consequences, for orders, facility modification authorizations, or layout and example, with the application of pollution controls to reduce process change plans. the levels of emitted contaminants to workers or environments. • Involving EHS professionals, who have the experience, • Preparing workers and nearby communities to respond to competence, and training necessary to assess and manage accidents, including providing technical and financial EHS impacts and risks, and carry out specialized resources to effectively and safely control such events, and environmental management functions including the restoring workplace and community environments to a safe preparation of project or activity-specific plans and procedures and healthy condition. that incorporate the technical recommendations presented in • Improving EHS performance through a combination of ongoing this document that are relevant to the project. monitoring of facility performance and effective accountability. • Understanding the likelihood and magnitude of EHS risks, based on: „ The nature of the project activities, such as whether the project will generate significant quantities of emissions or effluents, or involve hazardous materials or processes; „ The potential consequences to workers, communities, or the environment if hazards are not adequately managed, which may depend on the proximity of project activities to 3 Defined as “threats to humans and what they value” (Kates, et al., 1985). 4 Defined as “quantitative measures of hazard consequences, usually expressed as conditional probabilities of experiencing harm” (Kates, et. al., 1985) PRIL 30, 2007 2 ƒ n o p q r s o t u o v w x y z u w x v { y w o | } w ~ u v  €  q | u x q o u ‚ GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL AIR EMISSIONS AND AMBIENT AIR QUALITY WORLD BANK GROUP 1.0 Environmental 1.1 Air Emissions and Ambient Air Quality the spatial characteristic of the source including point sources, Applicability and Approach ...............................................3 fugitive sources, and mobile sources and, further, by process, Ambient Air Quality ..........................................................4 such as combustion, materials storage, or other industry sector- General Approach....................................................4 specific processes. Projects Located in Degraded Airsheds or Ecologically Sensitive Areas........................................................5 Point Sources ..................................................................5 Where possible, facilities and projects should avoid, minimize, and Stack Height.............................................................5 control adverse impacts to human health, safety, and the Small Combustion Facilities Emissions Guidelines ....6 Fugitive Sources ..............................................................8 environment from emissions to air. Where this is not possible, the Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs)........................8 generation and release of emissions of any type should be Particulate Matter (PM).............................................8 managed through a combination of: Ozone Depleting Substances (ODS) .........................9 Mobile Sources – Land-based ..........................................9 Greenhouse Gases (GHGs).............................................9 • Energy use efficiency Monitoring......................................................................10 • Process modification Monitoring of Small Combustion Plants Emissions...11 • Selection of fuels or other materials, the processing of which may result in less polluting emissions • Application of emissions control techniques Applicability and Approach This guideline applies to facilities or projects that generate The selected prevention and control techniques may include one emissions to air at any stage of the project life-cycle. It or more methods of treatment depending on: complements the industry-specific emissions guidance presented in the Industry Sector Environmental, Health, and Safety (EHS) • Regulatory requirements Guidelines by providing information about common techniques for • Significance of the source emissions management that may be applied to a range of industry • Location of the emitting facility relative to other sources sectors. This guideline provides an approach to the management • Location of sensitive receptors of significant sources of emissions, including specific guidance for • Existing ambient air quality, and potential for degradation of assessment and monitoring of impacts. It is also intended to the airshed from a proposed project provide additional information on approaches to emissions • Technical feasibility and cost effectiveness of the available management in projects located in areas of poor air quality, where options for prevention, control, and release of emissions it may be necessary to establish project-specific emissions standards. Emissions of air pollutants can occur from a wide variety of activities during the construction, operation, and decommissioning phases of a project. These activities can be categorized based on PRIL 30, 2007 3 ƒ n o p q r s o t u o v w x y z u w x v { y w o | } w ~ u v  €  q | u x q o u ‚ GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL AIR EMISSIONS AND AMBIENT AIR QUALITY WORLD BANK GROUP Ambient Air Quality additional, future sustainable development in the same airshed. 12 General Approach At facility level, impacts should be estimated through qualitative or Projects with significant5,6 sources of air emissions, and potential quantitative assessments by the use of baseline air quality for significant impacts to ambient air quality, should prevent or assessments and atmospheric dispersion models to assess minimize impacts by ensuring that: potential ground level concentrations. Local atmospheric, climatic, • Emissions do not result in pollutant concentrations that reach and air quality data should be applied when modeling dispersion, or exceed relevant ambient quality guidelines and standards9 protection against atmospheric downwash, wakes, or eddy effects by applying national legislated standards, or in their absence, of the source, nearby13 structures, and terrain features. The the current WHO Air Quality Guidelines10 (see Table 1.1.1), dispersion model applied should be internationally recognized, or or other internationally recognized sources11; comparable. Examples of acceptable emission estimation and • Emissions do not contribute a significant portion to the dispersion modeling approaches for point and fugitive sources are attainment of relevant ambient air quality guidelines or standards. As a general rule, this Guideline suggests 25 Table 1.1.1: WHO Ambient Air Quality Guidelines 7,8 percent of the applicable air quality standards to allow Averaging Guideline value in Period µg/m3 Sulfur dioxide (SO2) 24-hour 125 (Interim target-1) 50 (Interim target-2) 20 (guideline) 10 minute 500 (guideline) 5 Significant sources of point and fugitive emissions are considered to be general Nitrogen dioxide (NO2) 1-year 40 (guideline) 1-hour 200 (guideline) sources which, for example, can contribute a net emissions increase of one or more of the following pollutants within a given airshed: PM10: 50 tons per year Particulate Matter 1-year 70 (Interim target-1) (tpy); NOx: 500 tpy; SO2: 500 tpy; or as established through national legislation; PM10 50 (Interim target-2) and combustion sources with an equivalent heat input of 50 MWth or greater. The 30 (Interim target-3) significance of emissions of inorganic and organic pollutants should be established 20 (guideline) on a project-specific basis taking into account toxic and other properties of the pollutant. 24-hour 150 (Interim target-1) 6 United States Environmental Protection Agency, Prevention of Significant 100 (Interim target-2) Deterioration of Air Quality, 40 CFR Ch. 1 Part 52.21. Other references for 75 (Interim target-3) establishing significant emissions include the European Commission. 2000. 50 (guideline) “Guidance Document for EPER implementation.” http://ec.europa.eu/environment/ippc/eper/index.htm ; and Australian Government. Particulate Matter 1-year 35 (Interim target-1) 2004. “National Pollutant Inventory Guide.” PM2.5 25 (Interim target-2) http://www.npi.gov.au/handbooks/pubs/npiguide.pdf 15 (Interim target-3) 7 World Health Organization (WHO). Air Quality Guidelines Global Update, 2005. 10 (guideline) PM 24-hour value is the 99th percentile. 8 Interim targets are provided in recognition of the need for a staged approach to 24-hour 75 (Interim target-1) 50 (Interim target-2) achieving the recommended guidelines. 9 Ambient air quality standards are ambient air quality levels established and 37.5 (Interim target-3) 25 (guideline) published through national legislative and regulatory processes, and ambient quality guidelines refer to ambient quality levels primarily developed through Ozone 8-hour daily 160 (Interim target-1) clinical, toxicological, and epidemiological evidence (such as those published by maximum 100 (guideline) the World Health Organization). 10 Available at World Health Organization (WHO). http://www.who.int/en 12 US EPA Prevention of Significant Deterioration Increments Limits applicable to 11 For example the United States National Ambient Air Quality Standards non-degraded airsheds. (NAAQS) (http://www.epa.gov/air/criteria.html) and the relevant European Council Directives (Council Directive 1999/30/EC of 22 April 1999 / Council Directive 2002/3/EC of February 12 2002). PRIL 30, 2007 4 ƒ n o p q r s o t u o v w x y z u w x v { y w o | } w ~ u v  €  q | u x q o u ‚ GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL AIR EMISSIONS AND AMBIENT AIR QUALITY WORLD BANK GROUP included in Annex 1.1.1. These approaches include screening Point Sources models for single source evaluations (SCREEN3 or AIRSCREEN), Point sources are discrete, stationary, identifiable sources of as well as more complex and refined models (AERMOD OR emissions that release pollutants to the atmosphere. They are ADMS). Model selection is dependent on the complexity and geo- typically located in manufacturing or production plants. Within a morphology of the project site (e.g. mountainous terrain, urban or given point source, there may be several individual ‘emission rural area). points’ that comprise the point source.15 Projects Located in Degraded Airsheds or Point sources are characterized by the release of air pollutants Ecologically Sensitive Areas typically associated with the combustion of fossil fuels, such as Facilities or projects located within poor quality airsheds14, and nitrogen oxides (NOx), sulfur dioxide (SO2), carbon monoxide within or next to areas established as ecologically sensitive (e.g. (CO), and particulate matter (PM), as well as other air pollutants national parks), should ensure that any increase in pollution levels including certain volatile organic compounds (VOCs) and metals is as small as feasible, and amounts to a fraction of the applicable that may also be associated with a wide range of industrial short-term and annual average air quality guidelines or standards activities. as established in the project-specific environmental assessment. Emissions from point sources should be avoided and controlled Suitable mitigation measures may also include the relocation of according to good international industry practice (GIIP) applicable significant sources of emissions outside the airshed in question, to the relevant industry sector, depending on ambient conditions, use of cleaner fuels or technologies, application of comprehensive through the combined application of process modifications and pollution control measures, offset activities at installations emissions controls, examples of which are provided in Annex controlled by the project sponsor or other facilities within the same 1.1.2. Additional recommendations regarding stack height and airshed, and buy-down of emissions within the same airshed. emissions from small combustion facilities are provided below. Specific provisions for minimizing emissions and their impacts in Stack Height poor air quality or ecologically sensitive airsheds should be The stack height for all point sources of emissions, whether established on a project-by-project or industry-specific basis. ‘significant’ or not, should be designed according to GIIP (see Offset provisions outside the immediate control of the project Annex 1.1.3) to avoid excessive ground level concentrations due sponsor or buy-downs should be monitored and enforced by the to downwash, wakes, and eddy effects, and to ensure reasonable local agency responsible for granting and monitoring emission diffusion to minimize impacts. For projects where there are permits. Such provisions should be in place prior to final multiple sources of emissions, stack heights should be established commissioning of the facility / project. with due consideration to emissions from all other project sources, both point and fugitive. Non-significant sources of emissions, 13 “Nearby” generally considers an area within a radius of up to 20 times the stack 15 Emission points refer to a specific stack, vent, or other discrete point of pollution height. release. This term should not be confused with point source, which is a regulatory 14 An airshed should be considered as having poor air quality if nationally distinction from area and mobile sources. The characterization of point sources into multiple emissions points is useful for allowing more detailed reporting of legislated air quality standards or WHO Air Quality Guidelines are exceeded emissions information. significantly. PRIL 30, 2007 5 ƒ n o p q r s o t u o v w x y z u w x v { y w o | } w ~ u v  €  q | u x q o u ‚ GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL AIR EMISSIONS AND AMBIENT AIR QUALITY WORLD BANK GROUP including small combustion sources,16 should also use GIIP in stack design. Small Combustion Facilities Emissions Guidelines Small combustion processes are systems designed to deliver electrical or mechanical power, steam, heat, or any combination of these, regardless of the fuel type, with a total, rated heat input capacity of between three Megawatt thermal (MWth) and 50 MWth. The emissions guidelines in Table 1.1.2 are applicable to small combustion process installations operating more than 500 hours per year, and those with an annual capacity utilization of more than 30 percent. Plants firing a mixture of fuels should compare emissions performance with these guidelines based on the sum of the relative contribution of each applied fuel17. Lower emission values may apply if the proposed facility is located in an ecologically sensitive airshed, or airshed with poor air quality, in order to address potential cumulative impacts from the installation of more than one small combustion plant as part of a distributed generation project. 16 Small combustion sources are those with a total rated heat input capacity of 50MWth or less. 17 The contribution of a fuel is the percentage of heat input (LHV) provided by this fuel multiplied by its limit value. PRIL 30, 2007 6 ƒ ˆ     •  ˆ  ˆ … ’ “ ” “ ‘ — ‰ † ‡ † Š Œ † Ž Œ Ž Ž † Ž Œ – ˜ Œ † Œ ™ ‹   GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL AIR EMISSIONS AND AMBIENT AIR QUALITY WORLD BANK GROUP Table 1.1.2 - Small Combustion Facilities Emissions Guidelines (3MWth – 50MWth) – (in mg/Nm3 or as indicated) Combustion Technology / Particulate Matter (PM) Sulfur Dioxide (SO2) Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) Dry Gas, Excess Fuel O2 Content (%) Engine 200 (Spark Ignition) Gas N/A N/A 400 (Dual Fuel) 15 1,600 (Compression Ignition) 1.5 percent Sulfur or up to 3.0 percent Sulfur if 50 or up to 100 if justified by project specific If bore size diameter [mm] < 400: 1460 justified by project specific considerations (e.g. considerations (e.g. Economic feasibility of (or up to 1,600 if justified to maintain high Economic feasibility of using lower S content fuel, Liquid using lower ash content fuel, or adding energy efficiency.) 15 or adding secondary treatment to meet levels of secondary treatment to meet 50, and using 1.5 percent Sulfur, and available available environmental capacity of the site) If bore size diameter [mm] > or = 400: 1,850 environmental capacity of the site) Turbine Natural Gas 42 ppm (Electric generation) N/A N/A 15 =3MWth to < 15MWth 100 ppm (Mechanical drive) Natural Gas N/A N/A 25 ppm 15 =15MWth to < 50MWth 0.5 percent Sulfur or lower percent Sulfur (e.g. 0.2 Fuels other than Natural Gas 96 ppm (Electric generation) N/A percent Sulfur) if commercially available without 15 =3MWth to < 15MWth 150 ppm (Mechanical drive) significant excess fuel cost Fuels other than Natural Gas 0.5% S or lower % S (0.2%S) if commercially N/A 74 ppm 15 =15MWth to < 50MWth available without significant excess fuel cost Boiler Gas N/A N/A 320 3 50 or up to 150 if justified by environmental Liquid 2000 460 3 assessment 50 or up to 150 if justified by environmental Solid 2000 650 6 assessment Notes: -N/A/ - no emissions guideline; Higher performance levels than these in the Table should be applicable to facilities located in urban / industrial areas with degraded airsheds or close to ecologically sensitive areas where more stringent emissions controls may be needed.; MWth is heat input on HHV basis; Solid fuels include biomass; Nm 3 is at one atmosphere pressure, 0°C.; MWth category is to apply to the entire facility consisting of multiple units that are reasonably considered to be emitted from a common stack except for NOx and PM limits for turbines and boilers. Guidelines values apply to facilities operating more than 500 hours per year with an annual capacity utilization factor of more than 30 percent. š PRIL 30, 2007 7 n o p q r s o t u o v w x y z u w x v { y w o | } w ~ u v  €  q | u x q o u ‚ GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL AIR EMISSIONS AND AMBIENT AIR QUALITY WORLD BANK GROUP • Implementing a leak detection and repair (LDAR) program Fugitive Sources that controls fugitive emissions by regularly monitoring to Fugitive source air emissions refer to emissions that are detect leaks, and implementing repairs within a predefined distributed spatially over a wide area and not confined to a specific time period.18 discharge point. They originate in operations where exhausts are For VOC emissions associated with handling of chemicals in open not captured and passed through a stack. Fugitive emissions have vats and mixing processes, the recommended prevention and the potential for much greater ground-level impacts per unit than control techniques include: stationary source emissions, since they are discharged and dispersed close to the ground. The two main types of fugitive • Substitution of less volatile substances, such as aqueous emissions are Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) and solvents; particulate matter (PM). Other contaminants (NOx, SO2 and CO) • Collection of vapors through air extractors and subsequent are mainly associated with combustion processes, as described treatment of gas stream by removing VOCs with control above. Projects with potentially significant fugitive sources of devices such as condensers or activated carbon absorption; emissions should establish the need for ambient quality • Collection of vapors through air extractors and subsequent assessment and monitoring practices. treatment with destructive control devices such as: „ Catalytic Incinerators: Used to reduce VOCs from Open burning of solid wastes, whether hazardous or non- process exhaust gases exiting paint spray booths, hazardous, is not considered good practice and should be ovens, and other process operations avoided, as the generation of polluting emissions from this type of „ Thermal Incinerators: Used to control VOC levels in a source cannot be controlled effectively. gas stream by passing the stream through a combustion chamber where the VOCs are burned in air at Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) temperatures between 700º C to 1,300º C The most common sources of fugitive VOC emissions are „ Enclosed Oxidizing Flares: Used to convert VOCs into associated with industrial activities that produce, store, and use CO2 and H2O by way of direct combustion VOC-containing liquids or gases where the material is under pressure, exposed to a lower vapor pressure, or displaced from an • Use of floating roofs on storage tanks to reduce the enclosed space. Typical sources include equipment leaks, open opportunity for volatilization by eliminating the headspace vats and mixing tanks, storage tanks, unit operations in present in conventional storage tanks. wastewater treatment systems, and accidental releases. Particulate Matter (PM) Equipment leaks include valves, fittings, and elbows which are The most common pollutant involved in fugitive emissions is dust subject to leaks under pressure. The recommended prevention or particulate matter (PM). This is released during certain and control techniques for VOC emissions associated with operations, such as transport and open storage of solid materials, equipment leaks include: and from exposed soil surfaces, including unpaved roads. • Equipment modifications, examples of which are presented in Annex 1.1.4; 18 For more information, see Leak Detection and Repair Program (LDAR), at: http://www.ldar.net PRIL 30, 2007 8 ƒ n o p q r s o t u o v w x y z u w x v { y w o | } w ~ u v  €  q | u x q o u ‚ GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL AIR EMISSIONS AND AMBIENT AIR QUALITY WORLD BANK GROUP Recommended prevention and control of these emissions sources programs. In the absence of these, the following approach should include: be considered: • Use of dust control methods, such as covers, water • Regardless of the size or type of vehicle, fleet owners / suppression, or increased moisture content for open operators should implement the manufacturer recommended materials storage piles, or controls, including air extraction engine maintenance programs; and treatment through a baghouse or cyclone for material • Drivers should be instructed on the benefits of driving handling sources, such as conveyors and bins; practices that reduce both the risk of accidents and fuel • Use of water suppression for control of loose materials on consumption, including measured acceleration and driving paved or unpaved road surfaces. Oil and oil by-products is within safe speed limits; not a recommended method to control road dust. Examples • Operators with fleets of 120 or more units of heavy duty of additional control options for unpaved roads include those vehicles (buses and trucks), or 540 or more light duty summarized in Annex 1.1.5. vehicles21 (cars and light trucks) within an airshed should consider additional ways to reduce potential impacts Ozone Depleting Substances (ODS) including: Several chemicals are classified as ozone depleting substances „ Replacing older vehicles with newer, more fuel efficient (ODSs) and are scheduled for phase-out under the Montreal alternatives Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer.19 No new „ Converting high-use vehicles to cleaner fuels, where systems or processes should be installed using CFCs, halons, feasible 1,1,1-trichloroethane, carbon tetrachloride, methyl bromide or „ Installing and maintaining emissions control devices, HBFCs. HCFCs should only be considered as interim / bridging such as catalytic converters alternatives as determined by the host country commitments and „ Implementing a regular vehicle maintenance and repair regulations.20 program Mobile Sources – Land-based Greenhouse Gases (GHGs) Similar to other combustion processes, emissions from vehicles Sectors that may have potentially significant emissions of include CO, NOx, SO2, PM and VOCs. Emissions from on-road greenhouse gases (GHGs)22 include energy, transport, heavy and off-road vehicles should comply with national or regional industry (e.g. cement production, iron / steel manufacturing, aluminum smelting, petrochemical industries, petroleum refining, fertilizer manufacturing), agriculture, forestry and waste 19 Examples include: chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs); halons; 1,1,1-trichloroethane management. GHGs may be generated from direct emissions (methyl chloroform); carbon tetrachloride; hydrochlorofluorocarbons (HCFCs); hydrobromofluorocarbons (HBFCs); and methyl bromide. They are currently used in a variety of applications including: domestic, commercial, and process refrigeration (CFCs and HCFCs); domestic, commercial, and motor vehicle air 21 The selected fleet size thresholds are assumed to represent potentially conditioning (CFCs and HCFCs); for manufacturing foam products (CFCs); for significant sources of emissions based on individual vehicles traveling 100,000 km solvent cleaning applications (CFCs, HCFCs, methyl chloroform, and carbon / yr using average emission factors. tetrachloride); as aerosol propellants (CFCs); in fire protection systems (halons 22 The six greenhouse gases that form part of the Kyoto Protocol to the United and HBFCs); and as crop fumigants (methyl bromide). Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change include carbon dioxide (C02); 20 Additional information is available through the Montreal Protocol Secretariat methane (CH4); nitrous oxide (N 2O); hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs); perfluorocarbons web site available at: http://ozone.unep.org/ (PFCs); and sulfur hexafluoride (SF 6). PRIL 30, 2007 9 ƒ n o p q r s o t u o v w x y z u w x v { y w o | } w ~ u v  €  q | u x q o u ‚ GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL AIR EMISSIONS AND AMBIENT AIR QUALITY WORLD BANK GROUP from facilities within the physical project boundary and indirect decisions to be made based on the data and the consequences of emissions associated with the off-site production of power used by making an incorrect decision, the time and geographic the project. boundaries, and the quality of data needed to make a correct decision.25 The air quality monitoring program should consider Recommendations for reduction and control of greenhouse gases include: the following elements: • Carbon financing;23 • Monitoring parameters: The monitoring parameters selected should reflect the pollutants of concern associated with • Enhancement of energy efficiency (see section on project processes. For combustion processes, indicator ‘Energy Conservation’); parameters typically include the quality of inputs, such as the • Protection and enhancement of sinks and reservoirs of sulfur content of fuel. greenhouse gases; • Promotion of sustainable forms of agriculture and • Baseline calculations: Before a project is developed, baseline forestry; air quality monitoring at and in the vicinity of the site should • Promotion, development and increased use of be undertaken to assess background levels of key pollutants, renewable forms of energy; in order to differentiate between existing ambient conditions • Carbon capture and storage technologies;24 and project-related impacts. • Limitation and / or reduction of methane emissions • Monitoring type and frequency: Data on emissions and through recovery and use in waste management, as well ambient air quality generated through the monitoring program as in the production, transport and distribution of energy should be representative of the emissions discharged by the (coal, oil, and gas). project over time. Examples of time-dependent variations in the manufacturing process include batch process Monitoring manufacturing and seasonal process variations. Emissions Emissions and air quality monitoring programs provide information from highly variable processes may need to be sampled that can be used to assess the effectiveness of emissions more frequently or through composite methods. Emissions management strategies. A systematic planning process is monitoring frequency and duration may also range from recommended to ensure that the data collected are adequate for continuous for some combustion process operating their intended purposes (and to avoid collecting unnecessary parameters or inputs (e.g. the quality of fuel) to less frequent, data). This process, sometimes referred to as a data quality monthly, quarterly or yearly stack tests. objectives process, defines the purpose of collecting the data, the • Monitoring locations: Ambient air quality monitoring may 23 Carbon financing as a carbon emissions reduction strategy may include the host consists of off-site or fence line monitoring either by the government-endorsed Clean Development Mechanism or Joint Implementation of project sponsor, the competent government agency, or by the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change. 24 Carbon dioxide capture and storage (CCS) is a process consisting of the collaboration between both. The location of ambient air separation of CO2 from industrial and energy-related sources; transport to a storage location; and long-term isolation from the atmosphere, for example in geological formations, in the ocean, or in mineral carbonates (reaction of CO2 with metal oxides in silicate minerals to produce stable carbonates). It is the object of 25 See, for example, United States Environmental Protection Agency, Guidance on intensive research worldwide (Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change Systematic Planning Using the Data Quality Objectives Process EPA QA/G-4, (IPCC), Special Report, Carbon Dioxide Capture and Storage (2006). EPA/240/B-06/001 February 2006. PRIL 30, 2007 10 ƒ n o p q r s o t u o v w x y z u w x v { y w o | } w ~ u v  €  q | u x q o u ‚ GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL AIR EMISSIONS AND AMBIENT AIR QUALITY WORLD BANK GROUP quality monitoring stations should be established based on „ If Annual Stack Emission Testing demonstrates results the results of scientific methods and mathematical models to consistently and significantly better than the required estimate potential impact to the receiving airshed from an levels, frequency of Annual Stack Emission Testing can emissions source taking into consideration such aspects as be reduced from annual to every two or three years. the location of potentially affected communities and „ Emission Monitoring: None prevailing wind directions. Boilers with capacities between =20 MWth and < 50 MWth • Sampling and analysis methods : Monitoring programs should „ Annual Stack Emission Testing: SO2, NOx and PM. For apply national or international methods for sample collection gaseous fuel-fired boilers, only NOx. SO2 can be and analysis, such as those published by the International calculated based on fuel quality certification (if no SO2 Organization for Standardization,26 the European Committee control equipment is used) for Standardization,27 or the U.S. Environmental Protection „ Emission Monitoring: SO2. Plants with SO2 control Agency.28 Sampling should be conducted by, or under, the equipment: Continuous. NOx: Continuous monitoring of supervision of trained individuals. Analysis should be either NOx emissions or indicative NOx emissions using conducted by entities permitted or certified for this purpose. combustion parameters. PM: Continuous monitoring of Sampling and analysis Quality Assurance / Quality Control either PM emissions, opacity, or indicative PM (QA/QC) plans should be applied and documented to ensure emissions using combustion parameters / visual that data quality is adequate for the intended data use (e.g., monitoring. method detection limits are below levels of concern). • Additional recommended monitoring approaches for Monitoring reports should include QA/QC documentation. turbines : „ Annual Stack Emission Testing: NOx and SO2 (NOx Monitoring of Small Combustion Plants Emissions only for gaseous fuel-fired turbines). • Additional recommended monitoring approaches for boilers : „ If Annual Stack Emission Testing results show Boilers with capacities between =3 MWth and < 20 MWth: constantly (3 consecutive years) and significantly (e.g. „ Annual Stack Emission Testing: SO2, NOx and PM. For less than 75 percent) better than the required levels, gaseous fuel-fired boilers, only NOx. SO2 can be frequency of Annual Stack Emission Testing can be calculated based on fuel quality certification if no SO2 reduced from annual to every two or three years. control equipment is used. „ Emission Monitoring: NOx: Continuous monitoring of either NOx emissions or indicative NOx emissions using 26 An on-line catalogue of ISO standards relating to the environment, health combustion parameters.SO2: Continuous monitoring if protection, and safety is available at: SO2 control equipment is used. http://www.iso.org/iso/en/CatalogueListPage.CatalogueList?ICS1=13&ICS2=&ICS 3=&scopelist= • Additional recommended monitoring approaches for 27 An on-line catalogue of European Standards is available at: http://www.cen.eu/catweb/cwen.htm . engines: 28 The National Environmental Methods Index provides a searchable „ Annual Stack Emission Testing: NOx ,SO2 and PM (NOx clearinghouse of U.S. methods and procedures for both regulatory and non- regulatory monitoring purposes for water, sediment, air and tissues, and is only for gaseous fuel-fired diesel engines). available at http://www.nemi.gov/. PRIL 30, 2007 11 ƒ n o p q r s o t u o v w x y z u w x v { y w o | } w ~ u v  €  q | u x q o u ‚ GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL AIR EMISSIONS AND AMBIENT AIR QUALITY WORLD BANK GROUP „ If Annual Stack Emission Testing results show constantly (3 consecutive years) and significantly (e.g. less than 75 percent) better than the required levels, frequency of Annual Stack Emission Testing can be reduced from annual to every two or three years. „ Emission Monitoring: NOx: Continuous monitoring of either NOx emissions or indicative NOx emissions using combustion parameters. SO2: Continuous monitoring if SO2 control equipment is used. PM: Continuous monitoring of either PM emissions or indicative PM emissions using operating parameters. PRIL 30, 2007 12 ƒ n o p q r s o t u o v w x y z u w x v { y w o | } w ~ u v  €  q | u x q o u ‚ GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL AIR EMISSIONS AND AMBIENT AIR QUALITY WORLD BANK GROUP Annex 1.1.1 – Air Emissions Estimation and Dispersion Modeling Methods The following is a partial list of documents to aid in the estimation of air emissions from various processes and air dispersion models: Australian Emission Estimation Technique Manuals http://www.npi.gov.au/handbooks/ Atmospheric Emission Inventory Guidebook, UN / ECE / EMEP and the European Environment Agency http://www.aeat.co.uk/netcen/airqual/TFEI/unece.htm Emission factors and emission estimation methods, US EPA Office of Air Quality Planning & Standards http://www.epa.gov/ttn/chief Guidelines on Air Quality Models (Revised), US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), 2005 http://www.epa.gov/scram001/guidance/guide/appw_05.pdf Frequently Asked Questions, Air Quality Modeling and Assessment Unit (AQMAU), UK Environment Agency http://www.environment- agency.gov.uk/subjects/airquality/236092/?version=1&lang=_e OECD Database on Use and Release of Industrial Chemicals http://www.olis.oecd.org/ehs/urchem.nsf/ PRIL 30, 2007 13 ƒ ˆ     •  ˆ  ˆ … ’ “ ” “ ‘ — ‰ † ‡ † Š Œ † Ž Œ Ž Ž † Ž Œ – ˜ Œ † Œ ™ ‹   GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL AIR EMISSIONS AND AMBIENT AIR QUALITY WORLD BANK GROUP Annex 1.1.2 – Illustrative Point Source Air Emissions Prevention and Control Technologies Principal Sources and Issues General Prevention / Process Control Options Reduction Gas Comments Modification Approach Efficiency (%) Condition Particulate Matter (PM) Main sources are the combustion of fossil Fuel switching (e.g. selection of lower sulfur Fabric Filters 99 - 99.7% Dry gas, temp Applicability depends on flue gas properties including temperature, chemical fuels and numerous manufacturing processes fuels) or reducing the amount of fine <400F properties, abrasion and load. Typical air to cloth ratio range of 2.0 to 3.5 cfm/ft2 that collect PM through air extraction and particulates added to a process. ventilation systems. Volcanoes, ocean spray, Achievable outlet concentrations of 23 mg/Nm 3 forest fires and blowing dust (most prevalent in dry and semiarid climates) contribute to Electrostatic 97 – 99% Varies Precondition gas to remove large particles. Efficiency dependent on resistivity of background levels. Precipitator (ESP) depending of particle. Achievable outlet concentration of 23 mg/Nm3 particle type Cyclone 74 – 95% None Most efficient for large particles. Achievable outlet concentrations of 30 - 40 mg/Nm 3 Wet Scrubber 93 – 95% None Wet sludge may be a disposal problem depending on local infrastructure. Achievable outlet concentrations of 30 - 40 mg/Nm3 Sulfur Dioxide (SO2) Mainly produced by the combustion of fuels Control system selection is heavily Fuel Switching >90% Alternate fuels may include low sulfur coal, light diesel or natural gas with such as oil and coal and as a by-product from dependent on the inlet concentration. For consequent reduction in particulate emissions related to sulfur in the fuel. Fuel some chemical production or wastewater SO2 concentrations in excess of 10%, the cleaning or beneficiation of fuels prior to combustion is another viable option but treatment processes. stream is passed through an acid plant not may have economic consequences. only to lower the SO2 emissions but also to generate high grade sulfur for sale. Levels Sorbent Injection 30% - 70% Calcium or lime is injected into the flue gas and the SO2 is adsorbed onto the below 10% are not rich enough for this sorbent process and should therefore utilize absorption or ‘scrubbing,’ where SO2 Dry Flue Gas 70%-90% Can be regenerable or throwaway. molecules are captured into a liquid phase Desulfurization or adsorption, where SO2 molecules are captured on the surface of a solid Wet Flue Gas >90% Produces gypsum as a by-product adsorbent. Desulfurization š PRIL 30, 2007 14 ˆ     •  ˆ  ˆ … ’ “ ” “ ‘ — ‰ † ‡ † Š Œ † Ž Œ Ž Ž † Ž Œ – ˜ Œ † Œ ™ ‹   GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL AIR EMISSIONS AND AMBIENT AIR QUALITY WORLD BANK GROUP Annex 1.1.2: Illustrative Point Source Air Emissions Prevention and Control Technologies (continued) Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) Percent Reduction by Fuel Type Comments Associated with combustion of fuel. Combustion modification Coal Oil Gas These modifications are capable of reducing NOx emissions by 50 (Illustrative of boilers) May occur in several forms of nitrogen to 95%. The method of combustion control used depends on the oxide; namely nitric oxide (NO), Low-excess-air firing 10–30 10–30 10–30 type of boiler and the method of firing fuel. › nitrogen dioxide (NO ) and nitrous œ oxide (N O), which is also a Staged Combustion 20–50 20–50 20–50 greenhouse gas. The term NOx Flue Gas Recirculation N/A 20–50 20–50 serves as a composite between NO œ and NO and emissions are usually Water/Steam Injection N/A 10–50 N/A. reported as NOx. Here the NO is multiplied by the ratio of molecular Low-NOx Burners 30–40 30–40 30–40 weights of NO2 to NO and added to œ Flue Gas Treatment Coal Oil Gas Flue gas treatment is more effective in reducing NOx emissions the NO emissions. than are combustion controls. Techniques can be classified as Means of reducing NOx emissions are SCR, SNCR, and adsorption. SCR involves the injection of based on the modification of operating Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) 60–90 60–90 60–90 ammonia as a reducing agent to convert NOx to nitrogen in the conditions such as minimizing the presence of a catalyst in a converter upstream of the air heater. resident time at peak temperatures, Selective Non-Catalytic Reduction N/A 30–70 30–70 Generally, some ammonia slips through and is part of the reducing the peak temperatures by (SNCR) emissions. SNCR also involves the injection of ammonia or urea increasing heat transfer rates or based products without the presence of a catalyst. minimizing the availability of oxygen. Note: Compiled by IFC based on inputs from technical experts. š PRIL 30, 2007 15  ž Ÿ   ¡ ¢ ž £ ¤ ž ¥ ¦ § ¨ © ¤ ¦ § ¥ ª ¨ ¦ ž « ¬ ¦ ­ ¤ ¥ ® ¯ °   « ¤ §   ž ¤ ± GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL AIR EMISSIONS AND AMBIENT AIR QUALITY WORLD BANK GROUP Annex 1.1.3 - Good International Industry Practice (GIIP) Annex 1.1.4 - Examples of VOC Emissions Controls Stack Height (Based on United States 40 CFR, part 51.100 (ii)). Approximate HG = H + 1.5L; where Equipment Type Modification Control Efficiency HG = GEP stack height measured from the ground level (%) elevation at the base of the stack Seal-less design 10029 H = Height of nearby structure(s) above the base of the stack. Closed-vent system 9030 Pumps L = Lesser dimension, height (h) or width (w), of nearby Dual mechanical seal with barrier fluid structures maintained at a higher 100 “Nearby structures” = Structures within/touching a radius pressure than the pumped fluid of 5L but less than 800 m. Closed-vent system 90 Dual mechanical seal Compressors with barrier fluid Ì Ë È maintained at a higher 100 Ê Ç Æ pressure than the compressed gas ³ ´ µ ¶ · É Ç È Æ Closed-vent system Variable31 Ä Å Ã Ä Â À Á Pressure Relief Devices Rupture disk assembly 100 Valves Seal-less design 100 ¸ ¹ º » ¼ Connectors Weld together 100 ½ ¾ Blind, cap, plug, or Open-ended Lines 100 second valve ¿ ½ Sampling Connections Closed-loop sampling 100 Note: Examples of technologies are provided for illustrative purposes. The availability and applicability of any particular technology will vary Í µ Î Ï Ð Ñ Ð º » ¼ depending on manufacturer specifications. 29 Seal-less equipment can be a large source of emissions in the event of equipment failure. 30 Actual efficiency of a closed-vent system depends on percentage of vapors collected and efficiency of control device to which the vapors are routed. 31 Control efficiency of closed vent-systems installed on a pressure relief device may be lower than other closed-vent systems. PRIL 30, 2007 16 ²  ž Ÿ   ¡ ¢ ž £ ¤ ž ¥ ¦ § ¨ © ¤ ¦ § ¥ ª ¨ ¦ ž « ¬ ¦ ­ ¤ ¥ ® ¯ °   « ¤ §   ž ¤ ± GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL AIR EMISSIONS AND AMBIENT AIR QUALITY WORLD BANK GROUP Annex 1.1.5 - Fugitive PM Emissions Controls Control Type Control Efficiency Chemical Stabilization 0% - 98% Hygroscopic salts 60% - 96% Bitumens/adhesives Surfactants 0% - 68% Wet Suppression – Watering 12% - 98% Speed Reduction 0% - 80% Traffic Reduction Not quantified Paving (Asphalt / Concrete) 85% - 99% Covering with Gravel, Slag, or "Road 30% - 50% Carpet" Vacuum Sweeping 0% - 58% Water Flushing/Broom Sweeping 0% - 96% APRIL 30, 2007 17  ž Ÿ   ¡ ¢ ž £ ¤ ž ¥ ¦ § ¨ © ¤ ¦ § ¥ ª ¨ ¦ ž « ¬ ¦ ­ ¤ ¥ ® Ò  © ¬ Ó ¯ °   « ¤ §   ž ¤ ± GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL ENERGY CONSERVATION WORLD BANK GROUP 1.2 Energy Conservation should also evaluate energy conservation opportunities arising Applicability and Approach .............................................18 from manufacturing process modifications. Energy Management Programs...............................18 Energy Efficiency....................................................18 Process Heating.............................................................19 Energy Management Programs Heating Load Reduction .........................................19 Energy management programs should include the following Heat Distribution Systems.......................................19 elements: Energy Conversion System Efficiency Improvements20 Process Cooling.............................................................20 • Identification, and regular measurement and reporting of Load Reduction......................................................21 principal energy flows within a facility at unit process level Energy Conversion.................................................21 Refrigerant Compression Efficiency ........................23 • Preparation of mass and energy balance; Refrigeration System Auxiliaries..............................23 • Definition and regular review of energy performance Compressed Air Systems...............................................24 targets, which are adjusted to account for changes in major Load reduction .......................................................24 Distribution.............................................................24 influencing factors on energy use • Regular comparison and monitoring of energy flows with Applicability and Approach performance targets to identify where action should be taken to reduce energy use This guideline applies to facilities or projects that consume energy in process heating and cooling; process and auxiliary • Regular review of targets, which may include comparison with benchmark data, to confirm that targets are set at systems, such as motors, pumps, and fans; compressed air appropriate levels systems and heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems (HVAC); and lighting systems. It complements the industry- Energy Efficiency specific emissions guidance presented in the Industry Sector For any energy-using system, a systematic analysis of energy Environmental, Health, and Safety (EHS) Guidelines by efficiency improvements and cost reduction opportunities should providing information about common techniques for energy include a hierarchical examination of opportunities to: conservation that may be applied to a range of industry sectors. • Demand/Load Side Management by reducing loads on the Energy management at the facility level should be viewed in the energy system context of overall consumption patterns, including those • Supply Side Management by: associated with production processes and supporting utilities, as Ô Reduce losses in energy distribution well as overall impacts associated with emissions from power Ô Improve energy conversion efficiency sources. The following section provides guidance on energy Ô Exploit energy purchasing opportunities management with a focus on common utility systems often Ô Use lower-carbon fuels representing technical and financially feasible opportunities for improvement in energy conservation. However, operations APRIL 30, 2007 18  ž Ÿ   ¡ ¢ ž £ ¤ ž ¥ ¦ § ¨ © ¤ ¦ § ¥ ª ¨ ¦ ž « ¬ ¦ ­ ¤ ¥ ® Ò  © ¬ Ó ¯ °   « ¤ §   ž ¤ ± GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL ENERGY CONSERVATION WORLD BANK GROUP Common opportunities in each of these areas are summarized • Review opportunities to schedule work flow to limit the below.32 need for process reheating between stages • Operate furnaces/ovens at slight positive pressure, and Process Heating maintain air seals to reduce air in-leakage into the heated Process heating is vital to many manufacturing processes, system, thereby reducing the energy required to heat including heating for fluids, calcining, drying, heat treating, metal unnecessary air to system operating temperature heating, melting, melting agglomeration, curing, and forming33. • Reduce radiant heat losses by sealing structural openings and keep viewing ports closed when not in use In process heating systems, a system heat and mass balance • Where possible, use the system for long runs close to or at will show how much of the system’s energy input provides true operating capacity process heating, and quantify fuel used to satisfy energy losses • Consider use of high emissivity coatings of high caused by excessive parasitic loads, distribution, or conversion temperature insulation, and consequent reduction in losses. Examination of savings opportunities should be directed process temperature by the results of the heat and mass balance, though the • Near net weight and shape heat designs following techniques are often valuable and cost-effective. • Robust Quality assurance on input material • Robust Scheduled maintenance programs Heating Load Reduction • Ensure adequate insulation to reduce heat losses through Heat Distribution Systems furnace/oven etc. structure Heat distribution in process heating applications typically takes • Recover heat from hot process or exhaust streams to place through steam, hot water, or thermal fluid systems. reduce system loads Losses can be reduced through the following actions: • In intermittently-heated systems, consider use of low thermal mass insulation to reduce energy required to heat • Promptly repair distribution system leaks the system structure to operating temperature • Avoid steam leaks despite a perceived need to get steam • Control process temperature and other parameters through the turbine. Electricity purchase is usually cheaper accurately to avoid, for example, overheating or overdrying overall, especially when the cost to treat turbine-quality • Examine opportunities to use low weight and/or low boiler feed water is included. If the heat-power ratio of the thermal mass product carriers, such as heated shapers, distribution process is less than that of power systems, kiln cars etc. opportunities should be considered to increase the ratio; for example, by using low-pressure steam to drive absorption cooling systems rather than using electrically-driven vapor- 32 Additional guidance on energy efficiency is available from sources such as Natural Resources Canada (NRCAN compression systems. http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/commercial/financial-assistance/new- buildings/mnecb.cfm?attr=20); the European Union (EUROPA. • Regularly verify correct operation of steam traps in steam http://europa.eu.int/scadplus/leg/en/s15004.htm ), and United States Department of Energy (US DOE, systems, and ensure that traps are not bypassed. Since http://www.eere.energy.gov/consumer/industry/process.html). 33 US DOE. http://www.eere.energy.gov/consumer/industry/process.html APRIL 30, 2007 19  ž Ÿ   ¡ ¢ ž £ ¤ ž ¥ ¦ § ¨ © ¤ ¦ § ¥ ª ¨ ¦ ž « ¬ ¦ ­ ¤ ¥ ® Ò  © ¬ Ó ¯ °   « ¤ §   ž ¤ ± GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL ENERGY CONSERVATION WORLD BANK GROUP steam traps typically last approximately 5 years, 20% • Maintain clean heat transfer surfaces; in steam boilers, flue should be replaced or repaired annually gases should be no more than 20 K above steam • Insulate distribution system vessels, such as hot wells and temperature) de-aerators, in steam systems and thermal fluid or hot • In steam boiler systems, use economizers to recover heat water storage tanks from flue gases to pre-heat boiler feed water or combustion • Insulate all steam, condensate, hot water and thermal fluid air distribution pipework, down to and including 1” (25 mm) • Consider reverse osmosis or electrodialysis feed water diameter pipe, in addition to insulating all hot valves and treatment to minimize the requirement for boiler blowdown flanges • Adopt automatic (continuous) boiler blowdown • In steam systems, return condensate to the boiler house • Recover heat from blowdown systems through flash steam for re-use, since condensate is expensive boiler-quality recovery or feed-water preheat water and valuable beyond its heat content alone • Do not supply excessive quantities of steam to the de- • Use flash steam recovery systems to reduce losses due to aerator evaporation of high-pressure condensate • With fired heaters, consider opportunities to recover heat to • Consider steam expansion through a back-pressure turbine combustion air through the use of recuperative or rather than reducing valve stations regenerative burner systems • Eliminate distribution system losses by adopting point-of- • For systems operating for extended periods (> 6000 use heating systems hours/year), cogeneration of electrical power, heat and /or cooling can be cost effective Energy Conversion System Efficiency • Oxy Fuel burners Improvements • Oxygen enrichment/injection The following efficiency opportunities should be examined for • Use of turbolators in boilers process furnaces or ovens, and utility systems, such as boilers • Sizing design and use of multiple boilers for different load and fluid heaters: configurations • Regularly monitor CO, oxygen or CO2 content of flue • Fuel quality control/fuel blending gases to verify that combustion systems are using the minimum practical excess air volumes Process Cooling • Consider combustion automation using oxygen-trim The general methodology outlined above should be applied to controls process cooling systems. Commonly used and cost-effective • Minimize the number of boilers or heaters used to meet measures to improve process cooling efficiency are described loads. It is typically more efficient to run one boiler at 90% below. of capacity than two at 45%. Minimize the number of boilers kept at hot–standby • Use flue dampers to eliminate ventilation losses from hot boilers held at standby APRIL 30, 2007 20  ž Ÿ   ¡ ¢ ž £ ¤ ž ¥ ¦ § ¨ © ¤ ¦ § ¥ ª ¨ ¦ ž « ¬ ¦ ­ ¤ ¥ ® Ò  © ¬ Ó ¯ °   « ¤ §   ž ¤ ± GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL ENERGY CONSERVATION WORLD BANK GROUP Load Reduction Ô Planting trees as thermal shields around buildings • Ensure adequate insulation to reduce heat gains through Ô Installing timers and/or thermostats and/or cooling system structure and to below-ambient temperature enthalpy-based control systems refrigerant pipes and vessels Ô Installing ventilation heat recovery systems34 • Control process temperature accurately to avoid overcooling Energy Conversion The efficiency of refrigeration service provision is normally • Operate cooling tunnels at slight positive pressure and discussed in terms of Coefficient of Performance (“COP”), which maintain air seals to reduce air in-leakage into the cooled is the ratio of cooling duty divided by input power. COP is system, thus reducing the energy required to cool this maximized by effective refrigeration system design and unnecessary air to system operating temperature increased refrigerant compression efficiency, as well as • Examine opportunities to pre-cool using heat recovery to a minimization of the temperature difference through which the process stream requiring heating, or by using a higher system works and of auxiliary loads (i.e. those in addition to temperature cooling utility compressor power demand) used to operate the refrigeration • In cold and chill stores, minimize heat gains to the cooled system. space by use of air curtains, entrance vestibules, or rapidly opening/closing doors. Where conveyors carry products System Design into chilled areas, minimize the area of transfer openings, • If process temperatures are above ambient for all, or part, for example, by using strip curtains of the year, use of ambient cooling systems, such as • Quantify and minimize “incidental” cooling loads, for provided by cooling towers or dry air coolers, may be example, those due to evaporator fans, other machinery, appropriate, perhaps supplemented by refrigeration in defrost systems and lighting in cooled spaces, circulation summer conditions. fans in cooling tunnels, or secondary refrigerant pumps • Most refrigeration systems are electric-motor driven vapor (e.g. chilled water, brines, glycols) compression systems using positive displacement or • Do not use refrigeration for auxiliary cooling duties, such as centrifugal compressors. The remainder of this guideline compressor cylinder head or oil cooling relates primarily to vapor-compression systems. However, • While not a thermal load, ensure there is no gas bypass of when a cheap or free heat source is available (e.g. waste the expansion valve since this imposes compressor load heat from an engine-driven generator—low-pressure steam while providing little effective cooling • In the case of air conditioning applications, energy 34 More information on HVAC energy efficiency can be found at the British efficiency techniques include: Columbia Building Corporation (Woolliams, 2002. http://www.greenbuildingsbc.com/new_buildings/pdf_files/greenbuild_strategi Ô Placing air intakes and air-conditioning units in cool, es_guide.pdf), NRCAN’s EnerGuide (http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/equipment/english/index.cfm?PrintView=N&Text=N) shaded locations and NRCAN’s Energy Star Programs (http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/energystar/english/consumers/heating.cfm?text=N&pri Ô Improving building insulation including seals, vents, ntview=N#AC ), and the US Energy Star Program windows, and doors (http://www.energystar.gov/index.cfm?c=guidelines.download_guidelines). APRIL 30, 2007 21  ž Ÿ   ¡ ¢ ž £ ¤ ž ¥ ¦ § ¨ © ¤ ¦ § ¥ ª ¨ ¦ ž « ¬ ¦ ­ ¤ ¥ ® Ò  © ¬ Ó ¯ °   « ¤ §   ž ¤ ± GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL ENERGY CONSERVATION WORLD BANK GROUP that has passed through a back-pressure turbine), temperature is indicative of an appropriately sized absorption refrigeration may be appropriate. evaporator. When cooling liquids, 2K between leaving • Exploit high cooling temperature range: precooling by liquid and evaporating temperatures can be achieved, ambient and/or ‘high temperature’ refrigeration before final though a 4K difference is generally indicative of a cooling can reduce refrigeration capital and running costs. generously-sized evaporator. High cooling temperature range also provides an • Keep the evaporator clean. When cooling air, ensure opportunity for countercurrent (cascade) cooling, which correct defrost operation. In liquid cooling, monitor reduces refrigerant flow needs. refrigerant/process temperature differences and compare • Keep ‘hot’ and ‘cold’ fluids separate, for example, do not with design expectations to be alert to heat exchanger mix water leaving the chiller with water returning from contamination by scale or oil. cooling circuits. • Ensure oil is regularly removed from the evaporator, and • In low-temperature systems where high temperature that oil additions and removals balance. differences are inevitable, consider two-stage or compound • Avoid the use of back-pressure valves. compression, or economized screw compressors, rather • Adjust expansion valves to minimize suction superheat than single-stage compression. consistent with avoidance of liquid carry-over to compressors. Minimizing Temperature Differences • Ensure that an appropriate refrigerant charge volume is A vapor-compression refrigeration system raises the present. temperature of the refrigerant from somewhat below the lowest process temperature (the evaporating temperature) to provide Reducing Condensing Temperature process cooling, to a higher temperature (the condensing • Consider whether to use air-cooled or evaporation-based temperature), somewhat above ambient, to facilitate heat cooling (e.g. evaporative or water cooled condensers and rejection to the air or cooling water systems. Increasing cooling towers). Air-cooled evaporators usually have evaporating temperature typically increases compressor cooling higher condensing temperatures, hence higher compressor capacity without greatly affecting power consumption. Reducing energy use, and auxiliary power consumption, especially in condensing temperature increases evaporator cooling capacity low humidity climates. If a wet system is used, ensure and substantially reduces compressor power consumption. adequate treatment to prevent growth of legionella bacteria. Elevating Evaporating Temperature • Whichever basic system is chosen, select a relatively large • Select a large evaporator to permit relatively low condenser to minimize differences between condensing temperature differences between process and evaporating and the heat sink temperatures. Condensing temperatures temperatures. Ensure that energy use of auxiliaries (e.g. with air cooled or evaporative condensers should not be evaporator fans) does not outweigh compression savings. more than 10K above design ambient condition, and a 4K In air-cooling applications, a design temperature difference approach in a liquid-cooled condenser is possible. of 6-10 K between leaving air temperature and evaporating APRIL 30, 2007 22  ž Ÿ   ¡ ¢ ž £ ¤ ž ¥ ¦ § ¨ © ¤ ¦ § ¥ ª ¨ ¦ ž « ¬ ¦ ­ ¤ ¥ ® Ò  © ¬ Ó ¯ °   « ¤ §   ž ¤ ± GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL ENERGY CONSERVATION WORLD BANK GROUP • Avoid accumulation of non-condensable gases in the Refrigerant Compression Efficiency condenser system. Consider the installation of refrigerated • Some refrigerant compressors and chillers are more non-condensable purgers, particularly for systems efficient than others offered for the same duty. Before operating below atmospheric pressure. purchase, identify the operating conditions under which the • Keep condensers clean and free from scale. Monitor compressor or chiller is likely to operate for substantial refrigerant/ambient temperature differences and compare parts of its annual cycle. Check operating efficiency under with design expectations to be alert to heat exchanger these conditions, and ask for estimates of annual running contamination. cost. Note that refrigeration and HVAC systems rarely run • Avoid liquid backup, which restricts heat transfer area in for extended periods at design conditions, which are condensers. This can be caused by installation errors such deliberately extreme. Operational efficiency under the most as concentric reducers in horizontal liquid refrigerant pipes, commonly occurring off-design conditions is likely to be or “up and over” liquid lines leading from condensers. most important. • In multiple condenser applications, refrigerant liquid lines • Compressors lose efficiency when unloaded. Avoid should be connected via drop-leg traps to the main liquid operation of multiple compressors at part-load conditions. refrigerant line to ensure that hot gases flow to all Note that package chillers can gain coefficient of condensers. performance (COP) when slightly unloaded, as loss of • Avoid head pressure control to the extent possible. Head compressor efficiency can be outweighed by the benefits of pressure control maintains condensing temperature at, or reduced condensing and elevated evaporating near, design levels. It therefore prevents reduction in temperature. However, it is unlikely to be energy efficient compressor power consumption, which accompanies to operate a single compressor-chiller at less than 50% of reduced condensing temperature, by restricting condenser capacity. capacity (usually by switching off the condenser, or cooling • Consider turndown efficiency when specifying chillers. tower fans, or restricting cooling water flow) under Variable speed control or multiple compressor chillers can conditions of less severe than design load or ambient be highly efficient at part loads. temperature conditions. Head pressure is often kept higher • Use of thermal storage systems (e.g., ice storage) can than necessary to facilitate hot gas defrost or adequate avoid the need for close load-tracking and, hence, can liquid refrigerant circulation. Use of electronic rather than avoid part-loaded compressor operation. thermostatic expansion valves, and liquid refrigerant pumps can permit effective refrigerant circulation at much Refrigeration System Auxiliaries reduced condensing temperatures. Many refrigeration system auxiliaries (e.g. evaporator fans and • Site condensers and cooling towers with adequate spacing chilled water pumps) contribute to refrigeration system load, so so as to prevent recirculation of hot air into the tower. reductions in their energy use have a double benefit. General energy saving techniques for pumps and fans, listed in the next section of these guidelines, should be applied to refrigeration auxiliaries. APRIL 30, 2007 23  ž Ÿ   ¡ ¢ ž £ ¤ ž ¥ ¦ § ¨ © ¤ ¦ § ¥ ª ¨ ¦ ž « ¬ ¦ ­ ¤ ¥ ® Ò  © ¬ Ó ¯ °   « ¤ §   ž ¤ ± GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL ENERGY CONSERVATION WORLD BANK GROUP Additionally, auxiliary use can be reduced by avoidance of part- Ô Implement systems for systematic identification and load operation and in plant selection (e.g. axial fan evaporative repair of leaks condensers generally use less energy than equivalent Ô All condensate drain points should be trapped. Do not centrifugal fan towers). leave drain valves continuously ‘cracked open’ Ô Train workers never to direct compressed air against Under extreme off-design conditions, reduction in duty of cooling their bodies or clothing to dust or cool themselves system fans and pumps can be worthwhile, usually when the down. lowest possible condensing pressure has been achieved. Distribution Compressed Air Systems • Monitor pressure losses in filters and replace as Compressed air is the most commonly found utility service in appropriate industry, yet in many compressed air systems, the energy • Use adequately sized distribution pipework designed to contained in compressed air delivered to the user is often 10% minimize pressure losses or less of energy used in air compression. Savings are often possible through the following techniques: Load reduction • Examine each true user of compressed air to identify the air volume needed and the pressure at which this should be delivered. • Do not mix high volume low pressure and low volume high pressure loads. Decentralize low volume high-pressure applications or provide dedicated low-pressure utilities, for example, by using fans rather than compressed air. • Review air use reduction opportunities, for example: Ô Use air amplifier nozzles rather than simple open-pipe compressed air jets Ô Consider whether compressed air is needed at all Ô Where air jets are required intermittently (e.g. to propel product), consider operating the jet via a process-related solenoid valve, which opens only when air is required Ô Use manual or automatically operated valves to isolate air supply to individual machines or zones that are not in continuous use APRIL 30, 2007 24  ž Ÿ   ¡ ¢ ž £ ¤ ž ¥ ¦ § ¨ © ¤ ¦ § ¥ ª ¨ ¦ ž « ¬ ¦ ­ ¤ ¥ ® Ò  © ¬ Ó ¯ °   « ¤ §   ž ¤ ± GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL WASTEWATER AND AMBIENT WATER QUALITY WORLD BANK GROUP 1.3 Wastewater and Ambient Water Quality • Understand the quality, quantity, frequency and sources of Applicability and Approach......................................25 liquid effluents in its installations. This includes knowledge General Liquid Effluent Quality.......................................26 about the locations, routes and integrity of internal drainage Discharge to Surface Water....................................26 Discharge to Sanitary Sewer Systems.....................26 systems and discharge points Land Application of Treated Effluent........................27 • Plan and implement the segregation of liquid effluents Septic Systems ......................................................27 principally along industrial, utility, sanitary, and stormwater Wastewater Management...............................................27 Industrial Wastewater .............................................27 categories, in order to limit the volume of water requiring Sanitary Wastewater ..............................................29 specialized treatment. Characteristics of individual streams Emissions from Wastewater Treatment Operations .30 may also be used for source segregation. Residuals from Wastewater Treatment Operations..30 Occupational Health and Safety Issues in Wastewater • Identify opportunities to prevent or reduce wastewater Treatment Operations.............................................30 pollution through such measures as recycle/reuse within their Monitoring......................................................................30 facility, input substitution, or process modification (e.g. change of technology or operating conditions/modes). Applicability and Approach • Assess compliance of their wastewater discharges with the This guideline applies to projects that have either direct or indirect applicable: (i) discharge standard (if the wastewater is discharge of process wastewater, wastewater from utility discharged to a surface water or sewer), and (ii) water quality operations or stormwater to the environment. These guidelines standard for a specific reuse (e.g. if the wastewater is reused are also applicable to industrial discharges to sanitary sewers that for irrigation). discharge to the environment without any treatment. Process wastewater may include contaminated wastewater from utility Additionally, the generation and discharge of wastewater of any operations, stormwater, and sanitary sewage. It provides type should be managed through a combination of: information on common techniques for wastewater management, • Water use efficiency to reduce the amount of wastewater water conservation, and reuse that can be applied to a wide range generation of industry sectors. This guideline is meant to be complemented • Process modification, including waste minimization, and by the industry-specific effluent guidelines presented in the reducing the use of hazardous materials to reduce the load of Industry Sector Environmental, Health, and Safety (EHS) pollutants requiring treatment Guidelines. Projects with the potential to generate process • If needed, application of wastewater treatment techniques to wastewater, sanitary (domestic) sewage, or stormwater should further reduce the load of contaminants prior to discharge, incorporate the necessary precautions to avoid, minimize, and taking into consideration potential impacts of cross-media control adverse impacts to human health, safety, or the transfer of contaminants during treatment (e.g., from water to environment. air or land) In the context of their overall ESHS management system, facilities should: APRIL 30, 2007 25  ž Ÿ   ¡ ¢ ž £ ¤ ž ¥ ¦ § ¨ © ¤ ¦ § ¥ ª ¨ ¦ ž « ¬ ¦ ­ ¤ ¥ ® Ò  © ¬ Ó ¯ °   « ¤ §   ž ¤ ± GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL WASTEWATER AND AMBIENT WATER QUALITY WORLD BANK GROUP When wastewater treatment is required prior to discharge, the the receiving water into consideration, should also influence the level of treatment should be based on: acceptable pollution loadings and effluent discharge quality. Additional considerations that should be included in the setting of • Whether wastewater is being discharged to a sanitary sewer project-specific performance levels for wastewater effluents system, or to surface waters include: • National and local standards as reflected in permit requirements and sewer system capacity to convey and treat • Process wastewater treatment standards consistent with wastewater if discharge is to sanitary sewer applicable Industry Sector EHS Guidelines. Projects for • Assimilative capacity of the receiving water for the load of which there are no industry-specific guidelines should contaminant being discharged wastewater if discharge is to reference the effluent quality guidelines of an industry sector surface water with suitably analogous processes and effluents; • Intended use of the receiving water body (e.g. as a source of • Compliance with national or local standards for sanitary drinking water, recreation, irrigation, navigation, or other) wastewater discharges or, in their absence, the indicative • Presence of sensitive receptors (e.g., endangered species) guideline values applicable to sanitary wastewater or habitats discharges shown in Table 1.3.1 below; • Good International Industry Practice (GIIP) for the relevant • Temperature of wastewater prior to discharge does not result industry sector in an increase greater than 3°C of ambient temperature at the edge of a scientifically established mixing zone which General Liquid Effluent Quality takes into account ambient water quality, receiving water use and assimilative capacity among other considerations. Discharge to Surface Water Discharges of process wastewater, sanitary wastewater, Discharge to Sanitary Sewer Systems wastewater from utility operations or stormwater to surface water Discharges of industrial wastewater, sanitary wastewater, should not result in contaminant concentrations in excess of local wastewater from utility operations or stormwater into public or ambient water quality criteria or, in the absence of local criteria, private wastewater treatment systems should: other sources of ambient water quality.35 Receiving water use36 and assimilative capacity37, taking other sources of discharges to • Meet the pretreatment and monitoring requirements of the sewer treatment system into which it discharges. 35 An example is the US EPA National Recommended Water Quality Criteria • Not interfere, directly or indirectly, with the operation and http://www.epa.gov/waterscience/criteria/wqcriteria.html maintenance of the collection and treatment systems, or 36 Examples of receiving water uses as may be designated by local authorities pose a risk to worker health and safety, or adversely impact include: drinking water (with some level of treatment), recreation, aquaculture, irrigation, general aquatic life, ornamental, and navigation. Examples of health- based guideline values for receiving waters include World Health Organization (WHO) guidelines for recreational use (http://www.who.int/water_sanitation_health/dwq/guidelines/en/index.html) the area or region. A seasonally representative baseline assessment of ambient 37 The assimilative capacity of the receiving water body depends on numerous water quality may be required for use with established scientific methods and mathematical models to estimate potential impact to the receiving water from an factors including, but not limited to, the total volume of water, flow rate, flushing effluent source. rate of the water body and the loading of pollutants from other effluent sources in APRIL 30, 2007 26  ž Ÿ   ¡ ¢ ž £ ¤ ž ¥ ¦ § ¨ © ¤ ¦ § ¥ ª ¨ ¦ ž « ¬ ¦ ­ ¤ ¥ ® Ò  © ¬ Ó ¯ °   « ¤ §   ž ¤ ± GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL WASTEWATER AND AMBIENT WATER QUALITY WORLD BANK GROUP characteristics of residuals from wastewater treatment • Properly designed and installed in accordance with local operations. regulations and guidance to prevent any hazard to public • Be discharged into municipal or centralized wastewater health or contamination of land, surface or groundwater. treatment systems that have adequate capacity to meet local • Well maintained to allow effective operation. regulatory requirements for treatment of wastewater • Installed in areas with sufficient soil percolation for the design generated from the project. Pretreatment of wastewater to wastewater loading rate. meet regulatory requirements before discharge from the • Installed in areas of stable soils that are nearly level, well project site is required if the municipal or centralized drained, and permeable, with enough separation between the wastewater treatment system receiving wastewater from the drain field and the groundwater table or other receiving project does not have adequate capacity to maintain waters. regulatory compliance. Wastewater Management Land Application of Treated Effluent Wastewater management includes water conservation, The quality of treated process wastewater, wastewater from utility wastewater treatment, stormwater management, and wastewater operations or stormwater discharged on land, including wetlands, and water quality monitoring. should be established based on local regulatory requirements. . Where land is used as part of the treatment system and the Industrial Wastewater ultimate receptor is surface water, water quality guidelines for Industrial wastewater generated from industrial operations surface water discharges specific to the industry sector process includes process wastewater, wastewater from utility operations,, should apply.38 Potential impact on soil, groundwater, and surface runoff from process and materials staging areas, and water, in the context of protection, conservation and long term miscellaneous activities including wastewater from laboratories, sustainability of water and land resources should be assessed equipment maintenance shops, etc.. The pollutants in an industrial when land is used as part of any wastewater treatment system. wastewater may include acids or bases (exhibited as low or high pH), soluble organic chemicals causing depletion of dissolved Septic Systems oxygen, suspended solids, nutrients (phosphorus, nitrogen), Septic systems are commonly used for treatment and disposal of heavy metals (e.g. cadmium, chromium, copper, lead, mercury, domestic sanitary sewage in areas with no sewerage collection nickel, zinc), cyanide, toxic organic chemicals, oily materials, and networks, Septic systems should only be used for treatment of volatile materials. , as well as from thermal characteristics of the sanitary sewage, and unsuitable for industrial wastewater discharge (e.g., elevated temperature). Transfer of pollutants to treatment. When septic systems are the selected form of another phase, such as air, soil, or the sub-surface, should be wastewater disposal and treatment, they should be: minimized through process and engineering controls. 38 Additional guidance on water quality considerations for land application is Process Wastewater – – Examples of treatment approaches available in the WHO Guidelines for the Safe Use of Wastewater, Excreta and Greywater. Volume 2: Wastewater Use in Agriculture typically used in the treatment of industrial wastewater are http://www.who.int/water_sanitation_health/wastewater/gsuweg2/en/index.html summarized in Annex 1.3.1. While the choice of treatment APRIL 30, 2007 27  ž Ÿ   ¡ ¢ ž £ ¤ ž ¥ ¦ § ¨ © ¤ ¦ § ¥ ª ¨ ¦ ž « ¬ ¦ ­ ¤ ¥ ® Ò  © ¬ Ó ¯ °   « ¤ §   ž ¤ ± GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL WASTEWATER AND AMBIENT WATER QUALITY WORLD BANK GROUP technology is driven by wastewater characteristics, the actual account ambient water quality, receiving water use, potential performance of this technology depends largely on the adequacy receptors and assimilative capacity among other of its design, equipment selection, as well as operation and considerations; maintenance of its installed facilities. Adequate resources are • Minimizing use of antifouling and corrosion inhibiting required for proper operation and maintenance of a treatment chemicals by ensuring appropriate depth of water intake and facility, and performance is strongly dependent on the technical use of screens. Least hazardous alternatives should be used ability and training of its operational staff. One or more treatment with regards to toxicity, biodegradability, bioavailability, and technologies may be used to achieve the desired discharge bioaccumulation potential. Dose applied should accord with quality and to maintain consistent compliance with regulatory local regulatory requirements and manufacturer requirements. The design and operation of the selected recommendations; wastewater treatment technologies should avoid uncontrolled air • Testing for residual biocides and other pollutants of concern emissions of volatile chemicals from wastewaters. Residuals from should be conducted to determine the need for dose industrial wastewater treatment operations should be disposed in adjustments or treatment of cooling water prior to discharge. compliance with local regulatory requirements, in the absence of which disposal has to be consistent with protection of public health Stormwater Management - Stormwater includes any surface and safety, and conservation and long term sustainability of water runoff and flows resulting from precipitation, drainage or other and land resources. sources. Typically stormwater runoff contains suspended sediments, metals, petroleum hydrocarbons, Polycyclic Aromatic Wastewater from Utilities Operations - Utility operations such Hydrocarbons (PAHs), coliform, etc. Rapid runoff, even of as cooling towers and demineralization systems may result in high uncontaminated stormwater, also degrades the quality of the rates of water consumption, as well as the potential release of receiving water by eroding stream beds and banks. In order to high temperature water containing high dissolved solids, residues reduce the need for stormwater treatment, the following principles of biocides, residues of other cooling system anti-fouling agents, should be applied: etc. Recommended water management strategies for utility operations include: • Stormwater should be separated from process and sanitary wastewater streams in order to reduce the volume of • Adoption of water conservation opportunities for facility wastewater to be treated prior to discharge cooling systems as provided in the Water Conservation • Surface runoff from process areas or potential sources of section below; contamination should be prevented • Use of heat recovery methods (also energy efficiency • Where this approach is not practical, runoff from process and improvements) or other cooling methods to reduce the storage areas should be segregated from potentially less temperature of heated water prior to discharge to ensure the contaminated runoff discharge water temperature does not result in an increase • Runoff from areas without potential sources of contamination greater than 3°C of ambient temperature at the edge of a should be minimized (e.g. by minimizing the area of scientifically established mixing zone which takes into impermeable surfaces) and the peak discharge rate should APRIL 30, 2007 28  ž Ÿ   ¡ ¢ ž £ ¤ ž ¥ ¦ § ¨ © ¤ ¦ § ¥ ª ¨ ¦ ž « ¬ ¦ ­ ¤ ¥ ® Ò  © ¬ Ó ¯ °   « ¤ §   ž ¤ ± GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL WASTEWATER AND AMBIENT WATER QUALITY WORLD BANK GROUP be reduced (e.g. by using vegetated swales and retention medical infirmaries, water softening etc. may also be discharged ponds); to the sanitary wastewater treatment system. Recommended • Where stormwater treatment is deemed necessary to protect sanitary wastewater management strategies include: the quality of receiving water bodies, priority should be given to managing and treating the first flush of stormwater runoff • Segregation of wastewater streams to ensure compatibility with selected treatment option (e.g. septic system which can where the majority of potential contaminants tend to be only accept domestic sewage); present; • Segregation and pretreatment of oil and grease containing • When water quality criteria allow, stormwater should be effluents (e.g. use of a grease trap) prior to discharge into managed as a resource, either for groundwater recharge or sewer systems; for meeting water needs at the facility; • If sewage from the industrial facility is to be discharged to • Oil water separators and grease traps should be installed surface water, treatment to meet national or local standards and maintained as appropriate at refueling facilities, for sanitary wastewater discharges or, in their absence, the workshops, parking areas, fuel storage and containment indicative guideline values applicable to sanitary wastewater areas. discharges shown in Table 1.3.1; • Sludge from stormwater catchments or collection and • If sewage from the industrial facility is to be discharged to treatment systems may contain elevated levels of pollutants either a septic system, or where land is used as part of the and should be disposed in compliance with local regulatory requirements, in the absence of which disposal has to be treatment system, treatment to meet applicable national or local standards for sanitary wastewater discharges is consistent with protection of public health and safety, and required. conservation and long term sustainability of water and land resources. • Sludge from sanitary wastewater treatment systems should be disposed in compliance with local regulatory Sanitary Wastewater requirements, in the absence of which disposal has to be Sanitary wastewater from industrial facilities may include effluents consistent with protection of public health and safety, and from domestic sewage, food service, and laundry facilities serving conservation and long term sustainability of water and land site employees. Miscellaneous wastewater from laboratories, resources. APRIL 30, 2007 29  ž Ÿ   ¡ ¢ ž £ ¤ ž ¥ ¦ § ¨ © ¤ ¦ § ¥ ª ¨ ¦ ž « ¬ ¦ ­ ¤ ¥ ® Ò  © ¬ Ó ¯ °   « ¤ §   ž ¤ ± GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL WASTEWATER AND AMBIENT WATER QUALITY WORLD BANK GROUP or a non-hazardous waste and managed accordingly as described Table 1.3.1 Indicative Values for Treated in the Waste Management section of this document. Sanitary Sewage Discharges a Pollutants Units Guideline Value Occupational Health and Safety Issues in pH pH 6 –9 Wastewater Treatment Operations Wastewater treatment facility operators may be exposed to BOD mg/l 30 physical, chemical, and biological hazards depending on the COD mg/l 125 design of the facilities and the types of wastewater effluents Total nitrogen mg/l 10 managed. Examples of these hazards include the potential for Total phosphorus mg/l 2 trips and falls into tanks, confined space entries for maintenance Oil and grease mg/l 10 operations, and inhalation of VOCs, bioaerosols, and methane, contact with pathogens and vectors, and use of potentially Total suspended solids mg/l 50 hazardous chemicals, including chlorine, sodium and calcium Total coliform bacteria MPN b / 100 ml 400a hypochlorite, and ammonia. Detailed recommendations for the Notes: a Not applicable to centralized, municipal, wastewater treatment systems management of occupational health and safety issues are which are included in EHS Guidelines for Water and Sanitation. b MPN = Most Probable Number presented in the relevant section of this document. Additional guidance specifically applicable to wastewater treatment systems Emissions from Wastewater Treatment Operations is provided in the EHS Guidelines for Water and Sanitation. Air emissions from wastewater treatment operations may include hydrogen sulfide, methane, ozone (in the case of ozone Monitoring disinfection), volatile organic compounds (e.g., chloroform A wastewater and water quality monitoring program with adequate generated from chlorination activities and other volatile organic resources and management oversight should be developed and compounds (VOCs) from industrial wastewater), gaseous or implemented to meet the objective(s) of the monitoring program. volatile chemicals used for disinfection processes (e.g., chlorine The wastewater and water quality monitoring program should and ammonia), and bioaerosols. Odors from treatment facilities consider the following elements: can also be a nuisance to workers and the surrounding community. Recommendations for the management of emissions • Monitoring parameters: The parameters selected for are presented in the Air Emissions and Ambient Air Quality monitoring should be indicative of the pollutants of concern section of this document and in the EHS Guidelines for Water and from the process, and should include parameters that are Sanitation. regulated under compliance requirements; Residuals from Wastewater Treatment Operations • Monitoring type and frequency: Wastewater monitoring Sludge from a waste treatment plant needs to be evaluated on a should take into consideration the discharge characteristics case-by-case basis to establish whether it constitutes a hazardous from the process over time. Monitoring of discharges from processes with batch manufacturing or seasonal process variations should take into consideration of time-dependent APRIL 30, 2007 30  ž Ÿ   ¡ ¢ ž £ ¤ ž ¥ ¦ § ¨ © ¤ ¦ § ¥ ª ¨ ¦ ž « ¬ ¦ ­ ¤ ¥ ® Ò  © ¬ Ó ¯ °   « ¤ §   ž ¤ ± GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL WASTEWATER AND AMBIENT WATER QUALITY WORLD BANK GROUP variations in discharges and, therefore, is more complex than monitoring of continuous discharges. Effluents from highly variable processes may need to be sampled more frequently or through composite methods. Grab samples or, if automated equipment permits, composite samples may offer more insight on average concentrations of pollutants over a 24-hour period. Composite samplers may not be appropriate where analytes of concern are short-lived (e.g., quickly degraded or volatile). • Monitoring locations: The monitoring location should be selected with the objective of providing representative monitoring data. Effluent sampling stations may be located at the final discharge, as well as at strategic upstream points prior to merging of different discharges. Process discharges should not be diluted prior or after treatment with the objective of meeting the discharge or ambient water quality standards. • Data quality : Monitoring programs should apply internationally approved methods for sample collection, preservation and analysis. Sampling should be conducted by or under the supervision of trained individuals. Analysis should be conducted by entities permitted or certified for this purpose. Sampling and Analysis Quality Assurance/Quality Control (QA/QC) plans should be prepared and, implemented. QA/QC documentation should be included in monitoring reports. APRIL 30, 2007 31  ž Ÿ   ¡ ¢ ž £ ¤ ž ¥ ¦ § ¨ © ¤ ¦ § ¥ ª ¨ ¦ ž « ¬ ¦ ­ ¤ ¥ ® Ò  © ¬ Ó ¯ °   « ¤ §   ž ¤ ± GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL WASTEWATER AND AMBIENT WATER QUALITY WORLD BANK GROUP Annex 1.3.1 - Examples of Industrial Wastewater Treatment Approaches Pollutant/Parameter Control Options / Principle Common End of Pipe Control Technology pH Chemical, Equalization Acid/Base addition, Flow equalization Oil and Grease / TPH Phase separation Dissolved Air Floatation, oil water separator, grease trap TSS - Settleable Settling, Size Exclusion Sedimentation basin, clarifier, centrifuge, screens Floatation, Filtration - traditional and Dissolved air floatation, Multimedia filter, sand filter, fabric filter, TSS - Non-Settleable tangential ultrafiltration, microfiltration Hi - BOD (> 2 Kg/m3) Biological - Anaerobic Suspended growth, attached growth, hybrid Lo - BOD (< 2 Kg/m3) Biological - Aerobic, Facultative Suspended growth, attached growth, hybrid Oxidation, Adsorption, Size COD - Non-Biodegradable Chemical oxidation, Thermal oxidation, Activated Carbon, Membranes Exclusion Metals - Particulate and Coagulation, flocculation, Flash mix with settling, filtration - traditional and tangential Soluble precipitation, size exclusion Coagulation, flocculation, Flash mix with settling, filtration - traditional and tangential, Chemical Inorganics / Non-metals precipitation, size exclusion, oxidation, Thermal oxidation, Activated Carbon, Reverse Osmosis, Oxidation, Adsorption Evaporation Biological - Aerobic, Anaerobic, Biological : Suspended growth, attached growth, hybrid; Chemical Organics - VOCs and SVOCs Facultative; Adsorption, Oxidation oxidation, Thermal oxidation, Activated Carbon Emissions – Odors and Capture – Active or Passive; Biological : Attached growth; Chemical oxidation, Thermal oxidation, VOCs Biological; Adsorption, Oxidation Activated Carbon Biological Nutrient Removal, Aerobic/Anoxic biological treatment, chemical hydrolysis and air Nutrients Chemical, Physical, Adsorption stripping, chlorination, ion exchange Biological - Aerobic, Anaerobic, Color Facultative; Adsorption, Oxidation Biological Aerobic, Chemical oxidation, Activated Carbon Temperature Evaporative Cooling Surface Aerators, Flow Equalization TDS Concentration, Size Exclusion Evaporation, crystallization, Reverse Osmosis Active Ingredients/Emerging Adsorption, Oxidation, Size Chemical oxidation, Thermal oxidation, Activated Carbon, Ion Contaminants Exclusion, Concentration Exchange, Reverse Osmosis, Evaporation, Crystallization Adsorption,Size Exclusion, Radionuclides Ion Exchange, Reverse Osmosis, Evaporation, Crystallization Concentration Pathogens Disinfection, Sterilization Chlorine, Ozone, Peroxide, UV, Thermal Adsorption, Oxidation, Size Chemical oxidation, Thermal oxidation, Activated Carbon, Evaporation, Toxicity Exclusion, Concentration crystallization, Reverse Osmosis APRIL 30, 2007 32  ž Ÿ   ¡ ¢ ž £ ¤ ž ¥ ¦ § ¨ © ¤ ¦ § ¥ ª ¨ ¦ ž « ¬ ¦ ­ ¤ ¥ ® Ò  © ¬ Ó ¯ °   « ¤ §   ž ¤ ± GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL WATER CONSERVATION WORLD BANK GROUP 1.4 Water Conservation Applicability and Approach .............................................33 Water Monitoring and Management Water Monitoring and Management................................33 Process Water Reuse and Recycling..............................33 The essential elements of a water management program Building Facility Operations ............................................34 involve: Cooling Systems............................................................34 Heating Systems............................................................34 • Identification, regular measurement, and recording of principal flows within a facility; Applicability and Approach • Definition and regular review of performance targets, which Water conservation programs should be implemented are adjusted to account for changes in major factors commensurate with the magnitude and cost of water use. affecting water use (e.g. industrial production rate); These programs should promote the continuous reduction in • Regular comparison of water flows with performance water consumption and achieve savings in the water targets to identify where action should be taken to reduce pumping, treatment and disposal costs. Water conservation water use. measures may include water monitoring/management Water measurement (metering) should emphasize areas of techniques; process and cooling/heating water recycling, greatest water use. Based on review of metering data, reuse, and other techniques; and sanitary water conservation ‘unaccounted’ use–indicating major leaks at industrial facilities– techniques. could be identified. General recommendations include: Process Water Reuse and Recycling • Storm/Rainwater harvesting and use Opportunities for water savings in industrial processes are • Zero discharge design/Use of treated waste water to be highly industry-specific. However, the following techniques have included in project design processes all been used successfully, and should be considered in • Use of localized recirculation systems in conjunction with the development of the metering system plant/facility/shops (as opposed to centralized described above. recirculation system), with provision only for makeup • Washing Machines: Many washing machines use large water quantities of hot water. Use can increase as nozzles • Use of dry process technologies e.g. dry quenching become enlarged due to repeated cleaning and /or wear. • Process water system pressure management Monitor machine water use, compare with specification, • Project design to have measures for adequate water and replace nozzles when water and heat use reaches collection, spill control and leakage control system levels warranting such work. • Water reuse: Common water reuse applications include countercurrent rinsing, for example in multi-stage washing APRIL 30, 2007 33  ž Ÿ   ¡ ¢ ž £ ¤ ž ¥ ¦ § ¨ © ¤ ¦ § ¥ ª ¨ ¦ ž « ¬ ¦ ­ ¤ ¥ ® Ò  © ¬ Ó ¯ °   « ¤ §   ž ¤ ± GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL WATER CONSERVATION WORLD BANK GROUP and rinsing processes, or reusing waste water from one the facility, whether sanitary or including other activities process for another with less exacting water such as showering or catering requirements. For example, using bleaching rinse water • Regularly maintain plumbing, and identify and repair leaks for textile washing, or bottle-washer rinse water for • Shut off water to unused areas bottle crate washing, or even washing the floor. More • Install self-closing taps, automatic shut-off valves, spray sophisticated reuse projects requiring treatment of water nozzles, pressure reducing valves, and water conserving before reuse are also sometimes practical. fixtures (e.g. low flow shower heads, faucets, toilets, • Water jets/sprays: If processes use water jets or sprays urinals; and spring loaded or sensored faucets) (e.g. to keep conveyors clean or to cool product) review • Operate dishwashers and laundries on full loads, and only the accuracy of the spray pattern to prevent when needed unnecessary water loss. • Install water-saving equipment in lavatories, such as low- flow toilets • Flow control optimization: Industrial processes sometimes require the use of tanks, which are refilled to Cooling Systems control losses. It is often possible to reduce the rate of Water conservation opportunities in cooling systems include: water supply to such tanks, and sometimes to reduce tank levels to reduce spillage. If the process uses water • Use of closed circuit cooling systems with cooling cooling sprays, it may be possible to reduce flow while towers rather than once-through cooling systems maintaining cooling performance. Testing can • Limiting condenser or cooling tower blowdown to the determine the optimum balance. minimum required to prevent unacceptable accumulation of dissolved solids Ô If hoses are used in cleaning, use flow controls to • Use of air cooling rather than evaporative cooling, restrict wasteful water flow although this may increase electricity use in the Ô Consider the use of high pressure, low volume cooling system cleaning systems rather than using large volumes • Use of treated waste water for cooling towers of water sprayed from hosepipes • Reusing/recycling cooling tower blowdown Ô Using flow timers and limit switches to control water use Heating Systems Ô Using ‘clean-up’ practices rather than hosing down Heating systems based on the circulation of low or medium pressure hot water (which do not consume water) should be Building Facility Operations closed. If they do consume water, regular maintenance should Consumption of building and sanitary water is typically less be conducted to check for leaks. However, large quantities of than that used in industrial processes. However, savings can water may be used by steam systems, and this can be reduced readily be identified, as outlined below: by the following measures: • Compare daily water use per employee to existing benchmarks taking into consideration the primary use at APRIL 30, 2007 34  ž Ÿ   ¡ ¢ ž £ ¤ ž ¥ ¦ § ¨ © ¤ ¦ § ¥ ª ¨ ¦ ž « ¬ ¦ ­ ¤ ¥ ® Ò  © ¬ Ó ¯ °   « ¤ §   ž ¤ ± GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL WATER CONSERVATION WORLD BANK GROUP • Repair of steam and condensate leaks, and repair of all failed steam traps • Return of condensate to the boilerhouse, and use of heat exchangers (with condensate return) rather than direct steam injection where process permits • Flash steam recovery • Minimizing boiler blowdown consistent with maintaining acceptably low dissolved solids in boiler water. Use of reverse osmosis boiler feed water treatment substantially reduces the need for boiler blowdown • Minimizing deaerator heating APRIL 30, 2007 35  ž Ÿ   ¡ ¢ ž £ ¤ ž ¥ ¦ § ¨ © ¤ ¦ § ¥ ª ¨ ¦ ž « ¬ ¦ ­ ¤ ¥ ® Ò  © ¬ Ó ¯ °   « ¤ §   ž ¤ ± GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDOUS MATERIALS MANAGEMENT WORLD BANK GROUP 1.5 Hazardous Materials Management When a hazardous material is no longer usable for its original Applicability and Approach .............................................36 purpose and is intended for disposal, but still has hazardous General Hazardous Materials Management....................37 properties, it is considered a hazardous waste (see Section 1.4). Hazard Assessment ...............................................37 Management Actions..............................................37 This guidance is intended to be applied in conjunction with Release Prevention and Control Planning ............38 Occupational Health and Safety ...........................38 traditional occupational health and safety and emergency Process Knowledge and Documentation ..............39 preparedness programs which are included in Section 2.0 on Preventive Measures..............................................39 Hazardous Materials Transfer..............................39 Occupational Health and Safety Management, and Section 3.7 on Overfill Protection................................................39 Emergency Preparedness and Response. Guidance on the Reaction, Fire, and Explosion Prevention.............40 Control Measures...................................................40 Transport of Hazardous Materials is provided in Section 3.5. Secondary Containment (Liquids) ........................40 Storage Tank and Piping Leak Detection..............41 This section is divided into two main subsections: Underground Storage Tanks (USTs) ....................41 Management of Major Hazards.......................................42 General Hazardous Materials Management: Guidance applicable Management Actions..............................................42 Preventive Measures..............................................43 to all projects or facilities that handle or store any quantity of Emergency Preparedness and Response ...............44 hazardous materials. Community Involvement and Awareness.................44 Management of Major Hazards: Additional guidance for projects or facilities that store or handle hazardous materials at, or above, Applicability and Approach threshold quantities39, and thus require special treatment to These guidelines apply to projects that use, store, or handle any prevent accidents such as fire, explosions, leaks or spills, and to quantity of hazardous materials (Hazmats), defined as materials prepare and respond to emergencies. that represent a risk to human health, property, or the environment due to their physical or chemical characteristics. Hazmats can be The overall objective of hazardous materials management is to classified according to the hazard as explosives; compressed avoid or, when avoidance is not feasible, minimize uncontrolled gases, including toxic or flammable gases; flammable liquids; releases of hazardous materials or accidents (including explosion flammable solids; oxidizing substances; toxic materials; and fire) during their production, handling, storage and use. This radioactive material; and corrosive substances. Guidance on the objective can be achieved by: transport of hazardous materials is covered in Section 3 of this document. 39 For examples, threshold quantities should be those established for emergency planning purposes such as provided in the US Environmental Protection Agency. Protection of Environment (Title Threshold quantities are provided in the US Environmental Protection Agency. Protection of Environment (Title 40 CFR Parts 68, 112, and 355). APRIL 30, 2007 36 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDOUS MATERIALS MANAGEMENT WORLD BANK GROUP • Establishing hazardous materials management priorities • The types and amounts of hazardous materials present in the based on hazard analysis of risky operations identified project. This information should be recorded and should through Social and Environmental Assessment; include a summary table with the following information: • Where practicable, avoiding or minimizing the use of ì Name and description (e.g. composition of a mixture) of hazardous materials. For example, non-hazardous materials the Hazmat have been found to substitute asbestos in building materials, ì Classification (e.g. code, class or division) of the PCBs in electrical equipment, persistent organic pollutants Hazmat (POPs) in pesticides formulations, and ozone depleting ì Internationally accepted regulatory reporting threshold substances in refrigeration systems; quantity or national equivalent40 of the Hazmat • Preventing uncontrolled releases of hazardous materials to ì Quantity of Hazmat used per month the environment or uncontrolled reactions that might result in ì Characteristic(s) that make(s) the Hazmat hazardous fire or explosion; (e.g. flammability, toxicity) • Using engineering controls (containment, automatic alarms, • Analysis of potential spill and release scenarios using and shut-off systems) commensurate with the nature of available industry statistics on spills and accidents where hazard; available • Implementing management controls (procedures, • Analysis of the potential for uncontrolled reactions such as inspections, communications, training, and drills) to address fire and explosions residual risks that have not been prevented or controlled • Analysis of potential consequences based on the physical- through engineering measures. geographical characteristics of the project site, including aspects such as its distance to settlements, water resources, General Hazardous Materials Management and other environmentally sensitive areas Projects which manufacture, handle, use, or store hazardous materials should establish management programs that are Hazard assessment should be performed by specialized commensurate with the potential risks present. The main professionals using internationally-accepted methodologies such objectives of projects involving hazardous materials should be the as Hazardous Operations Analysis (HAZOP), Failure Mode and protection of the workforce and the prevention and control of Effects Analysis (FMEA), and Hazard Identification (HAZID). releases and accidents. These objectives should be addressed by integrating prevention and control measures, management actions, and procedures into day-to-day business activities. Management Actions Potentially applicable elements of a management program include The management actions to be included in a Hazardous Materials the following: Management Plan should be commensurate with the level of Hazard Assessment The level of risk should be established through an on-going 40 Threshold quantities are provided in the US Environmental Protection Agency. assessment process based on: Protection of Environment (Title 40 CFR Parts 68, 112, and 355). APRIL 30, 2007 37 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDOUS MATERIALS MANAGEMENT WORLD BANK GROUP potential risks associated with the production, handling, storage, external resources for equipment and personnel, if and use of hazardous materials. necessary, to supplement internal resources • Description of response activities in the event of a spill, Release Prevention and Control Planning release, or other chemical emergency including: Where there is risk of a spill of uncontrolled hazardous materials, ì Internal and external notification procedures facilities should prepare a spill control, prevention, and ì Specific responsibilities of individuals or groups countermeasure plan as a specific component of their Emergency ì Decision process for assessing severity of the release, Preparedness and Response Plan (described in more detail in and determining appropriate actions Section 3.7). The plan should be tailored to the hazards ì Facility evacuation routes associated with the project, and include: ì Post-event activities such as clean-up and disposal, incident investigation, employee re-entry, and • Training of operators on release prevention, including drills restoration of spill response equipment. specific to hazardous materials as part of emergency preparedness response training Occupational Health and Safety • Implementation of inspection programs to maintain the The Hazardous Materials Management Plan should address mechanical integrity and operability of pressure vessels, applicable, essential elements of occupational health and safety tanks, piping systems, relief and vent valve systems, management as described in Section 2.0 on Occupational Health containment infrastructure, emergency shutdown systems, and Safety, including: controls and pumps, and associated process equipment • Preparation of written Standard Operating Procedures • Job safety analysis to identify specific potential occupational (SOPs) for filling USTs, ASTs or other containers or hazards and industrial hygiene surveys, as appropriate, to equipment as well as for transfer operations by personnel monitor and verify chemical exposure levels, and compare trained in the safe transfer and filling of the hazardous with applicable occupational exposure standards41 material, and in spill prevention and response • Hazard communication and training programs to prepare • SOPs for the management of secondary containment workers to recognize and respond to workplace chemical structures, specifically the removal of any accumulated fluid, hazards. Programs should include aspects of hazard such as rainfall, to ensure that the intent of the system is not identification, safe operating and materials handling accidentally or willfully defeated procedures, safe work practices, basic emergency • Identification of locations of hazardous materials and procedures, and special hazards unique to their jobs. associated activities on an emergency plan site map • Documentation of availability of specific personal protective 41 Including: Threshold Limit Value (TLV®) occupational exposure guidelines and Biological Exposure Indices (BEIs®), American Conference of Governmental equipment and training needed to respond to an emergency Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH), http://www.acgih.org/TLV/; U.S. National Institute for Occupational Health and Safety (NIOSH), http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/npg/; • Documentation of availability of spill response equipment Permissible Exposure Limits (PELs), U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), sufficient to handle at least initial stages of a spill and a list of http://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARD S&p_id=9992; Indicative Occupational Exposure Limit Values, European Union, http://europe.osha.eu.int/good_practice/risks/ds/oel/; and other similar sources. APRIL 30, 2007 38 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDOUS MATERIALS MANAGEMENT WORLD BANK GROUP Training should incorporate information from Material Safety Preventive Measures Data Sheets42 (MSDSs) for hazardous materials being Hazardous Materials Transfer handled. MSDSs should be readily accessible to employees Uncontrolled releases of hazardous materials may result from in their local language. small cumulative events, or from more significant equipment • Definition and implementation of permitted maintenance failure associated with events such as manual or mechanical activities, such as hot work or confined space entries transfer between storage systems or process equipment. • Provision of suitable personal protection equipment (PPE) Recommended practices to prevent hazardous material releases (footwear, masks, protective clothing and goggles in from processes include: appropriate areas), emergency eyewash and shower • Use of dedicated fittings, pipes, and hoses specific to stations, ventilation systems, and sanitary facilities materials in tanks (e.g., all acids use one type of connection, • Monitoring and record-keeping activities, including audit all caustics use another), and maintaining procedures to procedures designed to verify and record the effectiveness of prevent addition of hazardous materials to incorrect tanks prevention and control of exposure to occupational hazards, • Use of transfer equipment that is compatible and suitable for and maintaining accident and incident investigation reports the characteristics of the materials transferred and designed on file for a period of at least five years to ensure safe transfer Process Knowledge and Documentation • Regular inspection, maintenance and repair of fittings, pipes The Hazardous Materials Management Plan should be and hoses incorporated into, and consistent with, the other elements of the • Provision of secondary containment, drip trays or other facility ES/OHS MS and include: overflow and drip containment measures, for hazardous materials containers at connection points or other possible • Written process safety parameters (i.e., hazards of the overflow points. chemical substances, safety equipment specifications, safe operation ranges for temperature, pressure, and other Overfill Protection applicable parameters, evaluation of the consequences of Overfills of vessels and tanks should be prevented as they are deviations, etc.) among the most common causes of spills resulting in soil and • Written operating procedures water contamination, and among the easiest to prevent. • Compliance audit procedures Recommended overfill protection measures include: • Prepare written procedures for transfer operations that includes a checklist of measures to follow during filling operations and the use of filling operators trained in these procedures • Installation of gauges on tanks to measure volume inside 42 MSDSs are produced by the manufacturer, but might not be prepared for • Use of dripless hose connections for vehicle tank and fixed chemical intermediates that are not distributed in commerce. In these cases, employers still need to provide workers with equivalent information. connections with storage tanks APRIL 30, 2007 39 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDOUS MATERIALS MANAGEMENT WORLD BANK GROUP • Provision of automatic fill shutoff valves on storage tanks to • Prohibition of all sources of ignition from areas near prevent overfilling flammable storage tanks • Use of a catch basin around the fill pipe to collect spills • Use of piping connections with automatic overfill protection Control Measures (float valve) Secondary Containment (Liquids) • Pumping less volume than available capacity into the tank or A critical aspect for controlling accidental releases of liquid vessel by ordering less material than its available capacity hazardous materials during storage and transfer is the provision of • Provision of overfill or over pressure vents that allow secondary containment. It is not necessary for secondary controlled release to a capture point containment methods to meet long term material compatibility as with primary storage and piping, but their design and construction Reaction, Fire, and Explosion Prevention should hold released materials effectively until they can be Reactive, flammable, and explosive materials should also be detected and safely recovered. Appropriate secondary managed to avoid uncontrolled reactions or conditions resulting in containment structures consist of berms, dikes, or walls capable of fire or explosion. Recommended prevention practices include: containing the larger of 110 percent of the largest tank or 25% percent of the combined tank volumes in areas with above-ground • Storage of incompatible materials (acids, bases, flammables, tanks with a total storage volume equal or greater than 1,000 liters oxidizers, reactive chemicals) in separate areas, and with and will be made of impervious, chemically resistant material. containment facilities separating material storage areas Secondary containment design should also consider means to • Provision of material-specific storage for extremely prevent contact between incompatible materials in the event of a hazardous or reactive materials release. • Use of flame arresting devices on vents from flammable storage containers Other secondary containment measures that should be applied • Provision of grounding and lightning protection for tank depending on site-specific conditions include: farms, transfer stations, and other equipment that handles • Transfer of hazardous materials from vehicle tanks to storage flammable materials in areas with surfaces sufficiently impervious to avoid loss to • Selection of materials of construction compatible with the environment and sloped to a collection or a containment products stored for all parts of storage and delivery systems, structure not connected to municipal wastewater/stormwater and avoiding reuse of tanks for different products without collection system checking material compatibility • Where it is not practical to provide permanent, dedicated • Storage of hazardous materials in an area of the facility containment structures for transfer operations, one or more separated from the main production works. Where proximity alternative forms of spill containment should be provided, is unavoidable, physical separation should be provided using such as portable drain covers (which can be deployed for the structures designed to prevent fire, explosion, spill, and other duration of the operations), automatic shut-off valves on emergency situations from affecting facility operations storm water basins, or shut off valves in drainage or sewer facilities, combined with oil-water separators APRIL 30, 2007 40 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDOUS MATERIALS MANAGEMENT WORLD BANK GROUP • Storage of drummed hazardous materials with a total volume Underground Storage Tanks (USTs)45 equal or greater than 1,000 liters in areas with impervious Although there are many environmental and safety advantages of surfaces that are sloped or bermed to contain a minimum of underground storage of hazardous materials, including reduced 25 percent of the total storage volume risk of fire or explosion, and lower vapor losses into the • Provision of secondary containment for components (tanks, atmosphere, leaks of hazardous materials can go undetected for pipes) of the hazardous material storage system, to the long periods of time with potential for soil and groundwater extent feasible contamination. Examples of techniques to manage these risks • Conducting periodic (e.g. daily or weekly) reconciliation of include: tank contents, and inspection of visible portions of tanks and • Avoiding use of USTs for storage of highly soluble organic piping for leaks; materials • Use of double-walled, composite, or specially coated storage • Assessing local soil corrosion potential, and installing and and piping systems particularly in the use of underground maintaining cathodic protection (or equivalent rust protection) storage tanks (USTs) and underground piping. If double- for steel tanks walled systems are used, they should provide a means of • For new installations, installing impermeable liners or detecting leaks between the two walls. structures (e.g., concrete vaults) under and around tanks and lines that direct any leaked product to monitoring ports at the Storage Tank and Piping Leak Detection lowest point of the liner or structure Leak detection may be used in conjunction with secondary • Monitoring the surface above any tank for indications of soil containment, particularly in high-risk locations43. Leak detection is movement especially important in situations where secondary containment is • Reconciling tank contents by measuring the volume in store not feasible or practicable, such as in long pipe runs. Acceptable with the expected volume, given the stored quantity at last leak detection methods include: stocking, and deliveries to and withdrawals from the store • Use of automatic pressure loss detectors on pressurized or • Testing integrity by volumetric, vacuum, acoustic, tracers, or long distance piping other means on all tanks at regular intervals • Use of approved or certified integrity testing methods on • Considering the monitoring groundwater of quality down piping or tank systems, at regular intervals gradient of locations where multiple USTs are in use • Considering the use of SCADA 44 if financially feasible • Evaluating the risk of existing UST in newly acquired facilities to determine if upgrades are required for USTs that will be continued to be used, including replacement with new systems or permanent closure of abandoned USTs. 43 High-risk locations are places where the release of product from the storage system could result in the contamination of drinking water source or those located Ensuring that new USTs are sited away from wells, in water resource protection areas as designated by local authorities. 44 Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition 45 Additional details on the management of USTs is provided in the EHS Guidelines for Retail Petroleum Stations. APRIL 30, 2007 41 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDOUS MATERIALS MANAGEMENT WORLD BANK GROUP reservoirs and other source water protection areas and the prevention measures (see below) should be conducted at floodplains, and maintained so as to prevent corrosion. least every three years and should include: ì Preparation of a report of the findings Management of Major Hazards ì Determination and documentation of the appropriate In addition to the application of the above-referenced guidance on response to each finding prevention and control of releases of hazardous materials, ì Documentation that any deficiency has been corrected projects involving production, handling, and storage of hazardous • Incident Investigation: Incidents can provide valuable materials at or above threshold limits46 should prepare a information about site hazards and the steps needed to Hazardous Materials Risk Management Plan, in the context of its prevent accidental releases. An incident investigation overall ES/OHS MS, containing all of the elements presented mechanism should include procedures for: below.47 The objective of this guidance is the prevention and ì Initiation of the investigation promptly control of catastrophic releases of toxic, reactive, flammable, or ì Summarizing the investigation in a report explosive chemicals that may result in toxic, fire, or explosion ì Addressing the report findings and recommendations hazards.48 ì A review of the report with staff and contractors Management Actions • Employee Participation: A written plan of action should • Management of Change: These procedures should address: describe an active employee participation program for the ì The technical basis for changes in processes and prevention of accidents. operations • Contractors: There should be a mechanism for contractor ì The impact of changes on health and safety control which should include a requirement for them to ì Modification to operating procedures develop hazard materials management procedures that meet ì Authorization requirements the requirements of the hazardous materials management ì Employees affected plan. Their procedures should be consistent with those of ì Training needs the contracting company and the contractor workforce should • Compliance Audit: A compliance audit is a way to evaluate undergo the same training. Additionally, procedures should compliance with the prevention program requirements for require that contractors are: each process. A compliance audit covering each element of ì Provided with safety performance procedures and safety and hazard information ì Observe safety practices 46 Threshold quantities should be those established for emergency planning purposes such as provided in the US Environmental Protection Agency. Protection ì Act responsibly of Environment (Title 40 CFR Parts 300-399 and 700 to 789). ì Have access to appropriate training for their employees 47 For further information and guidance, please refer to International Finance Corporation (IFC) Hazardous Materials Risk Management Manual. Washington, ì Ensure that their employees know process hazards and D.C. December 2000. 48 The approach to the management of major hazards is largely based on an applicable emergency actions approach to Process Safety Management developed by the American Institute of Chemical Engineers. APRIL 30, 2007 42 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDOUS MATERIALS MANAGEMENT WORLD BANK GROUP ì Prepare and submit training records for their employees initial startup, normal operations, temporary operations, to the contracting company emergency shutdown, emergency operations, normal ì Inform their employees about the hazards presented by shutdown, and start-up following a normal or emergency their work shutdown or major change). These SOPs should include ì Assess trends of repeated similar incidents special considerations for Mazmats used in the process or ì Develop and implement procedures to manage repeated operations (e.g. temperature control to prevent emissions of similar incidents a volatile hazardous chemical; diversion of gaseous discharges of hazardous pollutants from the process to a • Training: Project employees should be provided training on temporary storage tank in case of emergency). Hazmat management. The training program should include: ì A list of employees to be trained Other procedures to be developed include impacts of ì Specific training objectives deviations, steps to avoid deviations, prevention of chemical ì Mechanisms to achieve the objectives (i.e., hands-on exposure, exposure control measures, and equipment workshops, videos, etc.) inspections. ì The means to determine whether the training program is Mechanical Integrity of process equipment, piping and effective instrumentation: Inspection and maintenance procedures ì Training procedures for new hires and refresher courses should be developed and documented to ensure mechanical for existing employees integrity of equipment, piping, and instrumentation and prevent uncontrolled releases of hazardous materials from Preventive Measures the project. These procedures should be included as part of The purpose of preventive measures is to ensure that safety- the project SOPs. The specific process components of major related aspects of the process and equipment are considered, interest include pressure vessels and storage tanks, piping limits to be placed on the operations are well known, and systems, relief and vent systems and devices, emergency accepted standards and codes are adopted, where they apply. shutdown systems, controls, and pumps. Recommended • Process Safety Information: Procedures should be prepared aspects of the inspection and maintenance program include: for each hazardous materials and include: ì Developing inspection and maintenance procedures ì Compilation of Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) ì Establishing a quality assurance plan for equipment, ì Identification of maximum intended inventories and safe maintenance materials, and spare parts upper/lower parameters ì Conducting employee training on the inspection and ì Documentation of equipment specifications and of maintenance procedures codes and standards used to design, build and operate ì Conducting equipment, piping, and instrumentation the process inspections and maintenance ì Identifying and correcting identified deficiencies • Operating Procedures: SOPs should be prepared for each step of all processes or operations within the project (e.g. APRIL 30, 2007 43 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDOUS MATERIALS MANAGEMENT WORLD BANK GROUP ì Evaluating the inspection and maintenance results and, incorporated into and consistent with, the facility’s overall ES/OHS if necessary, updating the inspection and maintenance MS, should be prepared to cover the following:49 procedures • Planning Coordination: Procedures should be prepared for: ì Reporting the results to management. ì Informing the public and emergency response agencies ì Documenting first aid and emergency medical treatment • Hot Work Permit: Hot work operations – such as brazing, ì Taking emergency response actions torch-cutting, grinding, soldering, and welding – are ì Reviewing and updating the emergency response plan associated with potential health, safety, and property hazards to reflect changes, and ensuring that employees are resulting from the fumes, gases, sparks, and hot metal and informed of such changes radiant energy produced during hot work. Hot work permit is required for any operation involving open flames or producing • Emergency Equipment: Procedures should be prepared for heat and/or sparks. The section of SOPs on hot work should using, inspecting, testing, and maintaining the emergency include the responsibility for hot work permitting, personal response equipment. protection equipment (PPE), hot work procedures, personnel • Training: Employees and contractors should be trained on training, and recordkeeping. emergency response procedures. • Pre-Start Review: Procedures should be prepared to carry out pre-start reviews when a modification is significant Community Involvement and Awareness enough to require a change in safety information under the When hazardous materials are in use above threshold quantities, management of change procedure. The procedures should: the management plan should include a system for community ì Confirm that the new or modified construction and/or awareness, notification and involvement that should be equipment meet design specifications commensurate with the potential risks identified for the project ì Ensure that procedures for safety, operation, during the hazard assessment studies. This should include maintenance, and emergency are adequate mechanisms for sharing the results of hazard and risk assessment ì Include a process hazard assessment, and resolve or studies in a timely, understandable and culturally sensitive manner implement recommendations for new process with potentially affected communities that provides a means for ì Ensure that training for all affected employees is being public feedback. Community involvement activities should include: conducted • Availability of general information to the potentially affected community on the nature and extent of project operations, Emergency Preparedness and Response and the prevention and control measures in place to ensure When handling hazardous materials, procedures and practices no effects to human health should be developed allowing for quick and efficient responses to accidents that could result in human injury or damage to the 49 For a comprehensive treatment of the development of emergency response environment. An Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan, plans in conjunction with communities refer to the Awareness and Preparedness for Emergencies at Local Level (APELL) Guidelines available at: http://www.uneptie.org/pc/apell/publications/handbooks.html APRIL 30, 2007 44 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDOUS MATERIALS MANAGEMENT WORLD BANK GROUP • The potential for off-site effects to human health or the environment following an accident at planned or existing hazardous installations • Specific and timely information on appropriate behavior and safety measures to be adopted in the event of an accident including practice drills in locations with higher risks • Access to information necessary to understand the nature of the possible effect of an accident and an opportunity to contribute effectively, as appropriate, to decisions concerning hazardous installations and the development of community emergency preparedness plans. APRIL 30, 2007 45 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL WASTE MANAGEMENT WORLD BANK GROUP residual waste from industrial operations, such as boiler slag, 1.6 Waste Management clinker, and fly ash. Applicability and Approach .............................................46 General Waste Management..........................................47 Hazardous waste shares the properties of a hazardous Waste Management Planning .................................47 material (e.g. ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, or toxicity), or Waste Prevention...................................................47 other physical, chemical, or biological characteristics that Recycling and Reuse..............................................48 Treatment and Disposal..........................................48 may pose a potential risk to human health or the environment Hazardous Waste Management......................................48 if improperly managed. Wastes may also be defined as Waste Storage .......................................................48 “hazardous” by local regulations or international conventions, Transportation........................................................49 Treatment and Disposal..........................................49 based on the origin of the waste and its inclusion on Commercial or Government Waste Contractors....49 hazardous waste lists, or based on its characteristics. Small Quantities of Hazardous Waste ..................50 Monitoring..............................................................50 Sludge from a waste treatment plant, water supply treatment plant, or air pollution control facility, and other discarded material, including solid, liquid, semisolid, or contained Applicability and Approach gaseous material resulting from industrial operations needs These guidelines apply to projects that generate, store, or to be evaluated on a case-by-case basis to establish whether handle any quantity of waste across a range of industry it constitutes a hazardous or a non-hazardous waste. sectors. It is not intended to apply to projects or facilities where the primary business is the collection, transportation, Facilities that generate and store wastes should practice the treatment, or disposal of wastes. Specific guidance for these following: types of facilities is presented in the Environmental Health • Establishing waste management priorities at the outset and Safety (EHS) Guidelines for Waste Management of activities based on an understanding of potential Facilities. Environmental, Health, and Safety (EHS) risks and A waste is any solid, liquid, or contained gaseous material impacts and considering waste generation and its that is being discarded by disposal, recycling, burning or consequences incineration. It can be byproduct of a manufacturing process • Establishing a waste management hierarchy that or an obsolete commercial product that can no longer be considers prevention, reduction, reuse, recovery, used for intended purpose and requires disposal. recycling, removal and finally disposal of wastes. • Avoiding or minimizing the generation waste materials, Solid (non-hazardous) wastes generally include any garbage, as far as practicable refuse. Examples of such waste include domestic trash and • Where waste generation cannot be avoided but has garbage; inert construction / demolition materials; refuse, been minimized, recovering and reusing waste such as metal scrap and empty containers (except those previously used to contain hazardous materials which should, in principle, be managed as a hazardous waste); and APRIL 30, 2007 46 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL WASTE MANAGEMENT WORLD BANK GROUP • Where waste can not be recovered or reused, treating, • Definition of procedures and operational controls for on- destroying, and disposing of it in an environmentally site storage sound manner • Definition of options / procedures / operational controls for treatment and final disposal General Waste Management The following guidance applies to the management of non- Waste Prevention hazardous and hazardous waste. Additional guidance Processes should be designed and operated to prevent, or specifically applicable to hazardous wastes is presented minimize, the quantities of wastes generated and hazards below. Waste management should be addressed through a associated with the wastes generated in accordance with the Waste management system that addresses issues linked to following strategy: waste minimization, generation, transport, disposal, and • Substituting raw materials or inputs with less hazardous monitoring. or toxic materials, or with those where processing generates lower waste volumes Waste Management Planning • Applying manufacturing process that convert materials Facilities that generate waste should characterize their waste efficiently, providing higher product output yields, according to composition, source, types of wastes produced, including modification of design of the production generation rates, or according to local regulatory process, operating conditions, and process controls50 requirements. Effective planning and implementation of • Instituting good housekeeping and operating practices, waste management strategies should include: including inventory control to reduce the amount of • Review of new waste sources during planning, siting, waste resulting from materials that are out-of-date, off- and design activities, including during equipment specification, contaminated, damaged, or excess to modifications and process alterations, to identify plant needs expected waste generation, pollution prevention • Instituting procurement measures that recognize opportunities, and necessary treatment, storage, and opportunities to return usable materials such as disposal infrastructure containers and which prevents the over ordering of • Collection of data and information about the process materials and waste streams in existing facilities, including • Minimizing hazardous waste generation by characterization of waste streams by type, quantities, implementing stringent waste segregation to prevent the and potential use/disposition commingling of non-hazardous and hazardous waste to • Establishment of priorities based on a risk analysis that be managed takes into account the potential EHS risks during the waste cycle and the availability of infrastructure to manage the waste in an environmentally sound manner 50 Examples of waste prevention strategies include the concept of Lean • Definition of opportunities for source reduction, as well Manufacturing found at as reuse and recycling http://www.epa.gov/epaoswer/hazwaste/minimize/lean.htm APRIL 30, 2007 47 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL WASTE MANAGEMENT WORLD BANK GROUP Recycling and Reuse wastes; properly designed, permitted and operated In addition to the implementation of waste prevention landfills or incinerators designed for the respective type strategies, the total amount of waste may be significantly of waste; or other methods known to be effective in the reduced through the implementation of recycling plans, which safe, final disposal of waste materials such as should consider the following elements: bioremediation. • Evaluation of waste production processes and Hazardous Waste Management identification of potentially recyclable materials Hazardous wastes should always be segregated from non- • Identification and recycling of products that can be hazardous wastes. If generation of hazardous waste can not reintroduced into the manufacturing process or industry be prevented through the implementation of the above activity at the site general waste management practices, its management • Investigation of external markets for recycling by other should focus on the prevention of harm to health, safety, and industrial processing operations located in the the environment, according to the following additional neighborhood or region of the facility (e.g., waste principles: exchange) • Understanding potential impacts and risks associated • Establishing recycling objectives and formal tracking of with the management of any generated hazardous waste generation and recycling rates waste during its complete life cycle • Providing training and incentives to employees in order • Ensuring that contractors handling, treating, and to meet objectives disposing of hazardous waste are reputable and Treatment and Disposal legitimate enterprises, licensed by the relevant If waste materials are still generated after the implementation regulatory agencies and following good international of feasible waste prevention, reduction, reuse, recovery and industry practice for the waste being handled recycling measures, waste materials should be treated and • Ensuring compliance with applicable local and disposed of and all measures should be taken to avoid international regulations51 potential impacts to human health and the environment. Selected management approaches should be consistent with Waste Storage the characteristics of the waste and local regulations, and Hazardous waste should be stored so as to prevent or may include one or more of the following: control accidental releases to air, soil, and water resources in area location where: • On-site or off-site biological, chemical, or physical treatment of the waste material to render it non- hazardous prior to final disposal 51 International requirements may include host-country commitments under the Basel Convention on the Control of Transboundary Movements of • Treatment or disposal at permitted facilities specially Hazardous Waste and their disposal (http://www.basel.int/) and Rotterdam Convention on the prior Inform Consent Procedure for Certain Hazardous designed to receive the waste. Examples include: Chemicals and Pesticides in International Trade (http://www.pic.int/) composting operations for organic non-hazardous APRIL 30, 2007 48 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL WASTE MANAGEMENT WORLD BANK GROUP • Waste is stored in a manner that prevents the • Preparing and implementing spill response and commingling or contact between incompatible wastes, emergency plans to address their accidental release and allows for inspection between containers to monitor (additional information on Emergency Plans in provided leaks or spills. Examples include sufficient space in Section 3 of this document) between incompatibles or physical separation such as • Avoiding underground storage tanks and underground walls or containment curbs piping of hazardous waste • Store in closed containers away from direct sunlight, wind and rain Transportation • Secondary containment systems should be constructed On-site and Off-site transportation of waste should be with materials appropriate for the wastes being conducted so as to prevent or minimize spills, releases, and contained and adequate to prevent loss to the exposures to employees and the public. All waste environment containers designated for off-site shipment should be • Secondary containment is included wherever liquid secured and labeled with the contents and associated wastes are stored in volumes greater than 220 liters. hazards, be properly loaded on the transport vehicles before The available volume of secondary containment should leaving the site, and be accompanied by a shipping paper be at least 110 percent of the largest storage container, (i.e., manifest) that describes the load and its associated or 25 percent of the total storage capacity (whichever is hazards, consistent with the guidance provided in Section 3.4 greater), in that specific location on the Transport of Hazardous Materials. • Provide adequate ventilation where volatile wastes are stored. Treatment and Disposal In addition to the recommendations for treatment and Hazardous waste storage activities should also be subject to disposal applicable to general wastes, the following issues special management actions, conducted by employees who specific to hazardous wastes should be considered: have received specific training in handling and storage of hazardous wastes: Commercial or Government Waste Contractors In the absence of qualified commercial or government-owned • Provision of readily available information on chemical waste vendors (taking into consideration proximity and compatibility to employees, including labeling each transportation requirements), facilities generating waste container to identify its contents should consider using: • Limiting access to hazardous waste storage areas to employees who have received proper training • Have the technical capability to manage the waste in a • Clearly identifying (label) and demarcating the area, manner that reduces immediate and future impact to the including documentation of its location on a facility map environment or site plan • Have all required permits, certifications, and approvals, • Conducting periodic inspections of waste storage areas of applicable government authorities and documenting the findings APRIL 30, 2007 49 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL WASTE MANAGEMENT WORLD BANK GROUP • Have been secured through the use of formal are generated and stored on site, monitoring activities procurement agreements should include: In the absence of qualified commercial or government-owned ì Inspection of vessels for leaks, drips or other waste disposal operators (taking into consideration proximity indications of loss and transportation requirements), project sponsors should ì Identification of cracks, corrosion, or damage to consider using: tanks, protective equipment, or floors ì Verification of locks, emergency valves, and other • Installing on-site waste treatment or recycling safety devices for easy operation (lubricating if processes required and employing the practice of keeping • As a final option, constructing facilities that will provide locks and safety equipment in standby position for the environmental sound long-term storage of when the area is not occupied) wastes on-site (as described elsewhere in the General ì Checking the operability of emergency systems EHS Guidelines) or at an alternative appropriate ì Documenting results of testing for integrity, location up until external commercial options become emissions, or monitoring stations (air, soil vapor, or available groundwater) Documenting any changes to the storage facility, Small Quantities of Hazardous Waste ì and any significant changes in the quantity of Hazardous waste materials are frequently generated in small materials in storage quantities by many projects through a variety of activities such as equipment and building maintenance activities. • Regular audits of waste segregation and collection Examples of these types of wastes include: spent solvents practices and oily rags, empty paint cans, chemical containers; used • Tracking of waste generation trends by type and amount lubricating oil; used batteries (such as nickel-cadmium or of waste generated, preferably by facility departments lead acid); and lighting equipment, such as lamps or lamp • Characterizing waste at the beginning of generation of a ballasts. These wastes should be managed following the new waste stream, and periodically documenting the guidance provided in the above sections. characteristics and proper management of the waste, especially hazardous wastes Monitoring • Keeping manifests or other records that document the Monitoring activities associated with the management of amount of waste generated and its destination hazardous and non-hazardous waste should include: • Periodic auditing of third party treatment, and disposal services including re-use and recycling facilities when • Regular visual inspection of all waste storage collection significant quantities of hazardous wastes are managed and storage areas for evidence of accidental releases by third parties. Whenever possible, audits should and to verify that wastes are properly labeled and include site visits to the treatment storage and disposal stored. When significant quantities of hazardous wastes location APRIL 30, 2007 50 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL WASTE MANAGEMENT WORLD BANK GROUP • Regular monitoring of groundwater quality in cases of Hazardous Waste on site storage and/or pretreatment and disposal • Monitoring records for hazardous waste collected, stored, or shipped should include: ì Name and identification number of the material(s) composing the hazardous waste ì Physical state (i.e., solid, liquid, gaseous or a combination of one, or more, of these) ì Quantity (e.g., kilograms or liters, number of containers) ì Waste shipment tracking documentation to include, quantity and type, date dispatched, date transported and date received, record of the originator, the receiver and the transporter ì Method and date of storing, repacking, treating, or disposing at the facility, cross-referenced to specific manifest document numbers applicable to the hazardous waste ì Location of each hazardous waste within the facility, and the quantity at each location APRIL 30, 2007 51 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL NOISE MANAGEMENT WORLD BANK GROUP 1.7 Noise barrier. Barriers should be located as close to the source or to the receptor location to be effective Applicability • Installing vibration isolation for mechanical equipment This section addresses impacts of noise beyond the property • Limiting the hours of operation for specific pieces of boundary of the facilities. Worker exposure to noise is equipment or operations, especially mobile sources covered in Section 2.0 on Occupational Health and Safety. operating through community areas • Re-locating noise sources to less sensitive areas to take Prevention and Control advantage of distance and shielding Noise prevention and mitigation measures should be applied • Siting permanent facilities away from community areas if where predicted or measured noise impacts from a project possible facility or operations exceed the applicable noise level • Taking advantage of the natural topography as a noise guideline at the most sensitive point of reception.52 The buffer during facility design preferred method for controlling noise from stationary • Reducing project traffic routing through community sources is to implement noise control measures at source.53 areas wherever possible Methods for prevention and control of sources of noise • Planning flight routes, timing and altitude for aircraft emissions depend on the source and proximity of receptors. (airplane and helicopter) flying over community areas Noise reduction options that should be considered include: • Developing a mechanism to record and respond to • Selecting equipment with lower sound power levels complaints • Installing silencers for fans • Installing suitable mufflers on engine exhausts and Noise Level Guidelines Noise impacts should not exceed the levels presented in compressor components Table 1.7.1, or result in a maximum increase in background • Installing acoustic enclosures for equipment casing levels of 3 dB at the nearest receptor location off-site. radiating noise • Improving the acoustic performance of constructed buildings, apply sound insulation • Installing acoustic barriers without gaps and with a continuous minimum surface density of 10 kg/m2 in order to minimize the transmission of sound through the 52 A point of reception or receptor may be defined as any point on the premises occupied by persons where extraneous noise and/or vibration are received. Examples of receptor locations may include: permanent or seasonal residences; hotels / motels; schools and daycares; hospitals and nursing homes; places of worship; and parks and campgrounds. 53 At the design stage of a project, equipment manufacturers should provide design or construction specifications in the form of “Insertion Loss Performance” for silencers and mufflers, and “Transmission Loss Performance” for acoustic enclosures and upgraded building construction. APRIL 30, 2007 52 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL NOISE MANAGEMENT WORLD BANK GROUP m to any reflecting surface (e.g., wall). In general, the noise Table 1.7.1- Noise Level Guidelines 54 level limit is represented by the background or ambient noise One Hour L Aeq (dBA) levels that would be present in the absence of the facility or Receptor Daytime Nighttime noise source(s) under investigation. 07:00 - 22:00 22:00 - 07:00 Residential; institutional; 55 45 educational55 Industrial; commercial 70 70 Highly intrusive noises, such as noise from aircraft flyovers and passing trains, should not be included when establishing background noise levels. Monitoring Noise monitoring56 may be carried out for the purposes of establishing the existing ambient noise levels in the area of the proposed or existing facility, or for verifying operational phase noise levels. Noise monitoring programs should be designed and conducted by trained specialists. Typical monitoring periods should be sufficient for statistical analysis and may last 48 hours with the use of noise monitors that should be capable of logging data continuously over this time period, or hourly, or more frequently, as appropriate (or else cover differing time periods within several days, including weekday and weekend workdays). The type of acoustic indices recorded depends on the type of noise being monitored, as established by a noise expert. Monitors should be located approximately 1.5 m above the ground and no closer than 3 54 Guidelines values are for noise levels measured out of doors. Source: Guidelines for Community Noise, World Health Organization (WHO), 1999. 55 For acceptable indoor noise levels for residential, institutional, and educational settings refer to WHO (1999). 56 Noise monitoring should be carried out using a Type 1 or 2 sound level meter meeting all appropriate IEC standards. APRIL 30, 2007 53 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATED LAND WORLD BANK GROUP 1.8 Contaminated Land • The liability that it may pose to the polluter/business Applicability and Approach .............................................54 owners (e.g., cost of remediation, damage of business Risk Screening ..............................................................55 reputation and/or business-community relations) or Interim Risk Management ..............................................56 Detailed Risk Assessment..............................................56 affected parties (e.g. workers at the site, nearby property Permanent Risk Reduction Measures.............................57 owners). Occupational Health and Safety Considerations..............59 Contamination of land should be avoided by preventing or controlling the release of hazardous materials, hazardous Applicability and Approach wastes, or oil to the environment. When contamination of land is This section provides a summary of management suspected or confirmed during any project phase, the cause of approaches for land contamination due to anthropogenic the uncontrolled release should be identified and corrected to releases of hazardous materials, wastes, or oil, including avoid further releases and associated adverse impacts. naturally occurring substances. Releases of these materials may be the result of historic or current site activities, Contaminated lands should be managed to avoid the risk to including, but not limited to, accidents during their handling human health and ecological receptors. The preferred strategy and storage, or due to their poor management or disposal. for land decontamination is to reduce the level of contamination at the site while preventing the human exposure to Land is considered contaminated when it contains hazardous contamination. materials or oil concentrations above background or naturally occurring levels. To determine whether risk management actions are warranted, the following assessment approach should be applied to Contaminated lands may involve surficial soils or subsurface establish whether the three risk factors of ‘Contaminants’, soils that, through leaching and transport, may affect ‘Receptors’, and ‘Exposure Pathways’ co-exist, or are likely to groundwater, surface water, and adjacent sites. Where co-exist, at the project site under current or possible future land subsurface contaminant sources include volatile substances, use: soil vapor may also become a transport and exposure medium, and create potential for contaminant infiltration of • Contaminant(s): Presence of hazardous materials, waste, indoor air spaces of buildings. or oil in any environmental media at potentially hazardous concentrations Contaminated land is a concern because of: • Receptor(s) : Actual or likely contact of humans, wildlife, plants, and other living organisms with the contaminants of • The potential risks to human health and ecology (e.g. concern risk of cancer or other human health effects, loss of • Exposure pathway(s): A combination of the route of ecology); migration of the contaminant from its point of release (e.g., leaching into potable groundwater) and exposure routes APRIL 30, 2007 54 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATED LAND WORLD BANK GROUP (e.g., ingestion, transdermal absorption), which would • Identification of the location of suspected highest level of allow receptor(s) to come into actual contact with contamination through a combination of visual and contaminants historical operational information; • Sampling and testing of the contaminated media (soils or water) according to established technical methods applicable to suspected type of contaminant57,58; • Evaluation of the analytical results against the local and national contaminated sites regulations. In the absence of such regulations or environmental standards, other sources of risk-based standards or guidelines should be consulted to obtain comprehensive criteria for screening soil concentrations of pollutants.59 • Verification of the potential human and/or ecological receptors and exposure pathways relevant to the site in question FIGURE 1.8.1: Inter-Relationship of Contaminant The outcome of risk-screening may reveal that there is no Risk Factors overlap between the three risk-factors as the contaminant levels identified are below those considered to pose a risk to human When the three risk factors are considered to be present (in health or the environment. Alternatively, interim or permanent spite of limited data) under current or foreseeable future conditions, the following steps should be followed (as described in the remaining parts of this section): 57 BC MOE. http://www.env.gov.bc.ca/epd/epdpa/contam_sites/guidance 1) Risk screening; 58 Massachusetts Department of Environment. http://www.mass.gov/dep/cleanup 2) Interim risk management; 59 These may include the USEPA Region 3 Risk-Based Concentrations (RBCs). 3) Detailed quantitative risk assessment; and http://www.epa.gov/reg3hwmd/risk/human/index.htm. These RBCs are considered acceptable for specific land use and contaminant exposure 4) Permanent risk reduction measures. scenarios as they have been developed by governments using risk assessment techniques for use as general targets in the site remediation. Separate PRGs have been developed or adopted for soil, sediment or groundwater, and often a Risk Screening distinction is made between land uses (as noted earlier) because of the need for more stringent guidelines for residential and agricultural versus This step is also known as “problem formulation” for commercial/industrial landuse. The RBC Tables contains Reference Doses (RfDs) and Cancer Slope Factors (CSFs) for about 400 chemicals. These environmental risk assessment. Where there is potential toxicity factors have been combined with “standard” exposure scenarios to calculate RBCs--chemical concentrations corresponding to fixed levels of risk evidence of contamination at a site, the following steps are (i.e., a Hazard Quotient (HQ) of 1, or lifetime cancer risk of 1E-6, whichever occurs at a lower concentration) in water, air, fish tissue, and soil for individual recommended: chemical substances. The primary use of RBCs is for chemical screening during baseline risk assessment (see EPA Regional Guidance EPA/903/R-93-001, “Selecting Exposure Routes and Contaminants of Concern by Risk-Based Screening”). Additional useful soil quality guidelines can also be obtained from Lijzen et al. 2001. APRIL 30, 2007 55 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATED LAND WORLD BANK GROUP risk reduction measures may need to be taken with, or strategies that yield acceptable health risks, while achieving low without, more detailed risk assessment activities, as level contamination on-site. An assessment of contaminant described below. risks needs to be considered in the context of current and future land use, and development scenarios (e.g., residential, commercial, industrial, and urban parkland or wilderness use). Interim Risk Management Interim risk management actions should be implemented at A detailed quantitative risk assessment builds on risk screening any phase of the project life cycle if the presence of land (problem formulation). It involves first, a detailed site contamination poses an “imminent hazard”, i.e., representing investigation to identify the scope of contamination.61 Site an immediate risk to human health and the environment if investigation programs should apply quality assurance/quality contamination were allowed to continue, even a short period control (QA/QC) measures to ensure that data quality is of time. Examples of situations considered to involve adequate for the intended data use (e.g., method detection imminent hazards include, but are not restricted to: limits are below levels of concern). The site investigation in turn • Presence of an explosive atmosphere caused by should be used to develop a conceptual site model of how and contaminated land where contaminants exist, how they are transported, and where • Accessible and excessive contamination for which short- routes of exposure occur to organisms and humans. The risk term exposure and potency of contaminants could result factors and conceptual site model provide a framework for in acute toxicity, irreversible long term effects, assessing contaminant risks. sensitization, or accumulation of persistent Human or ecological risk assessments facilitate risk biocumulative and toxic substances management decisions at contaminated sites. Specific risk • Concentrations of pollutants at concentrations above the assessment objectives include: Risk Based Concentrations (RBCs60) or drinking water standards in potable water at the point of abstraction • Identifying relevant human and ecological receptors (e.g., children, adults, fish, wildlife) Appropriate risk reduction should be implemented as soon as • Determining if contaminants are present at levels that pose practicable to remove the condition posing the imminent potential human health and/or ecological concerns (e.g., hazard. levels above applicable regulatory criteria based on health or environmental risk considerations) Detailed Risk Assessment • Determining how human or ecological receptors are As an alternative to complying with numerical standards or exposed to the contaminants (e.g., ingestions of soil, preliminary remediation goals, and depending on local dermal contact, inhalation of dust) regulatory requirements, a detailed site-specific, environmental risk assessment may be used to develop 61 Examples include processes defined by the American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) Phase II ESA Process; the British Columbia Ministry of Environment Canada (BC MOE) 60 For example, USEPA Region 3 Risk-Based Concentrations (RBCs). http://www.env.gov.bc.ca/epd/epdpa/contam_sites/guidance); and the http://www.epa.gov/reg3hwmd/risk/human/index.htm. Massachusetts Department of Environment http://www.mass.gov/dep/cleanup. APRIL 30, 2007 56 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATED LAND WORLD BANK GROUP • Identifying the types of adverse effects that might result • Identifying the preferred technologies (including from exposure to the contaminants (e.g., effect on target engineering controls) needed to implement the conceptual organ, cancer, impaired growth or reproduction) in the risk reduction measures absence of regulatory standards • Developing a monitoring plan to ascertain whether risk • Quantifying the magnitude of health risks to human and reduction measures are effective ecological receptors based on a quantitative analysis of • Considering the need and appropriateness for institutional contaminant exposure and toxicity (e.g. calculate controls (e.g. deed restriction, land use restrictions) as part lifetime cancer risk or ratios of estimated exposure rates of a comprehensive approach compared to safe exposure rates) • Determining how current and proposed future land use Permanent Risk Reduction Measures influence the predicted risks (e.g. change of land use The risk factors and conceptual site model within the from industrial to residential with more sensitive contaminant risk approach described also provide a basis to receptors such as children) manage and mitigate environmental contaminant health risks. • Quantifying the potential environmental and/or human The underlying principle is to reduce, eliminate, or control any or health risks from off-site contaminant migration (e.g., all of the three risk factors illustrated in Figure 1.8.1. A short list consider if leaching and groundwater transport, or of examples of risk mitigation strategies is provided below, surface water transport results in exposure at adjacent although actual strategies should be developed based on site- lands/receptors) specific conditions, and the practicality of prevailing factors and • Determining if the risk is likely to remain stable, site constraints. Regardless of the management options increase, or decrease with time in the absence of any selected, the action plan should include, whenever possible, remediation (e.g., consider if the contaminant is contaminant source reduction (i.e., net improvement of the site) reasonably degradable and likely to remain in place, or as part of the overall strategy towards managing health risks at be transported to other media)62 contaminated sites, as this alone provides for improved environmental quality. Addressing these objectives provides a basis to develop and implement risk reduction measures (e.g., clean-up, on-site Figure 1.8.2 presents a schematic of the inter-relationship of risk controls) at the site. If such a need exists, the following factors and example strategies to mitigate contaminant health additional objectives become relevant: risk by modifying the conditions of one or more risk factors to • Determining where, and in what conceptual manner, risk ultimately reduce contaminant exposure to the receptor. The reduction measures should be implemented selected approach should take into consideration the technical and financial feasibility (e.g. operability of a selected technology given the local availability of technical expertise and equipment and its associated costs). 62 An example of a simplified quantitative risk assessment method is the ASTM E1739-95(2002) Standard Guide for Risk-Based Corrective Action Example risk mitigation strategies for contaminant source and Applied at Petroleum Release Sites and the ASTM E2081-00(2004)e1 Standard Guide for Risk-Based Corrective Action (at chemical release sites). exposure concentrations include: APRIL 30, 2007 57 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATED LAND WORLD BANK GROUP • Soil, sediment, and sludge: ì Installation (during building construction) of an ì In situ biological treatment (aerobic or anaerobic) impermeable barrier below the building and/or an ì In situ physical/chemical treatment (e.g., soil vapor alternative flow pathway for soil vapor beneath extraction with off-gas treatment, chemical building foundations (e.g., porous media and oxidation) ventilation to shunt vapors away from building) ì In situ thermal treatment (e.g., steam injection, 6- Example risk mitigation strategies for receptors include: phase heating) • Limiting or preventing access to contaminant by receptors ì Ex situ biological treatment (e.g., excavation and (actions targeted at the receptor may include signage with composting) instructions, fencing, or site security) ì Ex situ physical/chemical treatment (e.g., • Imposing health advisory or prohibiting certain practices excavation and stabilization) leading to exposure such as fishing, crab trapping, shellfish ì Ex situ thermal treatment (e.g., excavation and collection thermal desorption or incineration) • Educating receptors (people) to modify behavior in order to ì Containment (e.g. landfill) reduce exposure (e.g., improved work practices, and use of ì Natural attenuation protective clothing and equipment) ì Other treatment processes Example risk mitigation strategies for exposure pathways • Groundwater, surface water, and leachate: include: ì In situ biological treatment (aerobic and/or aerobic) • Providing an alternative water supply to replace, for ì In situ physical/chemical treatment (e.g., air example, a contaminated groundwater supply well sparging, zero-valent iron permeable reactive • Capping contaminated soil with at least 1m of clean soil to barrier) prevent human contact, as well as plant root or small ì Ex situ biological, physical, and or chemical mammal penetration into contaminated soils treatment (i.e., groundwater extraction and • Paving over contaminated soil as an interim measure to treatment) negate the pathway of direct contact or dust generation ì Containment (e.g., slurry wall or sheet pile barrier) and inhalation ì Natural attenuation • Using an interception trench and pump, and treat ì Other treatment processes technologies to prevent contaminated groundwater from • Soil vapor intrusion: discharging into fish streams ì Soil vapor extraction to reduce VOC contaminant The above-reference containment measures should also be source in soil considered for immediate implementation in situations where ì Installation of a sub-slab depressurization system source reduction measures are expected to take time. to prevent migration of soil vapor into the building ì Creating a positive pressure condition in buildings APRIL 30, 2007 58 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATED LAND WORLD BANK GROUP Occupational Health and Safety Considerations Investigation and remediation of contaminated lands requires that workers be mindful of the occupational exposures that could arise from working in close contact with contaminated soil or other environmental media (e.g., groundwater, wastewater, sediments, and soil vapor). Occupational health and safety precautions should be exercised to minimize exposure, as described in Section 2 on Occupational Health and Safety. In addition, workers on contaminated sites should receive special health and safety training specific to contaminated site investigation and remediation activities.63 FIGURE 1.8.2: Inter-Relationship of Risk Factors and Management Options 63 For example, US Occupational Safety and Health Agency (OSHA) regulations found at 40 CFR 1910.120. http://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STAN DARDS&p_id=9765 APRIL 30, 2007 59 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY WORLD BANK GROUP 2.0 Occupational Health and Safety Applicability and Approach......................................60 2.1 General Facility Design and Operation......................61 Applicability and Approach Integrity of Workplace Structures..........................61 Employers and supervisors are obliged to implement all Severe Weather and Facility Shutdown ................61 Workspace and Exit.............................................61 reasonable precautions to protect the health and safety of Fire Precautions ..................................................62 workers. This section provides guidance and examples of Lavatories and Showers.......................................62 Potable Water Supply ..........................................62 reasonable precautions to implement in managing principal risks Clean Eating Area ...............................................62 to occupational health and safety. Although the focus is placed on Lighting...............................................................62 Safe Access........................................................62 the operational phase of projects, much of the guidance also First Aid...............................................................63 applies to construction and decommissioning activities. Air Supply............................................................63 Work Environment Temperature...........................63 Companies should hire contractors that have the technical 2.2 Communication and Training....................................63 capability to manage the occupational health and safety issues of OHS Training ......................................................63 Visitor Orientation................................................63 their employees, extending the application of the hazard New Task Employee and Contractor Training.......63 management activities through formal procurement agreements. Basic OHS Training .............................................64 Area Signage ......................................................64 Labeling of Equipment.........................................64 Preventive and protective measures should be introduced Communicate Hazard Codes ...............................64 according to the following order of priority: 2.3 Physical Hazards .....................................................64 Rotating and Moving Equipment...........................65 Noise ..................................................................65 • Eliminating the hazard by removing the activity from the work Vibration..............................................................65 process. Examples include substitution with less hazardous Electrical .............................................................66 Eye Hazards........................................................67 chemicals, using different manufacturing processes, etc; Welding / Hot Work..............................................67 Industrial Vehicle Driving and Site Traffic..............67 • Controlling the hazard at its source through use of Working Environment Temperature......................68 engineering controls. Examples include local exhaust Ergonomics, Repetitive Motion, Manual Handling.68 Working at Heights ..............................................68 ventilation, isolation rooms, machine guarding, acoustic Illumination..........................................................69 2.4 Chemical Hazards....................................................69 insulating, etc; Air Quality ...........................................................70 Fire and Explosions .............................................70 • Minimizing the hazard through design of safe work systems Corrosive, oxidizing, and reactive chemicals.........71 and administrative or institutional control measures. Asbestos Containing Materials (ACM)..................71 2.5 Biological Hazards....................................................71 Examples include job rotation, training safe work procedures, 2.6 Radiological Hazards................................................73 lock-out and tag-out, workplace monitoring, limiting exposure 2.7 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE).......................73 2.8 Special Hazard Environments...................................74 or work duration, etc. Confined Space...................................................74 Lone and Isolated Workers ..................................75 • Providing appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) in 2.9 Monitoring................................................................75 conjunction with training, use, and maintenance of the PPE. Accidents and Diseases monitoring......................76 The application of prevention and control measures to occupational hazards should be based on comprehensive job APRIL 30, 2007 60 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY WORLD BANK GROUP safety or job hazard analyses. The results of these analyses should be prioritized as part of an action plan based on the Table 2.1.1. Risk Ranking Table to Classify Worker likelihood and severity of the consequence of exposure to the Scenarios Based on Likelihood and Consequence identified hazards. An example of a qualitative risk ranking or analysis matrix to help identify priorities is described in Table Consequences 2.1.1. Catas- Insignificant Minor Moderate Major trophic 2.1 General Facility Design and Likelihood 1 2 3 4 5 Operation A. Almost certain L M E E E Integrity of Workplace Structures Permanent and recurrent places of work should be designed and B. Likely L M H E E equipped to protect OHS: C. L M H E E • Surfaces, structures and installations should be easy to clean Moderate and maintain, and not allow for accumulation of hazardous D. Unlikely L L M H E compounds. • Buildings should be structurally safe, provide appropriate E. Rare L L M H H protection against the climate, and have acceptable light and noise conditions. Legend • Fire resistant, noise-absorbing materials should, to the extent E: extreme risk; immediate action required feasible, be used for cladding on ceilings and walls. H: high risk; senior management attention needed • Floors should be level, even, and non-skid. M: moderate risk; management responsibility should be specified • Heavy oscillating, rotating or alternating equipment should be L: low risk; manage by routine procedures located in dedicated buildings or structurally isolated sections. Workspace and Exit • The space provided for each worker, and in total, should be Severe Weather and Facility Shutdown adequate for safe execution of all activities, including • Work place structures should be designed and constructed to transport and interim storage of materials and products. withstand the expected elements for the region and have an • Passages to emergency exits should be unobstructed at all area designated for safe refuge, if appropriate. times. Exits should be clearly marked to be visible in total • Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) should be developed darkness. The number and capacity of emergency exits for project or process shut-down, including an evacuation should be sufficient for safe and orderly evacuation of the plan. Drills to practice the procedure and plan should also be greatest number of people present at any time, and there undertaken annually. should be a minimum two exits from any work area. APRIL 30, 2007 61 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY WORLD BANK GROUP • Facilities also should be designed and built taking into Potable Water Supply account the needs of disabled persons. • Adequate supplies of potable drinking water should be provided from a fountain with an upward jet or with a sanitary Fire Precautions means of collecting the water for the purposes of drinking The workplace should be designed to prevent the start of fires • Water supplied to areas of food preparation or for the through the implementation of fire codes applicable to industrial purpose of personal hygiene (washing or bathing) should settings. Other essential measures include: meet drinking water quality standards • Equipping facilities with fire detectors, alarm systems, and fire-fighting equipment. The equipment should be maintained Clean Eating Area in good working order and be readily accessible. It should be • Where there is potential for exposure to substances adequate for the dimensions and use of the premises, poisonous by ingestion, suitable arrangements are to be equipment installed, physical and chemical properties of made for provision of clean eating areas where workers are substances present, and the maximum number of people not exposed to the hazardous or noxious substances present. • Provision of manual firefighting equipment that is easily Lighting accessible and simple to use • Workplaces should, to the degree feasible, receive natural • Fire and emergency alarm systems that are both audible and light and be supplemented with sufficient artificial illumination visible to promote workers’ safety and health, and enable safe equipment operation. Supplemental ‘task lighting’ may be The IFC Life and Fire Safety Guideline should apply to buildings required where specific visual acuity requirements should be accessible to the public (See Section 3.3). met. • Emergency lighting of adequate intensity should be installed Lavatories and Showers and automatically activated upon failure of the principal • Adequate lavatory facilities (toilets and washing areas) artificial light source to ensure safe shut-down, evacuation, should be provided for the number of people expected to etc. work in the facility and allowances made for segregated facilities, or for indicating whether the toilet facility is “In Use” Safe Access or “Vacant”. Toilet facilities should also be provided with • Passageways for pedestrians and vehicles within and outside adequate supplies of hot and cold running water, soap, and buildings should be segregated and provide for easy, safe, hand drying devices. and appropriate access • Where workers may be exposed to substances poisonous by • Equipment and installations requiring servicing, inspection, ingestion and skin contamination may occur, facilities for and/or cleaning should have unobstructed, unrestricted, and showering and changing into and out of street and work ready access clothes should be provided. • Hand, knee and foot railings should be installed on stairs, fixed ladders, platforms, permanent and interim floor openings, loading bays, ramps, etc. APRIL 30, 2007 62 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY WORLD BANK GROUP • Openings should be sealed by gates or removable chains microorganisms. Heating, ventilation and air conditioning • Covers should, if feasible, be installed to protect against (HVAC) and industrial evaporative cooling systems should be falling items equipped, maintained and operated so as to prevent growth • Measures to prevent unauthorized access to dangerous and spreading of disease agents (e.g. Legionnella areas should be in place pneumophilia) or breeding of vectors (e.g. mosquitoes and flies) of public health concern. First Aid • The employer should ensure that qualified first-aid can be Work Environment Temperature provided at all times. Appropriately equipped first-aid stations • The temperature in work, rest room and other welfare should be easily accessible throughout the place of work facilities should, during service hours, be maintained at a • Eye-wash stations and/or emergency showers should be level appropriate for the purpose of the facility. provided close to all workstations where immediate flushing with water is the recommended first-aid response 2.2 Communication and Training • Where the scale of work or the type of activity being carried OHS Training out so requires, dedicated and appropriately equipped first- • Provisions should be made to provide OHS orientation aid room(s) should be provided. First aid stations and rooms training to all new employees to ensure they are apprised of should be equipped with gloves, gowns, and masks for the basic site rules of work at / on the site and of personal protection against direct contact with blood and other body protection and preventing injury to fellow employees. fluids • Training should consist of basic hazard awareness, site- • Remote sites should have written emergency procedures in specific hazards, safe work practices, and emergency place for dealing with cases of trauma or serious illness up to procedures for fire, evacuation, and natural disaster, as the point at which patient care can be transferred to an appropriate. Any site-specific hazard or color coding in use appropriate medical facility. should be thoroughly reviewed as part of orientation training. Air Supply Visitor Orientation • Sufficient fresh air should be supplied for indoor and confined • If visitors to the site can gain access to areas where work spaces. Factors to be considered in ventilation design hazardous conditions or substances may be present, a visitor include physical activity, substances in use, and process- orientation and control program should be established to related emissions. Air distribution systems should be ensure visitors do not enter hazard areas unescorted. designed so as not to expose workers to draughts • Mechanical ventilation systems should be maintained in good New Task Employee and Contractor Training working order. Point-source exhaust systems required for • The employer should ensure that workers and contractors, maintaining a safe ambient environment should have local prior to commencement of new assignments, have received indicators of correct functioning. adequate training and information enabling them to • Re-circulation of contaminated air is not acceptable. Air inlet filters should be kept clean and free of dust and APRIL 30, 2007 63 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY WORLD BANK GROUP understand work hazards and to protect their health from • Signage should be in accordance with international hazardous ambient factors that may be present. standards and be well known to, and easily understood by The training should adequately cover: workers, visitors and the general public as appropriate. ì Knowledge of materials, equipment, and tools Labeling of Equipment ì Known hazards in the operations and how they are controlled • All vessels that may contain substances that are hazardous ì Potential risks to health as a result of chemical or toxicological properties, or ì Precautions to prevent exposure temperature or pressure, should be labeled as to the ì Hygiene requirements contents and hazard, or appropriately color coded. ì Wearing and use of protective equipment and clothing • Similarly, piping systems that contain hazardous substances ì Appropriate response to operation extremes, incidents should be labeled with the direction of flow and contents of and accidents the pipe, or color coded whenever the pipe passing through a wall or floor is interrupted by a valve or junction device. Basic OHS Training • A basic occupational training program and specialty courses Communicate Hazard Codes should be provided, as needed, to ensure that workers are • Copies of the hazard coding system should be posted oriented to the specific hazards of individual work outside the facility at emergency entrance doors and fire assignments. Training should generally be provided to emergency connection systems where they are likely to management, supervisors, workers, and occasional visitors come to the attention of emergency services personnel. to areas of risks and hazards. • Information regarding the types of hazardous materials • Workers with rescue and first-aid duties should receive stored, handled or used at the facility, including typical dedicated training so as not to inadvertently aggravate maximum inventories and storage locations, should be exposures and health hazards to themselves or their co- shared proactively with emergency services and security workers. Training would include the risks of becoming personnel to expedite emergency response when needed. infected with blood–borne pathogens through contact with • Representatives of local emergency and security services bodily fluids and tissue. should be invited to participate in periodic (annual) • Through appropriate contract specifications and monitoring, orientation tours and site inspections to ensure familiarity the employer should ensure that service providers, as well as with potential hazards present. contracted and subcontracted labor, are trained adequately before assignments begin. 2.3 Physical Hazards Physical hazards represent potential for accident or injury or Area Signage illness due to repetitive exposure to mechanical action or work • Hazardous areas (electrical rooms, compressor rooms, etc), activity. Single exposure to physical hazards may result in a wide installations, materials, safety measures, and emergency range of injuries, from minor and medical aid only, to disabling, exits, etc. should be marked appropriately. catastrophic, and/or fatal. Multiple exposures over prolonged APRIL 30, 2007 64 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY WORLD BANK GROUP periods can result in disabling injuries of comparable significance Noise and consequence. Noise limits for different working environments are provided in Table 2.3.1. Rotating and Moving Equipment Injury or death can occur from being trapped, entangled, or struck • No employee should be exposed to a noise level greater than 85 dB(A) for a duration of more than 8 hours per day without by machinery parts due to unexpected starting of equipment or hearing protection. In addition, no unprotected ear should be unobvious movement during operations. Recommended exposed to a peak sound pressure level (instantaneous) of protective measures include: more than 140 dB(C). • Designing machines to eliminate trap hazards and ensuring • The use of hearing protection should be enforced actively that extremities are kept out of harm’s way under normal when the equivalent sound level over 8 hours reaches 85 operating conditions. Examples of proper design dB(A), the peak sound levels reach 140 dB(C), or the considerations include two-hand operated machines to average maximum sound level reaches 110dB(A). Hearing prevent amputations or the availability of emergency stops protective devices provided should be capable of reducing dedicated to the machine and placed in strategic locations. sound levels at the ear to at least 85 dB(A). Where a machine or equipment has an exposed moving part • Although hearing protection is preferred for any period of or exposed pinch point that may endanger the safety of any noise exposure in excess of 85 dB(A), an equivalent level of worker, the machine or equipment should be equipped with, protection can be obtained, but less easily managed, by and protected by, a guard or other device that prevents limiting the duration of noise exposure. For every 3 dB(A) access to the moving part or pinch point. Guards should be increase in sound levels, the ‘allowed’ exposure period or designed and installed in conformance with appropriate duration should be reduced by 50 percent.65 machine safety standards.64 • Prior to the issuance of hearing protective devices as the • Turning off, disconnecting, isolating, and de-energizing final control mechanism, use of acoustic insulating materials, (Locked Out and Tagged Out) machinery with exposed or isolation of the noise source, and other engineering controls guarded moving parts, or in which energy can be stored (e.g. should be investigated and implemented, where feasible compressed air, electrical components) during servicing or • Periodic medical hearing checks should be performed on maintenance, in conformance with a standard such as CSA workers exposed to high noise levels Z460 Lockout or equivalent ISO or ANSI standard • Designing and installing equipment, where feasible, to enable Vibration routine service, such as lubrication, without removal of the Exposure to hand-arm vibration from equipment such as hand and guarding devices or mechanisms power tools, or whole-body vibrations from surfaces on which the worker stands or sits, should be controlled through choice of equipment, installation of vibration dampening pads or devices, and limiting the duration of exposure. Limits for vibration and 64 For example: CSA Z432.04 Safe Guarding of Machinery, CSA Z434 Robot Safety, ISO 11161 Safety of Machinery – Integrated Manufacturing Systems or ISO 14121 Safety of Machinery – Principals of Risk Management or equivalent ANSI standard. 65 The American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH), 2006 APRIL 30, 2007 65 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY WORLD BANK GROUP action values, (i.e. the level of exposure at which remediation • Marking all energized electrical devices and lines with should be initiated) are provided by the ACGIH 66. Exposure levels warning signs should be checked on the basis of daily exposure time and data • Locking out (de-charging and leaving open with a controlled provided by equipment manufacturers. locking device) and tagging-out (warning sign placed on the lock) devices during service or maintenance Electrical • Checking all electrical cords, cables, and hand power tools Exposed or faulty electrical devices, such as circuit breakers, for frayed or exposed cords and following manufacturer recommendations for maximum permitted operating voltage Table 2.3.1. Noise Limits for Various Working of the portable hand tools Environments • Double insulating / grounding all electrical equipment used in environments that are, or may become, wet; using equipment Location Equivalent level Maximum with ground fault interrupter (GFI) protected circuits /activity LAeq,8h LAmax,fast • Protecting power cords and extension cords against damage Heavy Industry (no from traffic by shielding or suspending above traffic areas demand for oral 85 dB(A) 110 dB(A) communication) • Appropriate labeling of service rooms housing high voltage Light industry equipment (‘electrical hazard’) and where entry is controlled (decreasing demand for oral 50-65 dB(A) 110 dB(A) or prohibited (see also Section 3 on Planning, Siting, and communication) Design); Open offices, • Establishing “No Approach” zones around or under high control rooms, 45-50 dB(A) - service counters or voltage power lines in conformance with Table 2.3.2 similar • Rubber tired construction or other vehicles that come into Individual offices (no disturbing 40-45 dB(A) - direct contact with, or arcing between, high voltage wires noise) may need to be taken out of service for periods of 48 hours Classrooms, and have the tires replaced to prevent catastrophic tire and lecture halls 35-40 dB(A) - wheel assembly failure, potentially causing serious injury or Hospitals 30-35 dB(A) 40 dB(A) death; panels, cables, cords and hand tools, can pose a serious risk to • Conducting detailed identification and marking of all buried workers. Overhead wires can be struck by metal devices, such as electrical wiring prior to any excavation work poles or ladders, and by vehicles with metal booms. Vehicles or grounded metal objects brought into close proximity with overhead wires can result in arcing between the wires and the object, without actual contact. Recommended actions include: 66 ACGIH, 2005 APRIL 30, 2007 66 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY WORLD BANK GROUP • Provisions should be made for persons who have to wear Table 2.3.2. No Approach Zones for prescription glasses either through the use overglasses or High Voltage Power Lines prescription hardened glasses. Minimum Nominal phase-to-phase voltage rating distance Welding / Hot Work 750 or more volts, but no more than 150,000 volts 3 meters Welding creates an extremely bright and intense light that may More than 150,000 volts, but no more than 250,000 4.5 meters seriously injur a worker’s eyesight. In extreme cases, blindness volts may result. Additionally, welding may produce noxious fumes to More than 250,000 volts 6 meters which prolonged exposure can cause serious chronic diseases. Recommended measures include: Eye Hazards • Provision of proper eye protection such as welder goggles Solid particles from a wide variety of industrial operations, and / or and/or a full-face eye shield for all personnel involved in, or a liquid chemical spray may strike a worker in the eye causing an assisting, welding operations. Additional methods may eye injury or permanent blindness. Recommended measures include the use of welding barrier screens around the specific include: work station (a solid piece of light metal, canvas, or plywood designed to block welding light from others). Devices to • Use of machine guards or splash shields and/or face and eye extract and remove noxious fumes at the source may also be protection devices, such as safety glasses with side shields, required. goggles, and/or a full face shield. Specific Safe Operating • Special hot work and fire prevention precautions and Procedures (SOPs) may be required for use of sanding and Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) should be grinding tools and/or when working around liquid chemicals. implemented if welding or hot cutting is undertaken outside Frequent checks of these types of equipment prior to use to established welding work stations, including ‘Hot Work ensure mechanical integrity is also good practice. Machine Permits, stand-by fire extinguishers, stand-by fire watch, and and equipment guarding should conform to standards maintaining the fire watch for up to one hour after welding or published by organizations such as CSA, ANSI and ISO (see hot cutting has terminated. Special procedures are required also Section 2.3 on Rotating and Moving Equipment and 2.7 for hotwork on tanks or vessels that have contained on Personal Protective Equipment). flammable materials. • Moving areas where the discharge of solid fragments, liquid, or gaseous emissions can reasonably be predicted (e.g. Industrial Vehicle Driving and Site Traffic discharge of sparks from a metal cutting station, pressure Poorly trained or inexperienced industrial vehicle drivers have relief valve discharge) away from places expected to be increased risk of accident with other vehicles, pedestrians, and occupied or transited by workers or visitors. Where machine equipment. Industrial vehicles and delivery vehicles, as well as or work fragments could present a hazard to transient private vehicles on-site, also represent potential collision workers or passers-by, extra area guarding or proximity scenarios. Industrial vehicle driving and site traffic safety restricting systems should be implemented, or PPE required practices include: for transients and visitors. APRIL 30, 2007 67 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY WORLD BANK GROUP • Training and licensing industrial vehicle operators in the safe • Use of protective clothing operation of specialized vehicles such as forklifts, including • Providing easy access to adequate hydration such as safe loading/unloading, load limits drinking water or electrolyte drinks, and avoiding • Ensuring drivers undergo medical surveillance consumption of alcoholic beverages • Ensuring moving equipment with restricted rear visibility is outfitted with audible back-up alarms Ergonomics, Repetitive Motion, Manual Handling • Establishing rights-of-way, site speed limits, vehicle Injuries due to ergonomic factors, such as repetitive motion, over- inspection requirements, operating rules and procedures exertion, and manual handling, take prolonged and repeated (e.g. prohibiting operation of forklifts with forks in down exposures to develop, and typically require periods of weeks to position), and control of traffic patterns or direction months for recovery. These OHS problems should be minimized • Restricting the circulation of delivery and private vehicles to or eliminated to maintain a productive workplace. Controls may defined routes and areas, giving preference to ‘one-way’ include: circulation, where appropriate • Facility and workstation design with 5th to 95th percentile operational and maintenance workers in mind Working Environment Temperature • Use of mechanical assists to eliminate or reduce exertions Exposure to hot or cold working conditions in indoor or outdoor required to lift materials, hold tools and work objects, and environments can result temperature stress-related injury or requiring multi-person lifts if weights exceed thresholds death. Use of personal protective equipment (PPE) to protect • Selecting and designing tools that reduce force requirements against other occupational hazards can accentuate and aggravate and holding times, and improve postures heat-related illnesses. Extreme temperatures in permanent work • Providing user adjustable work stations environments should be avoided through implementation of • Incorporating rest and stretch breaks into work processes, engineering controls and ventilation. Where this is not possible, and conducting job rotation such as during short-term outdoor work, temperature-related • Implementing quality control and maintenance programs that stress management procedures should be implemented which reduce unnecessary forces and exertions include: • Taking into consideration additional special conditions such • Monitoring weather forecasts for outdoor work to provide as left handed persons advance warning of extreme weather and scheduling work accordingly Working at Heights • Adjustment of work and rest periods according to Fall prevention and protection measures should be implemented temperature stress management procedures provided by whenever a worker is exposed to the hazard of falling more than ACGIH 67, depending on the temperature and workloads two meters; into operating machinery; into water or other liquid; • Providing temporary shelters to protect against the elements into hazardous substances; or through an opening in a work during working activities or for use as rest areas surface. Fall prevention / protection measures may also be warranted on a case-specific basis when there are risks of falling from lesser heights. Fall prevention may include: 67 ACGIH, 2005 APRIL 30, 2007 68 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY WORLD BANK GROUP • Installation of guardrails with mid-rails and toe boards at the supplemented with dedicated work station illumination, as needed. edge of any fall hazard area The minimum limits for illumination intensity for a range of • Proper use of ladders and scaffolds by trained employees locations/activities appear in Table 2.3.3. • Use of fall prevention devices, including safety belt and Controls should include: lanyard travel limiting devices to prevent access to fall hazard • Use of energy efficient light sources with minimum heat area, or fall protection devices such as full body harnesses emission used in conjunction with shock absorbing lanyards or self- • Undertaking measures to eliminate glare / reflections and retracting inertial fall arrest devices attached to fixed anchor flickering of lights point or horizontal life-lines • Taking precautions to minimize and control optical radiation • Appropriate training in use, serviceability, and integrity of the including direct sunlight. Exposure to high intensity UV and necessary PPE IR radiation and high intensity visible light should also be • Inclusion of rescue and/or recovery plans, and equipment to controlled respond to workers after an arrested fall • Controlling laser hazards in accordance with equipment Illumination specifications, certifications, and recognized safety Work area light intensity should be adequate for the general standards. The lowest feasible class Laser should be applied purpose of the location and type of activity, and should be to minimize risks. 2.4 Chemical Hazards Table 2.3.3. Minimum Limits For Workplace Chemical hazards represent potential for illness or injury due to Illumination Intensity single acute exposure or chronic repetitive exposure to toxic, Location / Activity Light Intensity corrosive, sensitizing or oxidative substances. They also Emergency light 10 lux represent a risk of uncontrolled reaction, including the risk of fire and explosion, if incompatible chemicals are inadvertently mixed. Outdoor non working areas 20 lux Chemical hazards can most effectively be prevented through a Simple orientation and temporary visits (machine 50 lux hierarchical approach that includes: storage, garage, warehouse) • Replacement of the hazardous substance with a less Workspace with occasional visual tasks only 100 lux (corridors, stairways, lobby, elevator, auditorium, etc.) hazardous substitute • Implementation of engineering and administrative control Medium precision work (simple assembly, rough 200 lux machine works, welding, packing, etc.) measures to avoid or minimize the release of hazardous substances into the work environment keeping the level of Precision work (reading, moderately difficult 500 lux assembly, sorting, checking, medium bench and exposure below internationally established or recognized machine works, etc.), offices. limits High precision work (difficult assembly, sewing, color 1,000 – 3,000 • Keeping the number of employees exposed, or likely to inspection, fine sorting etc.) lux become exposed, to a minimum APRIL 30, 2007 69 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY WORLD BANK GROUP • Communicating chemical hazards to workers through • Where ambient air contains several materials that have labeling and marking according to national and internationally similar effects on the same body organs (additive effects), recognized requirements and standards, including the taking into account combined exposures using calculations International Chemical Safety Cards (ICSC), Materials Safety recommended by the ACGIH 69 Data Sheets (MSDS), or equivalent. Any means of written • Where work shifts extend beyond eight (8) hours, calculating communication should be in an easily understood language adjusted workplace exposure criteria recommended by the and be readily available to exposed workers and first-aid ACGIH 70 personnel • Training workers in the use of the available information (such Fire and Explosions as MSDSs), safe work practices, and appropriate use of PPE Fires and or explosions resulting from ignition of flammable materials or gases can lead to loss of property as well as possible Air Quality injury or fatalities to project workers. Prevention and control Poor air quality due to the release of contaminants into the work strategies include: place can result in possible respiratory irritation, discomfort, or • Storing flammables away from ignition sources and oxidizing illness to workers. Employers should take appropriate measures materials. Further, flammables storage area should be: to maintain air quality in the work area. These include: ì Remote from entry and exit points into buildings • Maintaining levels of contaminant dusts, vapors and gases in ì Away from facility ventilation intakes or vents the work environment at concentrations below those ì Have natural or passive floor and ceiling level ventilation recommended by the ACGIH 68 as TWA-TLV’s (threshold limit and explosion venting value)—concentrations to which most workers can be ì Use spark-proof fixtures exposed repeatedly (8 hours/day, 40 hrs/week, week-after- ì Be equipped with fire extinguishing devices and self- week), without sustaining adverse health effects. closing doors, and constructed of materials made to • Developing and implementing work practices to minimize withstand flame impingement for a moderate period of release of contaminants into the work environment including: time ì Direct piping of liquid and gaseous materials • Providing bonding and grounding of, and between, ì Minimized handling of dry powdered materials; containers and additional mechanical floor level ventilation if ì Enclosed operations materials are being, or could be, dispensed in the storage ì Local exhaust ventilation at emission / release points area ì Vacuum transfer of dry material rather than mechanical • Where the flammable material is mainly comprised of dust, or pneumatic conveyance providing electrical grounding, spark detection, and, if ì Indoor secure storage, and sealed containers rather needed, quenching systems than loose storage 69 ACGIH, 2005. 68 ACGIH, 2005 70 ACGIH, 2005. APRIL 30, 2007 70 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY WORLD BANK GROUP • Defining and labeling fire hazards areas to warn of special Asbestos Containing Materials (ACM) rules (e.g. prohibition in use of smoking materials, cellular The use of asbestos containing materials (ACM) should be phones, or other potential spark generating equipment) avoided in new buildings or as a new material in remodeling or • Providing specific worker training in handling of flammable renovation activities. Existing facilities with ACM should develop materials, and in fire prevention or suppression an asbestos management plan which clearly identifies the locations where the ACM is present, its condition (e.g. whether it Corrosive, oxidizing, and reactive chemicals is in friable form with the potential to release fibers), procedures Corrosive, oxidizing, and reactive chemicals present similar for monitoring its condition, procedures to access the locations hazards and require similar control measures as flammable where ACM is present to avoid damage, and training of staff who materials. However, the added hazard of these chemicals is that can potentially come into contact with the material to avoid inadvertent mixing or intermixing may cause serious adverse damage and prevent exposure. The plan should be made reactions. This can lead to the release of flammable or toxic available to all persons involved in operations and maintenance materials and gases, and may lead directly to fires and activities. Repair or removal and disposal of existing ACM in explosions. These types of substances have the additional hazard buildings should only be performed by specially trained of causing significant personal injury upon direct contact, personnel71 following host country requirements, or in their regardless of any intermixing issues. The following controls absence, internationally recognized procedures.72 should be observed in the work environment when handling such chemicals: 2.5 Biological Hazards • Corrosive, oxidizing and reactive chemicals should be Biological agents represent potential for illness or injury due to segregated from flammable materials and from other single acute exposure or chronic repetitive exposure. Biological chemicals of incompatible class (acids vs. bases, oxidizers hazards can be prevented most effectively by implementing the vs. reducers, water sensitive vs. water based, etc.), stored in following measures: ventilated areas and in containers with appropriate • If the nature of the activity permits, use of any harmful secondary containment to minimize intermixing during spills biological agents should be avoided and replaced with an • Workers who are required to handle corrosive, oxidizing, or agent that, under normal conditions of use, is not dangerous reactive chemicals should be provided with specialized or less dangerous to workers. If use of harmful agents can training and provided with, and wear, appropriate PPE not be avoided, precautions should be taken to keep the risk (gloves, apron, splash suits, face shield or goggles, etc). of exposure as low as possible and maintained below • Where corrosive, oxidizing, or reactive chemicals are used, internationally established and recognized exposure limits. handled, or stored, qualified first-aid should be ensured at all times. Appropriately equipped first-aid stations should be 71 Training of specialized personnel and the maintenance and removal methods easily accessible throughout the place of work, and eye-wash applied should be equivalent to those required under applicable regulations in the stations and/or emergency showers should be provided close United States and Europe (examples of North American training standards are available at: http://www.osha.gov/SLTC/asbestos/training.html) 72 Examples include the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) E to all workstations where the recommended first-aid 1368 - Standard Practice for Visual Inspection of Asbestos Abatement Projects; E response is immediate flushing with water 2356 - Standard Practice for Comprehensive Building Asbestos Surveys; and E 2394 - Standard Practice for Maintenance, Renovation and Repair of Installed Asbestos Cement Products. APRIL 30, 2007 71 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY WORLD BANK GROUP • Work processes, engineering, and administrative controls The employer should at all times encourage and enforce the should be designed, maintained, and operated to avoid or highest level of hygiene and personal protection, especially for minimize release of biological agents into the working activities employing biological agents of Groups 3 and 4 above. environment. The number of employees exposed or likely to Work involving agents in Groups 3 and 4 should be restricted only become exposed should be kept at a minimum. to those persons who have received specific verifiable training in • The employer should review and assess known and working with and controlling such materials. suspected presence of biological agents at the place of work and implement appropriate safety measures, monitoring, Areas used for the handling of Groups 3 and 4 biological agents training, and training verification programs. should be designed to enable their full segregation and isolation in • Measures to eliminate and control hazards from known and emergency circumstances, include independent ventilation suspected biological agents at the place of work should be systems, and be subject to SOPs requiring routine disinfection designed, implemented and maintained in close co-operation and sterilization of the work surfaces. with the local health authorities and according to recognized international standards. HVAC systems serving areas handling Groups 3 and 4 biological agents should be equipped with High Efficiency Particulate Air Biological agents should be classified into four groups73: (HEPA) filtration systems. Equipment should readily enable their • Group 1: Biological agents unlikely to cause human disease, disinfection and sterilization, and maintained and operated so as and consequently only require controls similar to those to prevent growth and spreading of disease agents, amplification required for hazardous or reactive chemical substances; of the biological agents, or breeding of vectors e.g. mosquitoes and flies of public health concern. • Group 2: Biological agents that can cause human disease and are thereby likely to require additional controls, but are unlikely to spread to the community; • Group 3 : Biological agents that can cause severe human disease, present a serious hazard to workers, and may present a risk of spreading to the community, for which there usually is effective prophylaxis or treatment available and are thereby likely to require extensive additional controls; • Group 4: Biological agents that can cause severe human disease, are a serious hazard to workers, and present a high risk of spreading to the community, for which there is usually no effective prophylaxis or treatment available and are thereby likely to require very extensive additional controls. 73 World Health Organization (WHO) Classification of Infective Microorganisms by Risk Group (2004). APRIL 30, 2007 72 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY WORLD BANK GROUP 2.6 Radiological Hazards • In the case of both ionizing and non-ionizing radiation, the preferred method for controlling exposure is shielding and Radiation exposure can lead to potential discomfort, injury or limiting the radiation source. Personal protective equipment serious illness to workers. Prevention and control strategies is supplemental only or for emergency use. Personal include: protective equipment for near-infrared, visible and ultraviolet • Places of work involving occupational and/or natural range radiation can include appropriate sun block creams, exposure to ionizing radiation should be established and with or without appropriate screening clothing. operated in accordance with recognized international safety standards and guidelines.74 The acceptable effective dose 2.7 Personal Protective Equipment limits appear Table 2.6.1. (PPE) • Exposure to non-ionizing radiation (including static magnetic Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) provides additional fields; sub-radio frequency magnetic fields; static electric protection to workers exposed to workplace hazards in fields; radio frequency and microwave radiation; light and conjunction with other facility controls and safety systems. near-infrared radiation; and ultraviolet radiation) should be controlled to internationally recommended limits75. PPE is considered to be a last resort that is above and beyond the other facility controls and provides the worker with an extra level of personal protection. Table 2.7.1 presents general examples of Table 2.6.1. Acceptable Effective Dose Limits for occupational hazards and types of PPE available for different Workplace Radiological Hazards purposes. Recommended measures for use of PPE in the workplace include: Apprentices and Workers students • Active use of PPE if alternative technologies, work plans or (min.19 years of (16-18 years procedures cannot eliminate, or sufficiently reduce, a hazard Exposure age) of age) or exposure Five consecutive year average 20 mSv/year • Identification and provision of appropriate PPE that offers – effective dose adequate protection to the worker, co-workers, and Single year exposure 50 mSv/year 6 mSv/year occasional visitors, without incurring unnecessary – effective dose inconvenience to the individual Equivalent dose to the lens of 150 mSv/year 50 mSv/year the eye • Proper maintenance of PPE, including cleaning when dirty and replacement when damaged or worn out. Proper use of Equivalent dose to the 150 extremities (hands, feet) or the 500 mSv/year PPE should be part of the recurrent training programs for mSv/year skin employees 74 International Basic Safety Standard for protection against Ionizing Radiation and for the Safety of Radiation Sources and its three interrelated Safety Guides. IAEA. http://www-ns.iaea.org/standards/documents/default.asp?sub=160 75 For example ACGIH (2005) and International Commission for Non-Ionizing Radiation (ICNIRP). APRIL 30, 2007 73 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY WORLD BANK GROUP • Selection of PPE should be based on the hazard and risk by recognized organizations76. ranking described earlier in this section, and selected according to criteria on performance and testing established 2.8 Special Hazard Environments Special hazard environments are work situations where all of the previously described hazards may exist under unique or especially Table 2.7.1. Summary of Recommended Personal hazardous circumstances. Accordingly, extra precautions or rigor Protective Equipment According to Hazard in application of precautions is required. Objective Workplace Hazards Suggested PPE Confined Space A confined space is defined as a wholly or partially enclosed Eye and Flying particles, molten Safety Glasses with side-shields, face metal, liquid chemicals, protective shades, etc. space not designed or intended for human occupancy and in protection gases or vapors, light radiation. which a hazardous atmosphere could develop as a result of the contents, location or construction of the confined space or due to Head Falling objects, inadequate Plastic Helmets with top and side protection height clearance, and impact protection. work done in or around the confined space. A “permit-required” overhead power cords. confined space is one that also contains physical or atmospheric Hearing Noise, ultra-sound. Hearing protectors (ear plugs or hazards that could trap or engulf the person.77 protection ear muffs). Foot Falling or rolling objects, Safety shoes and boots for Confined spaces can occur in enclosed or open structures or protection pointed objects. Corrosive protection against moving & or hot liquids. falling objects, liquids and locations. Serious injury or fatality can result from inadequate chemicals. preparation to enter a confined space or in attempting a rescue Hand Hazardous materials, cuts Gloves made of rubber or from a confined space. Recommended management approaches protection or lacerations, vibrations, synthetic materials (Neoprene), extreme temperatures. leather, steel, insulating include: materials, etc. Respiratory Dust, fogs, fumes, mists, Facemasks with appropriate • Engineering measures should be implemented to eliminate, protection gases, smokes, vapors. filters for dust removal and air to the degree feasible, the existence and adverse character purification (chemicals, mists, vapors and gases). Single or of confined spaces. multi-gas personal monitors, if available. • Permit-required confined spaces should be provided with Oxygen deficiency Portable or supplied air (fixed permanent safety measures for venting, monitoring, and lines). rescue operations, to the extent possible. The area adjoining On-site rescue equipment. an access to a confined space should provide ample room Body/leg Extreme temperatures, Insulating clothing, body suits, for emergency and rescue operations. protection hazardous materials, aprons etc. of appropriate biological agents, cutting materials. and laceration. 76 Examples include the American National Standards Institute (ANSI), http://www.ansi.org/; National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health76 (NIOSH), http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/homepage.html; Canadian Standards Association76 (CSA), http://www.csa.ca/Default.asp?language=english; Mine Safety and Health Administration76 (MSHA), http://www.msha.gov. 77 US OSHA CFR 1910.146 APRIL 30, 2007 74 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY WORLD BANK GROUP • Access hatches should accommodate 90% of the worker persons capable of providing aid and assistance, for continuous population with adjustments for tools and protective clothing. periods exceeding one hour. The worker is therefore at increased The most current ISO and EN standards should be consulted risk should an accident or injury occur. for design specifications; • Where workers may be required to perform work under lone • Prior to entry into a permit-required confined space: or isolated circumstances, Standard Operating Procedures ì Process or feed lines into the space should be (SOPs) should be developed and implemented to ensure all disconnected or drained, and blanked and locked-out. PPE and safety measures are in place before the worker ì Mechanical equipment in the space should be starts work. SOPs should establish, at a minimum, verbal disconnected, de-energized, locked-out, and braced, as contact with the worker at least once every hour, and ensure appropriate. the worker has a capability for summoning emergency aid. ì The atmosphere within the confined space should be • If the worker is potentially exposed to highly toxic or corrosive tested to assure the oxygen content is between 19.5 chemicals, emergency eye-wash and shower facilities should percent and 23 percent, and that the presence of any be equipped with audible and visible alarms to summon aid flammable gas or vapor does not exceed 25 percent of whenever the eye-wash or shower is activated by the worker its respective Lower Explosive Limit (LEL). and without intervention by the worker. ì If the atmospheric conditions are not met, the confined space should be ventilated until the target safe 2.9 Monitoring atmosphere is achieved, or entry is only to be Occupational health and safety monitoring programs should verify undertaken with appropriate and additional PPE. the effectiveness of prevention and control strategies. The selected indicators should be representative of the most • Safety precautions should include Self Contained Breathing significant occupational, health, and safety hazards, and the Apparatus (SCBA), life lines, and safety watch workers implementation of prevention and control strategies. The stationed outside the confined space, with rescue and first occupational health and safety monitoring program should include: aid equipment readily available. • Safety inspection, testing and calibration: This should include • Before workers are required to enter a permit-required confined space, adequate and appropriate training in regular inspection and testing of all safety features and hazard control measures focusing on engineering and confined space hazard control, atmospheric testing, use of personal protective features, work procedures, places of the necessary PPE, as well as the serviceability and integrity work, installations, equipment, and tools used. The of the PPE should be verified. Further, adequate and inspection should verify that issued PPE continues to provide appropriate rescue and / or recovery plans and equipment should be in place before the worker enters the confined adequate protection and is being worn as required. All space. instruments installed or used for monitoring and recording of working environment parameters should be regularly tested Lone and Isolated Workers and calibrated, and the respective records maintained. A lone and isolated worker is a worker out of verbal and line of • Surveillance of the working environment: Employers should sight communication with a supervisor, other workers, or other document compliance using an appropriate combination of APRIL 30, 2007 75 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY WORLD BANK GROUP portable and stationary sampling and monitoring instruments. • The systems and the employer should further enable and Monitoring and analyses should be conducted according to encourage workers to report to management all: internationally recognized methods and standards. ì Occupational injuries and near misses Monitoring methodology, locations, frequencies, and ì Suspected cases of occupational disease parameters should be established individually for each ì Dangerous occurrences and incidents project following a review of the hazards. Generally, • All reported occupational accidents, occupational diseases, monitoring should be performed during commissioning of dangerous occurrences, and incidents together with near facilities or equipment and at the end of the defect and misses should be investigated with the assistance of a liability period, and otherwise repeated according to the person knowledgeable/competent in occupational safety. The monitoring plan. investigation should: • Surveillance of workers health: When extraordinary ì Establish what happened protective measures are required (for example, against ì Determine the cause of what happened biological agents Groups 3 and 4, and/or hazardous ì Identify measures necessary to prevent a recurrence compounds), workers should be provided appropriate and relevant health surveillance prior to first exposure, and at • Occupational accidents and diseases should, at a minimum, regular intervals thereafter. The surveillance should, if be classified according to Table 2.10.1. Distinction is made deemed necessary, be continued after termination of the between fatal and non-fatal injuries. The two main categories employment. are divided into three sub-categories according to time of • Training: Training activities for employees and visitors should death or duration of the incapacity to work. The total work be adequately monitored and documented (curriculum, hours during the specified reporting period should be duration, and participants). Emergency exercises, including reported to the appropriate regulatory agency. fire drills, should be documented adequately. Service Table 2.9.1. Occupational Accident Reporting providers and contractors should be contractually required to submit to the employer adequate training documentation a. Fatalities b. Non-fatal c. Total time lost before start of their assignment. (number) injuries non-fatal injuries (number) 78 (days) b.1 Less than one a.1 Immediate Accidents and Diseases monitoring day • The employer should establish procedures and systems for a.2 Within a month b.2 Up to 3 days c.1 Category b.2 reporting and recording: b.3 More than 3 a.3 Within a year c.2 Category b.3 days ì Occupational accidents and diseases ì Dangerous occurrences and incidents These systems should enable workers to report immediately to their immediate supervisor any situation they believe presents a serious danger to life or health. 78 The day on which an incident occurs is not included in b.2 and b.3. APRIL 30, 2007 76 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: COMMUNITY HEALTH AND SAFETY WORLD BANK GROUP 3.0 Community Health and Safety 3.1 Water Quality and Availability ...................................77 impoundment should prevent adverse impacts to the quality and Water Quality.........................................................77 availability of groundwater and surface water resources. Water Availability....................................................77 3.2 Structural Safety of Project Infrastructure ..................78 3.3 Life and Fire Safety (L&FS) ......................................79 Water Quality Applicability and Approach......................................79 Drinking water sources, whether public or private, should at all Specific Requirements for New Buildings................79 times be protected so that they meet or exceed applicable national L&FS Master Plan Review and Approval.................80 Specific Requirements for Existing Buildings ...........81 acceptability standards or in their absence the current edition of Other Hazards........................................................81 WHO Guidelines for Drinking-Water Quality. Air emissions, 3.4 Traffic Safety............................................................81 3.5 Transport of Hazardous Materials .............................82 wastewater effluents, oil and hazardous materials, and wastes General Hazardous Materials Transport..................82 should be managed according to the guidance provided in the Major Transportation Hazards.................................83 respective sections of the General EHS Guidelines with the 3.6 Disease Prevention..................................................85 Communicable Diseases........................................85 objective of protecting soil and water resources. Vector-Borne Diseases...........................................85 Where the project includes the delivery of water to the community 3.7 Emergency Preparedness and Response .................86 Communication Systems ........................................86 or to users of facility infrastructure (such as hotel hosts and Emergency Resources ...........................................87 hospital patients), where water may be used for drinking, cooking, Training and Updating ............................................87 washing, and bathing, water quality should comply with national Business Continuity and Contingency .....................88 Applicability and Approach......................................89 acceptability standards or in their absence the current edition of with WHO Drinking Water Guidelines. Water quality for more sensitive well-being-related demands such as water used in health This section complements the guidance provided in the preceding care facilities or food production may require more stringent, environmental and occupational health and safety sections, industry-specific guidelines or standards, as applicable. Any specifically addressing some aspects of project activities taking dependency factors associated with the deliver of water to the place outside of the traditional project boundaries, but nonetheless local community should be planned for and managed to ensure related to the project operations, as may be applicable on a the sustainability of the water supply by involving the community in project basis. These issues may arise at any stage of a project life its management to minimize the dependency in the long-term. cycle and can have an impact beyond the life of the project. Water Availability 3.1 Water Quality and Availability The potential effect of groundwater or surface water abstraction Groundwater and surface water represent essential sources of for project activities should be properly assessed through a drinking and irrigation water in developing countries, particularly in combination of field testing and modeling techniques, accounting rural areas where piped water supply may be limited or for seasonal variability and projected changes in demand in the unavailable and where available resources are collected by the project area. consumer with little or no treatment. Project activities involving wastewater discharges, water extraction, diversion or APRIL 30, 2007 77 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: COMMUNITY HEALTH AND SAFETY WORLD BANK GROUP Project activities should not compromise the availability of water project structures should be designed in accordance with for personal hygiene needs and should take account of potential engineering and design criteria mandated by site-specific future increases in demand. The overall target should be the risks, including but not limited to seismic activity, slope availability of 100 liters per person per day although lower levels stability, wind loading, and other dynamic loads may be used to meet basic health requirements.79 Water volume • Application of locally regulated or internationally recognized requirements for well-being-related demands such as water use in building codes80 to ensure structures are designed and health care facilities may need to be higher. constructed in accordance with sound architectural and engineering practice, including aspects of fire prevention and 3.2 Structural Safety of Project response Infrastructure • Engineers and architects responsible for designing and Hazards posed to the public while accessing project facilities may constructing facilities, building, plants and other structures include: should certify the applicability and appropriateness of the • Physical trauma associated with failure of building structures structural criteria employed. • Burns and smoke inhalation from fires International codes, such as those compiled by the International • Injuries suffered as a consequence of falls or contact with Code Council (ICC) 81, are intended to regulate the design, heavy equipment construction, and maintenance of a built environment and contain • Respiratory distress from dust, fumes, or noxious odors detailed guidance on all aspects of building safety, encompassing • Exposure to hazardous materials methodology, best practices, and documenting compliance. Reduction of potential hazards is best accomplished during the Depending on the nature of a project, guidance provided in the design phase when the structural design, layout and site ICC or comparable codes should be followed, as appropriate, with modifications can be adapted more easily. The following issues respect to: should be considered and incorporated as appropriate into the • Existing structures planning, siting, and design phases of a project: • Soils and foundations • Inclusion of buffer strips or other methods of physical • Site grading separation around project sites to protect the public from • Structural design major hazards associated with hazardous materials incidents • Specific requirements based on intended use and occupancy or process failure, as well as nuisance issues related to • Accessibility and means of egress noise, odors, or other emissions • Types of construction • Incorporation of siting and safety engineering criteria to • Roof design and construction prevent failures due to natural risks posed by earthquakes, • Fire-resistant construction tsunamis, wind, flooding, landslides and fire. To this end, all • Flood-resistant construction 79 World Health Organization (WHO) defines 100 liters/capita/day as the amount 80 ILO-OSH, 2001. http://www.ilo.org/public/english/protection/ required to meet all consumption and hygiene needs. Additional information on lower service levels and potential impacts on health are described in “Domestic safework/cops/english/download/e000013.pdf Water Quantity, Service Level and Health” 2003. 81 ICC, 2006. http://www.who.int/water_sanitation_health/diseases/wsh0302/en/index.html APRIL 30, 2007 78 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: COMMUNITY HEALTH AND SAFETY WORLD BANK GROUP • Construction materials codes, local fire department regulations, local legal/insurance • Interior environment requirements, and in accordance with an internationally accepted • Mechanical, plumbing and electrical systems life and fire safety (L&FS) standard. The Life Safety Code82, which • Elevators and conveying systems provides extensive documentation on life and fire safety • Fire safety systems provisions, is one example of an internationally accepted standard • Safeguards during construction and may be used to document compliance with the Life and Fire • Encroachments into public right-of-way Safety objectives outlined in these guidelines. With regard to these objectives: Although major design changes may not be feasible during the operation phase of a project, hazard analysis can be undertaken • Project sponsors’ architects and professional consulting to identify opportunities to reduce the consequences of a failure or engineers should demonstrate that affected buildings meet accident. Illustrative management actions, applicable to these life and fire safety objectives. hazardous materials storage and use, include: • Life and fire safety systems and equipment should be • Reducing inventories of hazardous materials through designed and installed using appropriate prescriptive inventory management and process changes to greatly standards and/or performance based design, and sound reduce or eliminate the potential off-site consequences of a engineering practices. release • Life and fire safety design criteria for all existing buildings • Modifying process or storage conditions to reduce the should incorporate all local building codes and fire potential consequences of an accidental off-site release department regulations. • Improving shut-down and secondary containment to reduce These guidelines apply to buildings that are accessible to the the amount of material escaping from containment and to public. Examples of such buildings include: reduce the release duration • Reducing the probability that releases will occur through • Health and education facilities improved site operations and control, and through • Hotels, convention centers, and leisure facilities improvements in maintenance and inspection • Retail and commercial facilities • Reducing off-site impacts of releases through measures • Airports, other public transport terminals, transfer facilities intended to contain explosions and fires, alert the public, provide for evacuation of surrounding areas, establish safety Specific Requirements for New Buildings zones around a site, and ensure the provision of emergency The nature and extent of life and fire safety systems required will medical services to the public depend on the building type, structure, construction, occupancy, and exposures. Sponsors should prepare a Life and Fire Safety 3.3 Life and Fire Safety (L&FS) Master Plan identifying major fire risks, applicable codes, standards and regulations, and mitigation measures. The Master Applicability and Approach 82 US NFPA. All new buildings accessible to the public should be designed, http://www.nfpa.org/catalog/product.asp?category%5Fname=&pid=10106&target% constructed, and operated in full compliance with local building 5Fpid=10106&src%5Fpid=&link%5Ftype=search APRIL 30, 2007 79 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: COMMUNITY HEALTH AND SAFETY WORLD BANK GROUP Plan should be prepared by a suitably qualified professional, and Compartmentation adequately cover, but not be limited to, the issues addressed Compartmentation involves all measures to prevent or slow the briefly in the following points. The suitably qualified professional spread of fire and smoke, including: selected to prepare the Master Plan is responsible for a detailed • Separations treatment of the following illustrative, and all other required, • Fire walls issues. • Floors Fire Prevention • Doors Fire prevention addresses the identification of fire risks and • Dampers ignition sources, and measures needed to limit fast fire and smoke • Smoke control systems development. These issues include: Fire Suppression and Control • Fuel load and control of combustibles Fire suppression and control includes all automatic and manual • Ignition sources fire protection installations, such as: • Interior finish flame spread characteristics • Automatic sprinkler systems • Interior finish smoke production characteristics • Manual portable extinguishers • Human acts, and housekeeping and maintenance • Fire hose reels Means of Egress Means of Egress includes all design measures that facilitate a Emergency Response Plan safe evacuation by residents and/or occupants in case of fire or An Emergency Response Plan is a set of scenario–based other emergency, such as: procedures to assist staff and emergency response teams during real life emergency and training exercises. This chapter of the Fire • Clear, unimpeded escape routes and Life Safety Master Plan should include an assessment of local • Accessibility to the impaired/handicapped fire prevention and suppression capabilities. • Marking and signing • Emergency lighting Operation and Maintenance Operation and Maintenance involves preparing schedules for Detection and Alarm Systems mandatory regular maintenance and testing of life and fire safety These systems encompass all measures, including features to ensure that mechanical, electrical, and civil structures communication and public address systems needed to detect a and systems are at all times in conformance with life and fire fire and alert: safety design criteria and required operational readiness. • Building staff • Emergency response teams L&FS Master Plan Review and Approval • Occupants • A suitably qualified professional prepares and submits a Life • Civil defense and Fire Safety (L&FS) Master Plan, including preliminary drawings and specifications, and certifies that the design APRIL 30, 2007 80 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: COMMUNITY HEALTH AND SAFETY WORLD BANK GROUP meets the requirements of these L&FS guidelines. The earthquakes, tsunamis, floods, windstorms, and fires from findings and recommendations of the review are then used to surrounding areas). establish the conditions of a Corrective Action Plan and a • All such structures should be designed in accordance with time frame for implementing the changes. the criteria mandated by situation-, climatic-, and geology- • The suitably qualified professional conducts a review as part specific location risks (e.g. seismic activity, wind loading, and of the project completion test at the time of life and fire safety other dynamic loads). systems testing and commissioning, and certifies that • Structural engineers and architects responsible for facilities, construction of these systems has been carried out in buildings, plants and structures should certify the applicability accordance with the accepted design. The findings and and appropriateness of the design criteria employed. recommendations of the review are used as the basis for • National or regional building regulations typically contain fire establishing project completion or to establish the conditions safety codes and standards83 or these standards are found in of a Pre-Completion Corrective Action Plan and a time frame separate Fire Codes.84,85 Generally, such codes and for implementing the changes. regulations incorporate further compliance requirements with respect to methodology, practice, testing, and other codes Specific Requirements for Existing and standards86. Such nationally referenced material Buildings constitutes the acceptable fire life safety code. • All life and fire safety guideline requirements for new buildings apply to existing buildings programmed for 3.4 Traffic Safety renovation. A suitably qualified professional conducts a Traffic accidents have become one of the most significant causes complete life and fire safety review of existing buildings of injuries and fatalities among members of the public worldwide. slated for renovation. The findings and recommendations of Traffic safety should be promoted by all project personnel during the review are used as the basis to establish the scope of displacement to and from the workplace, and during operation of work of a Corrective Action Plan and a time frame for project equipment on private or public roads. Prevention and implementing the changes. control of traffic related injuries and fatalities should include the • If it becomes apparent that life and fire safety conditions are adoption of safety measures that are protective of project workers deficient in an existing building that is not part of the project and of road users, including those who are most vulnerable to or that has not been programmed for renovation, a life and road traffic accidents87. Road safety initiatives proportional to the fire safety review of the building may be conducted by a scope and nature of project activities should include: suitably qualified professional. The findings and recommendations of the review are used as the basis to establish the scope of work of a Corrective Action Plan and a 83 For example, Australia, Canada, South Africa, United Kingdom 84 Réglementation Incendie [des ERP] time frame for implementing the changes. 85 USA NFPA, 2006. 86 Prepared by National Institutes and Authorities such as American Society for Other Hazards Testing and Materials (ASTM), British Standards (BS), German Institute of Standardization (DIN), and French Standards (NF) • Facilities, buildings, plants, and structures should be situated 87 Additional information on vulnerable users of public roads in developing countries is provided by Peden et al., 2004. to minimize potential risks from forces of nature (e.g. APRIL 30, 2007 81 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: COMMUNITY HEALTH AND SAFETY WORLD BANK GROUP • Adoption of best transport safety practices across all aspects • Employing safe traffic control measures, including road signs of project operations with the goal of preventing traffic and flag persons to warn of dangerous conditions accidents and minimizing injuries suffered by project personnel and the public. Measures should include: 3.5 Transport of Hazardous Materials ì Emphasizing safety aspects among drivers General Hazardous Materials Transport ì Improving driving skills and requiring licensing of drivers • Projects should have procedures in place that ensure ì Adopting limits for trip duration and arranging driver compliance with local laws and international requirements rosters to avoid overtiredness applicable to the transport of hazardous materials, including: ì Avoiding dangerous routes and times of day to reduce the risk of accidents ì IATA requirements89 for air transport ì Use of speed control devices (governors) on trucks, and ì IMDG Code90 sea transport remote monitoring of driver actions ì UN Model Regulations91 of other international standards as well as local requirements for land transport • Regular maintenance of vehicles and use of manufacturer ì Host-country commitments under the Basel Convention approved parts to minimize potentially serious accidents on the Control of Transboundary Movements of caused by equipment malfunction or premature failure. Hazardous Waste and their disposal and Rotterdam Where the project may contribute to a significant increase in traffic Convention on the prior Inform Consent Procedure for along existing roads, or where road transport is a significant Certain Hazardous Chemicals and Pesticides in component of a project, recommended measures include: International Trade, if applicable to the project activities • Minimizing pedestrian interaction with construction vehicles • The procedures for transportation of hazardous materials • Collaboration with local communities and responsible (Hazmats) should include: authorities to improve signage, visibility and overall safety of ì Proper labeling of containers, including the identify and roads, particularly along stretches located near schools or quantity of the contents, hazards, and shipper contact other locations where children may be present. Collaborating information with local communities on education about traffic and ì Providing a shipping document (e.g. shipping manifest) pedestrian safety (e.g. school education campaigns)88 that describes the contents of the load and its • Coordination with emergency responders to ensure that associated hazards in addition to the labeling of the appropriate first aid is provided in the event of accidents containers. The shipping document should establish a • Using locally sourced materials, whenever possible, to chain-of-custody using multiple signed copies to show minimize transport distances. Locating associated facilities that the waste was properly shipped, transported and such as worker camps close to project sites and arranging received by the recycling or treatment/disposal facility worker bus transport to minimizing external traffic 89 IATA, 2005. www.iata.org 90 IMO. www.imo.org/safety 88Additional sources of information for implementation of road safety measures is 91 United Nations. Transport of Dangerous Goods - Model Regulations. 14th available at WHO, 1989, Ross et al., 1991, Tsunokawa and Hoban, 1997, and Revised Edition. Geneva 2005. OECD, 1999 http://www.unece.org/trans/danger/publi/unrec/rev14/14files_e.html APRIL 30, 2007 82 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: COMMUNITY HEALTH AND SAFETY WORLD BANK GROUP ì Ensuring that the volume, nature, integrity and • The existing criteria for the safe transportation of hazardous protection of packaging and containers used for materials, including environmental management systems transport are appropriate for the type and quantity of used by the company and its contractors hazardous material and modes of transport involved This review should cover the management actions, preventive ì Ensuring adequate transport vehicle specifications measures and emergency response procedures described below. ì Training employees involved in the transportation of The hazard assessment helps to determine what additional hazardous materials regarding proper shipping measures may be required to complete the plan. procedures and emergency procedures ì Using labeling and placarding (external signs on Management Actions transport vehicles), as required • Management of Change: These procedures should address: ì Providing the necessary means for emergency response ì The technical basis for changes in hazardous materials on call 24 hours/day offered for transportation, routes and/or procedures Major Transportation Hazards ì The potential impact of changes on health and safety Guidance related to major transportation hazards should be ì Modification required to operating procedures implemented in addition to measures presented in the preceding ì Authorization requirements section for preventing or minimizing the consequences of ì Employees affected catastrophic releases of hazardous materials, which may result in ì Training needs toxic, fire, explosion, or other hazards during transportation. • Compliance Audit: A compliance audit evaluates compliance with prevention requirements for each transportation route or In addition to these aforementioned procedures, projects which for each hazardous material, as appropriate. A compliance transport hazardous materials at or above the threshold audit covering each element of the prevention measures (see quantities92 should prepare a Hazardous Materials Transportation below) should be conducted at least every three years. The Plan containing all of the elements presented below93. audit program should include: ì Preparation of a report of the findings Hazard Assessment ì Determination and documentation of the appropriate The hazard assessment should identify the potential hazard response to each finding involved in the transportation of hazardous materials by reviewing: ì Documentation that any deficiency has been corrected. • The hazard characteristics of the substances identified during • Incident Investigation: Incidents can provide valuable the screening stage information about transportation hazards and the steps • The history of accidents, both by the company and its needed to prevent accidental releases. The implementation contractors, involving hazardous materials transportation of incident investigation procedures should ensure that: 92 Threshold quantities for the transport of hazardous materials are found in the UN – Transport of Dangerous Goods – Model Regulations cited above. ì Investigations are initiated promptly 93 For further information and guidance, please refer to International Finance ì Summaries of investigations are included in a report Corporation (IFC) Hazardous Materials Transportation Manual. Washington, D.C. December 2000. ì Report findings and recommendations are addressed APRIL 30, 2007 83 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: COMMUNITY HEALTH AND SAFETY WORLD BANK GROUP ì Reports are reviewed with staff and contractors Preventive Measures • Employee Participation: There should be a written plan of The plan should include procedures to implement preventive action regarding the implementation of active employee measures specific to each hazardous material offered for participation in the prevention of accidents. transportation, including: • Classification and segregation of hazardous materials in • Contractors: The plan should include procedures to ensure warehouses and transport units that: • Packaging and packaging testing ì The contractor is provided with safety performance • Marking and labeling of packages containing hazardous procedures and safety and hazard information materials ì Contractors observe safety practices • Handling and securing packages containing hazardous ì Verify that the contractor acts responsibly materials in transport units The plan should also include additional procedures to ensure • Marking and placarding of transport units the contractors will: • Documentation (e.g. bills of lading) ì Ensure appropriate training for their employees • Application of special provisions, as appropriate ì Ensure their employees know process hazards and applicable emergency actions Emergency Preparedness and Response ì Prepare and submit training records It is important to develop procedures and practices for the ì Inform employees about the hazards presented by their handling of hazardous materials that allow for quick and efficient work responses to accidents that may result in injury or environmental damage. The sponsor should prepare an Emergency • Training: Good training programs on operating procedures Preparedness and Response Plan that should cover: will provide the employees with the necessary information to understand how to operate safely and why safe operations • Planning Coordination: This should include procedures for: are needed. The training program should include: ì Informing the public and emergency response agencies ì The list of employees to be trained ì Documenting first aid and emergency medical treatment ì Specific training objectives ì Taking emergency response actions ì Mechanisms to achieve objectives (i.e. hands-on ì Reviewing and updating the emergency response plan workshops, videos, etc.) to reflect changes and ensuring that the employees are ì Means to determine the effectiveness of the training informed of such changes program • Emergency Equipment: The plan should include procedures ì Training procedures for new hires and refresher for using, inspecting, testing, and maintaining emergency programs response equipment. • Training: Employees should be trained in any relevant procedures APRIL 30, 2007 84 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: COMMUNITY HEALTH AND SAFETY WORLD BANK GROUP 3.6 Disease Prevention access to medical treatment, confidentiality and appropriate care, particularly with respect to migrant workers Communicable Diseases • Promoting collaboration with local authorities to enhance Communicable diseases pose a significant public health threat access of workers families and the community to public worldwide. Health hazards typically associated with large health services and promote immunization development projects are those relating to poor sanitation and living conditions, sexual transmission and vector-borne infections. Vector-Borne Diseases Communicable diseases of most concern during the construction Reducing the impact of vector-borne disease on the long-term phase due to labor mobility are sexually-transmitted diseases health of workers is best accomplished through implementation of (STDs), such as HIV/AIDS. Recognizing that no single measure diverse interventions aimed at eliminating the factors that lead to is likely to be effective in the long term, successful initiatives disease. Project sponsors, in close collaboration with community typically involve a combination of behavioral and environmental health authorities, can implement an integrated control strategy for modifications. mosquito and other arthropod-borne diseases that might involve: • Prevention of larval and adult propagation through sanitary Recommended interventions at the project level include94: improvements and elimination of breeding habitats close to • Providing surveillance and active screening and treatment of human settlements workers • Elimination of unusable impounded water • Preventing illness among workers in local communities by: • Increase in water velocity in natural and artificial channels ì Undertaking health awareness and education initiatives, • Considering the application of residual insecticide to for example, by implementing an information strategy to dormitory walls reinforce person-to-person counseling addressing • Implementation of integrated vector control programs systemic factors that can influence individual behavior • Promoting use of repellents, clothing, netting, and other as well as promoting individual protection, and barriers to prevent insect bites protecting others from infection, by encouraging condom • Use of chemoprophylaxis drugs by non-immune workers and use collaborating with public health officials to help eradicate ì Training health workers in disease treatment disease reservoirs ì Conducting immunization programs for workers in local • Monitoring and treatment of circulating and migrating communities to improve health and guard against populations to prevent disease reservoir spread infection • Collaboration and exchange of in-kind services with other ì Providing health services control programs in the project area to maximize beneficial • Providing treatment through standard case management in effects on-site or community health care facilities. Ensuring ready • Educating project personnel and area residents on risks, prevention, and available treatment • Monitoring communities during high-risk seasons to detect Additional sources of information on disease prevention include IFC, 2006; 94 UNDP, 2000, 2003; Walley et al., 2000; Kindhauser, 2003; Heymann, 2004. and treat cases APRIL 30, 2007 85 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: COMMUNITY HEALTH AND SAFETY WORLD BANK GROUP • Distributing appropriate education materials Alarm bells, visual alarms, or other forms of communication • Following safety guidelines for the storage, transport, and should be used to reliably alert workers to an emergency. Related distribution of pesticides to minimize the potential for misuse, measures include: spills, and accidental human exposure • Testing warning systems at least annually (fire alarms monthly), and more frequently if required by local regulations, 3.7 Emergency Preparedness and equipment, or other considerations Response • Installing a back-up system for communications on-site with An emergency is an unplanned event when a project operation off-site resources, such as fire departments, in the event that loses control, or could lose control, of a situation that may result in normal communication methods may be inoperable during an risks to human health, property, or the environment, either within emergency the facility or in the local community. Emergencies do not normally include safe work practices for frequent upsets or events Community Notification that are covered by occupational health and safety. If a local community may be at risk from a potential emergency arising at the facility, the company should implement All projects should have an Emergency Preparedness and communication measures to alert the community, such as: Response Plan that is commensurate with the risks of the facility and that includes the following basic elements: • Audible alarms, such as fire bells or sirens • Administration (policy, purpose, distribution, definitions, etc) • Fan out telephone call lists • Organization of emergency areas (command centers, • Vehicle mounted speakers medical stations, etc) • Communicating details of the nature of the emergency • Roles and responsibilities • Communicating protection options (evacuation, quarantine) • Communication systems • Providing advise on selecting an appropriate protection • Emergency response procedures option • Emergency resources Media and Agency Relations • Training and updating Emergency information should be communicated to the media • Checklists (role and action list and equipment checklist) through: • Business Continuity and Contingency • A trained, local spokesperson able to interact with relevant Additional information is provided for key components of the stakeholders, and offer guidance to the company for emergency plan, as follows below. speaking to the media, government, and other agencies • Written press releases with accurate information, appropriate Communication Systems level of detail for the emergency, and for which accuracy can Worker notification and communication be guaranteed APRIL 30, 2007 86 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: COMMUNITY HEALTH AND SAFETY WORLD BANK GROUP Emergency Resources • Considering the quantity, response time, capability, limitations, and cost of these resources, for both site-specific Finance and Emergency Funds emergencies, and community or regional emergencies • A mechanism should be provided for funding emergency • Considering if external resources are unable to provide activities. sufficient capacity during a regional emergency and whether additional resources may need to be maintained on-site Fire Services • The company should consider the level of local fire fighting Mutual Aid capacity and whether equipment is available for use at the Mutual aid agreements decrease administrative confusion and facility in the event of a major emergency or natural disaster. provide a clear basis for response by mutual aid providers. If insufficient capacity is available, fire fighting capacity • Where appropriate, mutual aid agreements should be should be acquired that may include pumps, water supplies, maintained with other organizations to allow for sharing of trucks, and training for personnel. personnel and specialized equipment. Medical Services Contact List • The company should provide first aid attendants for the • The company should develop a list of contact information for facility as well as medical equipment suitable for the all internal and external resources and personnel. The list personnel, type of operation, and the degree of treatment should include the name, description, location, and contact likely to be required prior to transportation to hospital. details (telephone, email) for each of the resources, and be maintained annually. Availability of Resources Appropriate measures for managing the availability of resources in Training and Updating case of an emergency include: The emergency preparedness facilities and emergency response • Maintaining a list of external equipment, personnel, facilities, plans require maintenance, review, and updating to account for funding, expert knowledge, and materials that may be changes in equipment, personnel, and facilities. Training required to respond to emergencies. The list should include programs and practice exercises provide for testing systems to personnel with specialized expertise for spill clean-up, flood ensure an adequate level of emergency preparedness. Programs control, engineering, water treatment, environmental science, should: etc., or any of the functions required to adequately respond • Identify training needs based on the roles and to the identified emergency responsibilities, capabilities and requirements of personnel • Providing personnel who can readily call up resources, as in an emergency required • Develop a training plan to address needs, particularly for fire • Tracking and managing the costs associated with emergency fighting, spill response, and evacuation resources APRIL 30, 2007 87 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: COMMUNITY HEALTH AND SAFETY WORLD BANK GROUP • Conduct annual training, at least, and perhaps more frequent training when the response includes specialized equipment, procedures, or hazards, or when otherwise mandated • Provide training exercises to allow personnel the opportunity to test emergency preparedness, including: ì Desk top exercises with only a few personnel, where the contact lists are tested and the facilities and communication assessed ì Response exercises, typically involving drills that allow for testing of equipment and logistics ì Debrief upon completion of a training exercise to assess what worked well and what aspects require improvement ì Update the plan, as required, after each exercise. Elements of the plan subject to significant change (such as contact lists) should be replaced ì Record training activities and the outcomes of the training Business Continuity and Contingency Measures to address business continuity and contingency include: • Identifying replacement supplies or facilities to allow business continuity following an emergency. For example, alternate sources of water, electricity, and fuel are commonly sought. • Using redundant or duplicate supply systems as part of facility operations to increase the likelihood of business continuity. • Maintaining back-ups of critical information in a secure location to expedite the return to normal operations following an emergency. APRIL 30, 2007 88 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: CONSTRUCTION AND DECOMMISSIONING WORLD BANK GROUP 4.0 Construction and Decommissioning planned during periods of the day that will result in least 4.1 Environment.............................................................89 disturbance Noise and Vibration ................................................89 Soil Erosion............................................................89 • Using noise control devices, such as temporary noise Air Quality..............................................................90 barriers and deflectors for impact and blasting activities, and Solid Waste............................................................90 exhaust muffling devices for combustion engines. Hazardous Materials...............................................91 Wastewater Discharges..........................................91 • Avoiding or minimizing project transportation through Contaminated Land ................................................91 community areas 4.2 Occupational Health and Safety................................92 4.3 Community Health and Safety ..................................94 General Site Hazards .............................................94 Soil Erosion Disease Prevention ................................................94 Soil erosion may be caused by exposure of soil surfaces to rain Traffic Safety..........................................................95 and wind during site clearing, earth moving, and excavation activities. The mobilization and transport of soil particles may, in turn, result in sedimentation of surface drainage networks, which Applicability and Approach may result in impacts to the quality of natural water systems and This section provides additional, specific guidance on prevention ultimately the biological systems that use these waters. and control of community health and safety impacts that may Recommended soil erosion and water system management occur during new project development, at the end of the project approaches include: life-cycle, or due to expansion or modification of existing project facilities. Cross referencing is made to various other sections of Sediment mobilization and transport the General EHS Guidelines. • Reducing or preventing erosion by: ì Scheduling to avoid heavy rainfall periods (i.e., during 4.1 Environment { TC "4.1 the dry season) to the extent practical Environment" \f C \l "2" } ì Contouring and minimizing length and steepness of Noise and Vibration slopes During construction and decommissioning activities, noise and ì Mulching to stabilize exposed areas vibration may be caused by the operation of pile drivers, earth ì Re-vegetating areas promptly moving and excavation equipment, concrete mixers, cranes and ì Designing channels and ditches for post-construction the transportation of equipment, materials and people. Some flows recommended noise reduction and control strategies to consider ì Lining steep channel and slopes (e.g. use jute matting) in areas close to community areas include: • Reducing or preventing off-site sediment transport through • Planning activities in consultation with local communities so use of settlement ponds, silt fences, and water treatment, that activities with the greatest potential to generate noise are and modifying or suspending activities during extreme rainfall and high winds to the extent practical. APRIL 30, 2007 89 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: CONSTRUCTION AND DECOMMISSIONING WORLD BANK GROUP Clean runoff management Air Quality • Segregating or diverting clean water runoff to prevent it Construction and decommissioning activities may generate mixing with water containing a high solids content, to emission of fugitive dust caused by a combination of on-site minimize the volume of water to be treated prior to release excavation and movement of earth materials, contact of construction machinery with bare soil, and exposure of bare soil Road design and soil piles to wind. A secondary source of emissions may • Limiting access road gradients to reduce runoff-induced include exhaust from diesel engines of earth moving equipment, erosion as well as from open burning of solid waste on-site. Techniques to • Providing adequate road drainage based on road width, consider for the reduction and control of air emissions from surface material, compaction, and maintenance construction and decommissioning sites include: • Minimizing dust from material handling sources, such as Disturbance to water bodies conveyors and bins, by using covers and/or control • Depending on the potential for adverse impacts, installing equipment (water suppression, bag house, or cyclone) free-spanning structures (e.g., single span bridges) for road • Minimizing dust from open area sources, including storage watercourse crossings piles, by using control measures such as installing • Restricting the duration and timing of in-stream activities to enclosures and covers, and increasing the moisture content lower low periods, and avoiding periods critical to biological • Dust suppression techniques should be implemented, such cycles of valued flora and fauna (e.g., migration, spawning, as applying water or non-toxic chemicals to minimize dust etc.) from vehicle movements • For in-stream works, using isolation techniques such as • Selectively removing potential hazardous air pollutants, such berming or diversion during construction to limit the exposure as asbestos, from existing infrastructure prior to demolition of disturbed sediments to moving water • Managing emissions from mobile sources according to • Consider using trenchless technology for pipeline crossings Section 1.1 (e.g., suspended crossings) or installation by directional • Avoiding open burning of solid (refer to solid waste drilling management guidance in Section 1.6) Structural (slope) stability Solid Waste • Providing effective short term measures for slope Non-hazardous solid waste generated at construction and stabilization, sediment control and subsidence control until decommissioning sites includes excess fill materials from grading long term measures for the operational phase can be and excavation activities, scrap wood and metals, and small implemented concrete spills. Other non-hazardous solid wastes include office, • Providing adequate drainage systems to minimize and kitchen, and dormitory wastes when these types of operations are control infiltration part of construction project activities. Hazardous solid waste includes contaminated soils, which could potentially be encountered on-site due to previous land use activities, or small APRIL 30, 2007 90 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: CONSTRUCTION AND DECOMMISSIONING WORLD BANK GROUP amounts of machinery maintenance materials, such as oily rags, Wastewater Discharges used oil filters, and used oil, as well as spill cleanup materials from Construction and decommissioning activities may include the oil and fuel spills. Techniques for preventing and controlling non- generation of sanitary wastewater discharges in varying quantities hazardous and hazardous construction site solid waste include depending on the number of workers involved. Adequate portable those already discussed in Section 1.6. or permanent sanitation facilities serving all workers should be provided at all construction sites. Sanitary wastewater in Hazardous Materials construction and other sites should be managed as described in Construction and decommissioning activities may pose the Section 1.3. potential for release of petroleum based products, such as lubricants, hydraulic fluids, or fuels during their storage, transfer, Contaminated Land or use in equipment. These materials may also be encountered Land contamination may be encountered in sites under during decommissioning activities in building components or construction or decommissioning due to known or unknown industrial process equipment. Techniques for prevention, historical releases of hazardous materials or oil, or due to the minimization, and control of these impacts include: presence of abandoned infrastructure formerly used to store or • Providing adequate secondary containment for fuel storage handle these materials, including underground storage tanks. tanks and for the temporary storage of other fluids such as Actions necessary to manage the risk from contaminated land will lubricating oils and hydraulic fluids, depend on factors such as the level and location of contamination, • Using impervious surfaces for refueling areas and other fluid the type and risks of the contaminated media, and the intended transfer areas land use. However, a basic management strategy should include: • Training workers on the correct transfer and handling of fuels • Managing contaminated media with the objective of and chemicals and the response to spills protecting the safety and health of occupants of the site, the • Providing portable spill containment and cleanup equipment surrounding community, and the environment post on site and training in the equipment deployment construction or post decommissioning • Assessing the contents of hazardous materials and • Understanding the historical use of the land with regard to petroleum-based products in building systems (e.g. PCB the potential presence of hazardous materials or oil prior to containing electrical equipment, asbestos-containing building initiation of construction or decommissioning activities materials) and process equipment and removing them prior • Preparing plans and procedures to respond to the discovery to initiation of decommissioning activities, and managing their of contaminated media to minimize or reduce the risk to treatment and disposal according to Sections 1.5 and 1.6 on health, safety, and the environment consistent with the Hazardous Materials and Hazardous Waste Management, approach for Contaminated Land in Section 1.6 respectively • Preparation of a management plan to manage obsolete, • Assessing the presence of hazardous substances in or on abandoned, hazardous materials or oil consistent with the building materials (e.g., polychlorinated biphenyls, asbestos- approach to hazardous waste management described in containing flooring or insulation) and decontaminating or Section 1.6. properly managing contaminated building materials APRIL 30, 2007 91 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: CONSTRUCTION AND DECOMMISSIONING WORLD BANK GROUP Successful implementation of any management strategy may • Implementing good house-keeping practices, such as the require identification and cooperation with whoever is responsible sorting and placing loose construction materials or demolition and liable for the contamination. debris in established areas away from foot paths • Cleaning up excessive waste debris and liquid spills regularly 4.2 Occupational Health and Safety{ • Locating electrical cords and ropes in common areas and TC "4.2 Occupational Health and marked corridors Safety" \f C \l "2" } • Use of slip retardant footwear Over-exertion Work in Heights Over-exertion, and ergonomic injuries and illnesses, such as Falls from elevation associated with working with ladders, repetitive motion, over-exertion, and manual handling, are among scaffolding, and partially built or demolished structures are among the most common causes of injuries in construction and the most common cause of fatal or permanent disabling injury at decommissioning sites. Recommendations for their prevention construction or decommissioning sites. If fall hazards exist, a fall and control include: protection plan should be in place which includes one or more of • Training of workers in lifting and materials handling the following aspects, depending on the nature of the fall hazard95: techniques in construction and decommissioning projects, • Training and use of temporary fall prevention devices, such including the placement of weight limits above which as rails or other barriers able to support a weight of 200 mechanical assists or two-person lifts are necessary pounds, when working at heights equal or greater than two • Planning work site layout to minimize the need for manual meters or at any height if the risk includes falling into transfer of heavy loads operating machinery, into water or other liquid, into • Selecting tools and designing work stations that reduce force hazardous substances, or through an opening in a work requirements and holding times, and which promote surface improved postures, including, where applicable, user • Training and use of personal fall arrest systems, such as full adjustable work stations body harnesses and energy absorbing lanyards able to • Implementing administrative controls into work processes, support 5000 pounds (also described in this section in such as job rotations and rest or stretch breaks Working at Heights above), as well as fall rescue procedures to deal with workers whose fall has been successfully Slips and Falls arrested. The tie in point of the fall arresting system should Slips and falls on the same elevation associated with poor also be able to support 5000 pounds housekeeping, such as excessive waste debris, loose construction • Use of control zones and safety monitoring systems to warn materials, liquid spills, and uncontrolled use of electrical cords and workers of their proximity to fall hazard zones, as well as ropes on the ground, are also among the most frequent cause of lost time accidents at construction and decommissioning sites. Recommended methods for the prevention of slips and falls from, 95 Additional information on identification of fall hazards and design of protection systems can be found in the United States Occupational Health and Safety or on, the same elevation include: Administration’s (US OSHA) web site: http://www.osha.gov/SLTC/fallprotection/index.html APRIL 30, 2007 92 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: CONSTRUCTION AND DECOMMISSIONING WORLD BANK GROUP securing, marking, and labeling covers for openings in floors, a turn while moving. Techniques for the prevention and control of roofs, or walking surfaces these impacts include: • Planning and segregating the location of vehicle traffic, Struck By Objects machine operation, and walking areas, and controlling Construction and demolition activities may pose significant vehicle traffic through the use of one-way traffic routes, hazards related to the potential fall of materials or tools, as well as establishment of speed limits, and on-site trained flag-people ejection of solid particles from abrasive or other types of power wearing high-visibility vests or outer clothing covering to tools which can result in injury to the head, eyes, and extremities. direct traffic Techniques for the prevention and control of these hazards • Ensuring the visibility of personnel through their use of high include: visibility vests when working in or walking through heavy • Using a designated and restricted waste drop or discharge equipment operating areas, and training of workers to verify zones, and/or a chute for safe movement of wastes from eye contact with equipment operators before approaching the upper to lower levels operating vehicle • Conducting sawing, cutting, grinding, sanding, chipping or • Ensuring moving equipment is outfitted with audible back-up chiseling with proper guards and anchoring as applicable alarms • Maintaining clear traffic ways to avoid driving of heavy • Using inspected and well-maintained lifting devices that are equipment over loose scrap appropriate for the load, such as cranes, and securing loads • Use of temporary fall protection measures in scaffolds and when lifting them to higher job-site elevations. out edges of elevated work surfaces, such as hand rails and toe boards to prevent materials from being dislodged Dust • Evacuating work areas during blasting operations, and using • Dust suppression techniques should be implemented, such blast mats or other means of deflection to minimize fly rock or as applying water or non-toxic chemicals to minimize dust ejection of demolition debris if work is conducted in proximity from vehicle movements to people or structures • PPE, such as dusk masks, should be used where dust levels • Wearing appropriate PPE, such as safety glasses with side are excessive shields, face shields, hard hats, and safety shoes Confined Spaces and Excavations Moving Machinery Examples of confined spaces that may be present in construction Vehicle traffic and use of lifting equipment in the movement of or demolition sites include: silos, vats, hoppers, utility vaults, machinery and materials on a construction site may pose tanks, sewers, pipes, and access shafts. Ditches and trenches temporary hazards, such as physical contact, spills, dust, may also be considered a confined space when access or egress emissions, and noise. Heavy equipment operators have limited is limited. In addition to the guidance provided in Section 2.8 the fields of view close to their equipment and may not see occupational hazards associated with confined spaces and pedestrians close to the vehicle. Center-articulated vehicles create excavations in construction and decommissioning sites should be a significant impact or crush hazard zone on the outboard side of prevented according to the following recommendations: APRIL 30, 2007 93 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: CONSTRUCTION AND DECOMMISSIONING WORLD BANK GROUP • Controlling site-specific factors which may contribute to respirators, clothing/protective suits, gloves and eye excavation slope instability including, for example, the use of protection excavation dewatering, side-walls support, and slope gradient adjustments that eliminate or minimize the risk of 4.3 Community Health and Safety{ TC collapse, entrapment, or drowning "4.3 Community Health and Safety" \f • Providing safe means of access and egress from C \l "2" } excavations, such as graded slopes, graded access route, or General Site Hazards stairs and ladders Projects should implement risk management strategies to protect • Avoiding the operation of combustion equipment for the community from physical, chemical, or other hazards prolonged periods inside excavations areas where other associated with sites under construction and decommissioning. workers are required to enter unless the area is actively Risks may arise from inadvertent or intentional trespassing, ventilated including potential contact with hazardous materials, contaminated soils and other environmental media, buildings that are vacant or Other Site Hazards under construction, or excavations and structures which may pose Construction and decommissioning sites may pose a risk of falling and entrapment hazards. Risk management strategies may exposure to dust, chemicals, hazardous or flammable materials, include: and wastes in a combination of liquid, solid, or gaseous forms, which should be prevented through the implementation of project- • Restricting access to the site, through a combination of specific plans and other applicable management practices, institutional and administrative controls, with a focus on high including: risk structures or areas depending on site-specific situations, including fencing, signage, and communication of risks to the • Use of specially trained personnel to identify and remove local community waste materials from tanks, vessels, processing equipment • Removing hazardous conditions on construction sites that or contaminated land as a first step in decommissioning cannot be controlled affectively with site access restrictions, activities to allow for safe excavation, construction, such as covering openings to small confined spaces, dismantling or demolition ensuring means of escape for larger openings such as • Use of specially trained personnel to identify and selectively trenches or excavations, or locked storage of hazardous remove potentially hazardous materials in building elements materials prior to dismantling or demolition including, for example, insulation or structural elements containing asbestos and Disease Prevention Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs), electrical components Increased incidence of communicable and vector-borne diseases containing mercury96 attributable to construction activities represents a potentially • Use of waste-specific PPE based on the results of an serious health threat to project personnel and residents of local occupational health and safety assessment, including communities. Recommendations for the prevention and control of communicable and vector-borne diseases also applicable to 96 Additional information on the management and removal of asbestos containing building materials can be found in ASTM Standard E2356 and E1368 APRIL 30, 2007 94 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: CONSTRUCTION AND DECOMMISSIONING WORLD BANK GROUP construction phase activities are provided in Section 3.6 (Disease Prevention). Traffic Safety Construction activities may result in a significant increase in movement of heavy vehicles for the transport of construction materials and equipment increasing the risk of traffic-related accidents and injuries to workers and local communities. The incidence of road accidents involving project vehicles during construction should be minimized through a combination of education and awareness-raising, and the adoption of procedures described in Section 3.4 (Traffic Safety). APRIL 30, 2007 95 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: REFERENCES AND ADDITIONAL SOURCES WORLD BANK GROUP References and Additional Sources ATSDR (Agency for Toxic Substance and Disease Registry). Quick Reference Chavasse, D.C. and H.H. Yap, eds. 1997. Chemical Methods for the Control of Pocket Guide for Toxicological Profiles. http://www.atsdr.cdc.gov/toxguides/ Vectors and Pests of Public Health Importance. Geneva, Switzerland: World (accessed May 19, 2006). Health Organization. ATSDR. 2005. Top 20 Hazardous Substances 2005. Dockrill, Paul and Frank Friedrich. 2001. “Boilers and Heaters: Improving Energy http://www.atsdr.cdc.gov/cxcx3.html (accessed May 19, 2006). Efficiency.” NRCAN. http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/publications/infosource/pub/cipec/boilersheaters.pdf Air and Waste Management Association (AWMA). 2000. Air Pollution Engineering Manual, Second Edition. John Wiley & Sons, Inc.. New York, NY. Environment Canada, 2005. Hazardous Waste. http://www.atl.ec.gc.ca/pollution/hazardouswaste.html (accessed May 19, 2006). ACGIH (American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists). 2005. Threshold Limit Values for Chemical Substances in the Work Environment. European Commission. 2000. “Guidance Document for EPER implementation.” Cincinnati:ACGIH. Directorate-General for Environment. http://ec.europa.eu/environment/ippc/eper/index.htm ANSI (American National Standards Institute). Homepage. http://www.ansi.org/ (accessed May 19, 2006). European Council Directive 91/271 of 21 May 1991 concerning urban wastewater treatment (http://ec.europa.eu/environment/water/water- ADB. 2003. Road Safety Audit for Road Projects: An Operational Tool. Asian urbanwaste/info/docs_en.htm) Development Bank, Manila. EPER (European Pollutant Emission Register). Homepage. American Petroleum Institute, Management of Process Hazards (R.P. 750). http://www.eper.cec.eu.int/eper/default.asp (accessed May 19, 2006). Assum, T. 1998. Road Safety in Africa: Appraisal of Road Safety Initiatives in EREC (European Renewable Energy Council). 2006. Renewable Energy Sources. Five African Countries. Working Paper No. 33. The World Bank and United http://www.erec-renewables.org/sources/default.htm (accessed April 24, 2006). Nations Economic Commission for Africa. EUROPA. Summaries of Legislation: Air Pollution. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) E1739-95(2002) Standard http://europa.eu.int/scadplus/leg/en/s15004.htm (accessed March 25, 2006) Guide for Risk-Based Corrective Action Applied at Petroleum Release Sites Fairman, Robyn, Carl D.Mead, and W. Peter Williams. 1999. “Environmental Risk ASTM E2081-00(2004)e1 Standard Guide for Risk-Based Corrective Action (at Assessment - Approaches, Experiences and Information Sources”. London: chemical release sites). Monitoring and Assessment Research Centre, King's College,. ASTM E 1368 - Standard Practice for Visual Inspection of Asbestos Abatement http://reports.eea.eu.int/GH-07-97-595-EN-C2/en Projects FAO (Food and Agriculture Organization). 1995. “Guidelines on Good Labeling ASTM E 2356 - Standard Practice for Comprehensive Building Asbestos Surveys Practices for Pesticides.” Rome: FAO. http://ecoport.org/Resources/Refs/Pesticid/Guides/guides.htm ASTM E 2394 - Standard Practice for Maintenance, Renovation and Repair of Installed Asbestos Cement Products. FAO. 1985. “Guidelines for the Packaging and Storage of Pesticides.” Rome: FAO http://www.fao.org/ag/AGP/AGPP/Pesticid/Code/Download/pacstor.doc Australian Government. NPI Industry Reporting. Department of the Environment and Heritage. http://www.npi.gov.au/handbooks/ Francey, R., J. Pickford and R. Reed. 1992. “A Guide to the Development of On- site Sanitation.” Geneva: World Health Organization. Australian Government. 2004. “National Pollutant Inventory Guide.” Department http://www.who.int/water_sanitation_health/hygiene/envsan/onsitesan/en/print.html Of Environment and Heritage. http://www.npi.gov.au/handbooks/pubs/npiguide.pdf GVRD (Greater Vancouver Regional District). 1999. Caring for our Waterways: Awareness and Preparedness for Emergencies at Local Level (APELL) Guidelines Liquid Waste Management Plan Stage 2, Discussion Document. 136 pp. available at: http://www.uneptie.org/pc/apell/publications/handbooks.html GVRD. 2001. “Liquid Waste Management Plan.” Greater Vancouver: Stormwater Bringezu, Stefan and Helmut Schutz. 2001. “Material use indicators for the Management Technical Advisory Task Group. European Union, 1980-1997 – Economy-side material flow accounts and balances http://www.gvrd.bc.ca/sewerage/lwmp_feb2001/lwmp_plan_feb2001.pdf and derived indicators of resource use.” European Commission. http://www.belspo.be/platformisd/Library/Material%20use%20Bringezu.PDF IESNA (Illuminating Engineering Society of North America). Homepage. http://www.iesna.org/ (accessed May 18, 2006) BC MOE (BC Ministry of Environment). Guidance on Contaminated Sites. http://www.env.gov.bc.ca/epd/epdpa/contam_sites/guidance/ (accessed May 18, Industry Canada. Eco-efficiency. http://strategis.ic.gc.ca/epic/internet/inee- 2006) ee.nsf/en/Home (accessed May 18, 2006) CIWMB (California Integrated Waste Management Board). “Sustainable Materials”. IPCC (Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change). National Greenhouse Gas State Training Manual. Inventories Program. http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/ (accessed May 18, 2006) http://www.ciwmb.ca.gov/GreenBuilding/Training/StateManual/Materials.doc ILO-OSH (International Labour Organization – Occupational Safety and Health). (accessed May 18, 2006) 2001. “Guidelines on Occupational Safety & Health Management Systems”. CCPS (Center for Chemical Process Safety). Homepage. American Institute of Geneva: International Labour Chemical Engineers. www.aiche.org/ccps (accessed May 18, 2006) Office. http://www.ilo.org/public/english/protection/safework/cops/english/download /e000013.pdf CCPS. 1992. Guidelines for Hazard Evaluation Procedures. American Institute of Chemical Engineers. ICC (International Code Council). 2006. “International Building Code”. Falls Church, Virginia: ICC. APRIL 30, 2007 96 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: REFERENCES AND ADDITIONAL SOURCES WORLD BANK GROUP IATA (International Air Transport Association). 2005. “Dangerous Goods NRCAN. 2004. “EnerGuide for Industry: Your guide to selecting energy-efficient Regulations Manual.” Geneva: IATA. http://www.iata.org/ps/publications/9065.htm industrial equipment”. Office of Energy Efficiency. (accessed May 18, 2006) http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/publications/infosource/pub/Energuide-industry/EGI- brochure-e.cfm IAEA (International Atomic Energy Agency). International Basic Safety Standard for protection against Ionizing Radiation and for the Safety of Radiation Sources NRCAN. Energy Star® - Heating, Cooling and Ventilation. Office of Energy http://www-ns.iaea.org/standards/documents/default.asp?sub=160 (accessed May Efficiency. 19, 2006). http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/energystar/english/consumers/heating.cfm?text=N&printvie w=N#AC (accessed April 9, 2006) IHS 1996. ISO 9613 – Acoustics – Attenuation of sound during propagation outdoors – Part 2: General method of calculation. NRCAN. Technical Factsheet CanMOST – Canadian Motor Selection Tool. Office http://engineers.ihs.com/document/abstract/XVNLCAAAAAAAAAAA (accessed of Energy Efficiency. May 19, 2006). http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/publications/infosource/pub/cipec/canadian-motor/index.cfm (accessed May 18, 2006) IMO (International Maritime Organization). International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code. http://www.imo.org/Safety/mainframe.asp?topic_id=158 (accessed NRCAN. 2005a. “Team up for Energy Savings - Compressed Air.” Office of Energy May 18, 2006) Efficiency. http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/publications/industrial/cipec/compressed-air.pdf ISO (International Organization for Standardization). Quality and Environmental NRCAN. 2005b. Team up for Energy Savings – Lighting.” Office of Energy Management. http://www.iso.org/iso/en/iso9000-14000/index.html (accessed May Efficiency. http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/publications/industrial/cipec/light.pdf 18, 2006) NRCAN. 2006a. Model National Energy Code for Buildings (MNECB) for the IOMC (Inter-Organization Programme for the Sound Management of Chemicals. Commercial Building Incentive Program. 2001. “The WHO Recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard and http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/commercial/financial-assistance/new- Guidelines to Classification 2000-2002.” International Program on Chemical buildings/mnecb.cfm?attr=20 (accessed March 24, 2006) Safety. http://whqlibdoc.who.int/hq/2002/a76526.pdf NRCAN. 2006b. Office of Energy Efficiency General Database. Kates, R., Hohenemser, C., and J. Kasperson, Editors. 1985. Perilous Progress: http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/infosource/PDFs (accessed March 24, 2006) Management the Hazards of Technology. Westview Press, London. NRCAN. 2006c. Office of Energy Efficiency – Industry Projects Database. Knowlton, R. Ellis. 1992. A Manual of Hazard & Operability Studies. Chemetics http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/publications/infosource/home/index.cfm?act=category&cate International. gory=07&PrintView=N&Text=N (accessed March 24, 2006) LDAR (Leak Detection and Repair Professionals). http://www.ldar.net/ (accessed NRCAN. 2006d. Energy Efficiency Regulations and Standards for Industry – May 18, 2006). Canada’s Energy Efficiency Regulations. http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/industrial/regulations-standards/index.cfm?attr=24 Lijzen, J.P.A., A.J. Baars, P.F. Otte, M.G.J. Rikken, F.A. Swartjes, E.M.J. (accessed April 24, 2006) Verbruggen and A.P. van Wezel. 2001. Technical evaluation of the Intervention Values for Soil/sediment and Groundwater - Human and ecotoxicological risk New Zealand Ministry of the Environment. 2004. “Contaminated Land assessment and derivation of risk limits for soil, aquatic sediment and Management Guidelines No.5: Site Investigation and Analysis of Soils.” Federal groundwater. RIVM report 711701 023. Netherlands National Institute of Public Government of New Zealand. Health and the Environment. http://www.mfe.govt.nz/publications/hazardous/contaminated-land-mgmt- http://www.rivm.nl/bibliotheek/rapporten/711701023.pdf guidelines-no5/index.html Massachusetts Department of Environment. Cleanup Sites and Spills. North American Energy Working Group. “North American Energy Efficiency http://www.mass.gov/dep/cleanup (accessed May 19, 2006). Standards and Labeling.” MSHA (Mine Safety and Health Administration). Homepage. http://www.msha.gov/ Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD). Database on (accessed May 19, 2006). Use and Release of Industrial Chemicals. http://appli1.oecd.org/ehs/urchem.nsf NIOSH (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health). Center for Disease OECD. 1999. Safety Strategies for Rural Roads. Organization for Economic Control and Prevention – Department of Health and Human Services. Cooperation and Development, Paris. www.oecd.org/dataoecd/59/2/2351720.pdf http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/homepage.html (accessed May 18, 2006) OHSAS. 2000. OHSAS 18002:2000. Occupational Health and Safety National Research Council of Canada, 2005. Building Codes. http://www.nrc- Management Systems - Guidelines for the Implementation of OHSAS 18001. cnrc.gc.ca/doingbusiness/codes_e.html (accessed May 18, 2006). OSHA (Occupational Safety and Health Administration). Emergency Standards. NRCAN (Natural Resources Canada). Electric Motors – Factsheet 6. Office of http://www.osha.gov/SLTC/etools/evacuation/standards_card.html (accessed May Energy Efficiency. 18, 2006) http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/regulations/html/Factsheet6.cfm?text=N&printview=N (accessed May 18, 2006) OSHA. Safety and Health Topics - Toxic Metals. http://www.osha.gov/SLTC/metalsheavy/ (accessed May 19, 2006) NRCAN. Energy-Efficient Motor Systems Assessment Guide. Office of Energy Efficiency. Peden, Margie, David Sleet, Adnan Hyder and Colin Mathers, eds. 2004. “World http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/cipec/ieep/newscentre/motor_system/introduction.cfm?text= Report on Road Traffic Injury Prevention.” Geneva: World Health Organization. N&printview=N (accessed May 18, 2006) http://www.who.int/world-health-day/2004/infomaterials/world_report/en/ NRCAN (Natural Resources Canada). EnerGuide Program. Office of Energy PDEP (Pennsylvania Department of Environment Protection). Official Recycled Efficiency. Product Guide. http://www.dep.state.pa.us/wm_apps/recycledproducts/ (accessed http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/equipment/english/index.cfm?PrintView=N&Text=N May 18, 2006) (accessed March 24, 2006) APRIL 30, 2007 97 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: REFERENCES AND ADDITIONAL SOURCES WORLD BANK GROUP PTCL (Physical and Theoretical Chemistry Lab). Safety (MSDS) data for (US DOE). Industry Plant Managers and Engineers – Combustion. benzo(a)pyrene. http://www.physchem.ox.ac.uk/MSDS/BE/benzo(a)pyrene.html http://www.eere.energy.gov/consumer/industry/combustion.html#opp1 (accessed (accessed May 18, 2006) April 30, 2006). Prokop, Gundula. 2002. “Second Technical Workshop on Contaminated Sites - US DOE (US Department of Energy). Industry Plant Managers and Engineers – Workshop Proceedings and Follow-up.” European Environment Agency. Process Heating Systems. http://reports.eea.europa.eu/technical_report_2002_76/en/Tech76.pdf http://www.eere.energy.gov/consumer/industry/process.html (accessed April 30, 2006). Ritter, L., K.R. Solomon, J. Forget, M. Stemeroff and C.O’Leary. “An Assessment Report on: DDT-Aldrin-Dieldrin-Endrin-Chlordane, Heptachlor-Hexachlorobenzene, US DOE. Industry Plant Managers and Engineers – Steam Boilers. Mirex-Toxaphene, Polychlorinated Biphenyls, Dioxins and Furans.” International http://www.eere.energy.gov/consumer/industry/steam.html (accessed April 30, Programme on Chemical Safety. 2006). http://www.pops.int/documents/background/assessreport/en/ritteren.pdf (accessed May 18, 2006) US DOE. Industrial Technologies Program – Best Practices. http://www1.eere.energy.gov/industry/bestpractices/ (accessed April 30, 2006) Ross A, Baguley C, Hills B, McDonald M, Solcock D.1991. “Towards Safer Roads in Developing Countries: A Guide for Planners and Engineers.” Berkshire: US DOE. “The Big Picture on Process Heating”. Industrial Technologies Program – Transport and Road Research Laboratory. Best Practices. http://eereweb.ee.doe.gov/industry/bestpractices/pdfs/em_proheat_bigpict.pdf Rushbrook, P. and M. Pugh. 1998. “Solid Waste Landfills in Middle- and Lower- (accessed April 30, 2006). Income Countries: A Technical Guide to Planning, Design, and Operation.” World Bank. http://www- US DOE. 2005 . “ Improve Motor System Efficiency for a Broader Range of Motors wds.worldbank.org/external/default/WDSContentServer/IW3P/IB/2002/12/06/0000 with MotorMaster+ International.” Industrial Technologies Program. 94946_02112104104987/Rendered/PDF/multi0page.pdf http://eereweb.ee.doe.gov/industry/bestpractices/pdfs/mmplus_international.pdf SCPOP (Stockholm Convention on POPs). Guidance Documents. US DOT (US Department of Transportation). HAZMATS Regulations. http://www.pops.int/documents/guidance/ (accessed May 19, 2006) http://hazmat.dot.gov/ (accessed May 18, 2006) Tsunokawa, Koji and Christopher Hoban, eds. 1997. “Roads and the US Energy Star Program. Guidelines for Energy Management. Environment: A Handbook.” Washington, D.C.: World Bank. http://www.energystar.gov/index.cfm?c=guidelines.download_guidelines (accessed http://www.worldbank.org/transport/publicat/reh/toc.htm April 24, 2006) UK Department of Environment, Food and Rural Affairs. http://www.defra.gov.uk/ US Energy Star Program. Tools and Resources. (accessed May 18, 2006) http://www.energystar.gov/index.cfm?c=tools_resources.bus_energy_management _tools_resources (accessed April 9, 2006) UK Environment Agency. Contaminated Land Exposure Assessment (CLEA). http://www.environment- US EPA (US Environmental Protection Agency). Air Compliance Advisor. agency.gov.uk/subjects/landquality/113813/672771/?version=1&lang=_e http://www.epa.gov/ttn/ecas/ACA.htm (accessed May 18, 2006) (accessed May 18, 2006) US EPA. Ambient Air Monitoring QA Program. UN/ECE (United Nations/Economic Commission for Europe). United Nations http://www.epa.gov/airprogm/oar/oaqps/qa/index.html#guidance (accessed May Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods Model Regulations. 19, 2006). http://www.unece.org/trans/ (accessed May 18, 2006) US EPA. Comprehensive Procurement Guidelines – Product Fact Sheets. UN/ECE. The Atmospheric Emission Inventory Guidebook. http://www.epa.gov/cpg/factshts.htm (accessed May 18, 2006) http://www.aeat.co.uk/netcen/airqual/TFEI/unece.htm (accessed May 18, 2006). US EPA. EPA Guidance. Environmentally Preferable Purchasing. UNEP (United Nation Environment Program). Secretariat of the Basel Convention http://www.epa.gov/oppt/epp/pubs/guidance/guidancepage.htm (accessed May on Hazardous Waste Management. http://www.basel.int/index.html (accessed 18, 2006) May 18, 2006) US EPA. Hazardous Waste. http://www.epa.gov/epaoswer/osw/hazwaste.htm UNEP. Persistant Organic Pollutants. http://www.chem.unep.ch/pops/ (accessed (accessed May 19, 2006). May 18, 2006) US EPA. Hazardous Waste Identification. UNEP. Country contributions: Information on the regulatory status of POPs; bans, http://www.epa.gov/epaoswer/hazwaste/id/id.htm#id (accessed May 19, 2006). restrictions, and/or other legal permitted uses. US EPA. Major Environmental Laws. Laws and Regulations. http://www.chem.unep.ch/pops/POPs_Inc/INC_3/inf-english/inf3-9/sect5.pdf http://www.epa.gov/epahome/laws.htm (accessed May 18, 2006) (accessed May 18, 2006). US EPA. Performance Track Assistance. National Environmental Performance UNEP. 1993. Cleaner Production Worldwide Volume 1. Track. http://www.epa.gov/performancetrack/ptrackassist.htm (accessed May 18, http://www.uneptie.org/PC/cp/library/catalogue/regional_reports.htm . 2006) UNEP. 1997. The Environmental Management of Industrial Estates. Industry and US EPA 40 CFR Part 133, Secondary Treatment Regulation Environment, United Nations Environment Programme. (http://www.access.gpo.gov/nara/cfr/waisidx_02/40cfr133_02.html) US DOE. Building Toolbox – Boilers. Building Technologies Program. US EPA. Persistant Organic Pollutants (POPs). http://www.eere.energy.gov/buildings/info/components/hvac/boilers.html http://www.epa.gov/oppfead1/international/pops.htm (accessed May 19, 2006) (accessed April 30, 2006) US EPA. Pollution Prevention Highlights. http://www.epa.gov/p2/ (accessed May US DOE. 2002. Heating and Cooling Equipment Selection. Office of Building 18, 2006) Technology, State and Community Programs – Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy. http://www.eere.energy.gov/buildings/info/documents/pdfs/26459.pdf APRIL 30, 2007 98 Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Ö Û Ü Ö Ý Þ ß à á Ü Þ ß Ý â à Þ Ö ã ä Þ å Ü Ý æ ç Õ á ä è é ê Ø ã Ü ß Ø Ö Ü ë GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: REFERENCES AND ADDITIONAL SOURCES WORLD BANK GROUP US EPA. Region 9 Preliminary Remediation Goals. WHO. 2000a. Guidelines for the Purchase of Public Health Pesticides. http://www.epa.gov/region9/waste/sfund/prg/ (accessed May 19, 2006). WHO/CDS/WHOPES/2000.1. Communicable Disease Control, Prevention and Eradication, World Health Organization. US EPA. Technology Transfer Network Clearinghouse for Inventories and Emissions Factors. http://www.epa.gov/ttn/chief/ WHO. 2000b. Air Quality Guidelines for Europe. Geneva:WHO. http://www.euro.who.int/document/e71922.pdf US EPA. Waste Minimization. http://www.epa.gov/wastemin/ (accessed May 19, 2006). WHO. 2000. Towards an Assessment of the Socioeconomic Impact of Arsenic Poisoning in Bangladesh. WHO/SDE/WSH/00.4. World Health Organization. US EPA. 1991. Technical support document for water quality-based toxic control. Washington, DC.: Office of Water Enforcement and Permits, Office of Water WHO. 2001. Chemistry and Specifications of Pesticides. Technical Report Series Regulations and Standards. 899. Geneva: WHO. US EPA. 2004. National Recommended Water Quality Criteria. Washington. DC: WHO. 2003. “Draft Guidelines for the Management of Public Health Pesticides.” United States Office of Water. Environmental Protection Agency Office of Science Communicable Disease Control, Prevention and Eradication, World Health and Technology (4304T). Organization. http://whqlibdoc.who.int/hq/2003/WHO_CDS_WHOPES_2003.7.pdf US EPA. 2005. Chromated Copper Arsenate (CCA). Pesticides Re-registration. WHO. 2004. Guidelines for Drinking-water Quality - Volume 1 Recommendations. http://www.epa.gov/oppad001/reregistration/cca/ (accessed May 18, 2006) Geneva: WHO. http://www.who.int/water_sanitation_health/dwq/GDWQ2004web.pdf US EPA. 2006. 40CFR Chapter 1, Subchapter J, section 302.4, Designation of Hazardous Substances. http://ecfr.gpoaccess.gov/cgi/t/text/text- WHO Guidelines for the Safe Use of Wastewater, Excreta and Greywater. Volume idx?c=ecfr&sid=a1d39cb9632558b450b2d09e45b5ca78&rgn=div8&view=text&nod 2: Wastewater Use in Agriculture e=40:27.0.1.1.2.0.1.4&idno=40 http://www.who.int/water_sanitation_health/wastewater/gsuweg2/en/index.html WHO. 2005. Guidelines for drinking-water quality. USGS (US Geological Survey). 2000. Recycled Aggregates—Profitable Resource http://www.who.int/water_sanitation_health/dwq/gdwq3/en/ (accessed May 18, Conservation. USGS Fact Sheet FS–181–99. http://pubs.usgs.gov/fs/fs-0181- 2006) 99/fs-0181-99so.pdf Woolliams, J. 2002. “Planning, Design and Construction Strategies for Green US NFPA (US National Fire Protection Association). 2006. 101- Life Safety Code Buildings.” Eco-City Planning Company. Handbook. http://www.greenbuildingsbc.com/new_buildings/pdf_files/greenbuild_strategies_g http://www.nfpa.org/catalog/product.asp?category%5Fname=&pid=10106&target% uide.pdf 5Fpid=10106&src%5Fpid=&link%5Ftype=search (accessed May 19, 2006). Yassi, A. et al. 1998. Basic Environmental Health. WHO/EHG/98.19. Office of US Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 29 CFR 1910.119 App Global and Integrated Environmental Health, World Health Organization, Geneva. A, Threshold Quantities. Zaim, M. 2002. Global Insecticide Use for Vector-Borne Disease Control. US Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 29CFR Part 1910.120, WHO/CDS/WHOPES/GCDPP/2002.2. Communicable Disease Control, Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response Standard. Prevention and Eradication, World Health Organization. US Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 29 CFR Part 1910.119. WHO. 1987. Technology for Water Supply and Sanitation in Developing Countries. Technical Report Series No. 742. World Health Organization, Geneva. WHO. 1989. New Approaches to Improve Road Safety. Technical Report 781b. World Health Organization, Geneva. WHO. 1993. Guidelines for Drinking Water Quality. Volume 1: Recommendations. 2nd Edition. World Health Organization, Geneva. WHO. 1994. Operation and Maintenance of Urban Water Supply and Sanitation Systems: A Guide for Managers. World Health Organization, Geneva. WHO. 1996. Guidelines for Drinking Water Quality. Volume 2: Health Criteria and Other Supporting Information. World Health Organization, Geneva. WHO. 1997. Guidelines for Drinking Water Quality. Volume 3: Surveillance and Control of Community Supplies. World Health Organization, Geneva. http://www.who.int/water_sanitation_health/dwq/gdwq2v1/en/index2.html (accessed May 18, 2006) WHO. 1999. Draft Specifications for Bacterial Larvicides for Public Health Use. WHO/CDS/CPC/WHOPES/99.2. Communicable Diseases Prevention and Control, WHO Pesticide Evaluation Scheme, World Health Organization. WHO. 1999. Prevention and Control of Dengue and Dengue Haemorrhagic Fever: Comprehensive Guidelines. WHO Regional Publication, SEARO No. 29. Regional Office for South-East Asia, World Health Organization, New Delhi. WHO. 1999. Safety of Pyrethroid-Treated Mosquito Nets. WHO/CDS/CPE/WHOPES/99.5. World Health Organization, Geneva. APRIL 30, 2007 99